Research

‘For medicinal purposes’

The continued push in the USA  for marijuana to be legalised ‘for medicinal purposes’ has resulted in many States allowing the substance to be sold in
so-called ‘marijuana dispensaries’.  However closer investigation has shown the majority of people purchasing the substance are not those with serious and even terminal illnesses, but existing drug users wanting to justify their purchase and use.  They are able to get co-operative doctors to sign a form saying that they
need to use marijuana to help with ‘back pain or headaches’ or similar trivial
illnesses.  The item below shows that as far back as l989 it was shown that
for genuinely ill patients a pharmaceutically prepared  drug called Marinol (or Nabilone) could be legally prescribed by a doctor if it was shown to be helpful – without the many drawbacks to smoking crude marijuana. There is now a 
pharmaceutically prepared medicine made from extracts of marijuana called 
Sativex and there is therefore no need for anyone to smoke marijuana for
Medicine. 
Rescheduling of Marijuana Denied (1989)
During the late 1980s, as a proposed solution to the enormous drug problem in the United States, a small, but vocal minority began supporting the wholesale legalization of drugs, particularly marijuana. However, in December 1989, DEA Administrator Jack Lawn overruled the decision of one administrative law
judge who had agreed with marijuana advocates that marijuana should be moved from Schedule I to Schedule II of the Controlled Substances Act. This proposed rescheduling of marijuana would have allowed physicians to prescribe the smoking of marijuana as a legal treatment for some forms of illness.
Administrator Lawn maintained that there was no medicinal benefit to smoking marijuana. While some believed that smoking marijuana alleviated vomiting and nausea experienced by cancer patients undergoing radiation, scientific studies
indicated otherwise. These also showed that smoking marijuana did not benefit patients suffering from glaucoma or multiple sclerosis. In addition, it was found that smoking marijuana might further weaken the immune systems of patients
undergoing radiation and might speed up, rather than slow down, the loss of eyesight in glaucoma patients.
It was found that pure Delta-9-Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), one of 400 chemicals commonly found in marijuana, had some effect on controlling nausea and vomiting. However, pure THC was already available for use by the medical community in a capsule form called Marinol. For these reasons, and the
fact that no valid scientific studies offered proof of any medicinal value of marijuana, Administrator Lawn maintained that marijuana should remain a Schedule I controlled substance.

Smoking ban ‘cuts birth problems’

The smoking ban in public places has led to a reduction in the number of complications in pregnancy, a new study has found.  Complications in pregnancy have fallen as a result of the ban on smoking in public places, according to a new study.
Researchers found the ban, introduced almost six years ago, has led to a decrease in the number of babies being born before they reach full term.  It has also reduced the number of infants being born underweight.
Legislation outlawing smoking in enclosed public places, such as pubs and restaurants, came into force in Scotland on March 26 2006.  The research team, led by Professor Jill Pell of the University of Glasgow’s Institute of Health and Wellbeing, looked at more than 700,000 single-baby births before and after the introduction of the ban.   They discovered that the number of mothers who smoked fell from 25.4% to 18.8% after the new law was brought in.
Experts further found there was a drop of more than 10% in the overall number of babies born “preterm”, which is defined as delivery before 37 weeks’ gestation. There was also a 5% drop in the number of infants born under the expected weight, and a fall of 8% in babies born “very small for gestational size”.
Dr Pell said the research highlighted the positive health benefits which can stem from tobacco control legislation.  She said: “These findings add to the growing evidence of the wide-ranging health benefits of smoke-free legislation and support the adoption of such legislation in other countries which have yet to implement smoking bans.
“These reductions occurred both in mothers who smoked and those who had never smoked. While survival rates for preterm deliveries have improved over the years, infants are still at risk of developing long-term health problems so any intervention that can reduce the risk of preterm delivery has the potential to produce important public health benefits.”
Source:    pa.press.net Updated: 07/03/2012

Today’s more potent marijuana can be addictive

As professionals in the business of preventing and treating substance abuse, we at Trinity County Behavioral Health Services spend a good deal of our time researching and reading current science based literature and studies on the addictive nature of substances in order to better treat clients. For us, it is important to dispel the myth that marijuana is not addictive.

Research on marijuana use and addiction has been ongoing for many years and it has been proven that marijuana is an addictive drug. It is classified as a Schedule 1 controlled substance. Marijuana is the most commonly abused illicit drug used in the United States and addiction to this drug is listed under the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders as Cannabis Dependence (304.30). The main active chemical of marijuana causing dependence is delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, otherwise known as THC.

A favorite DVD we use here at Behavioral Health Services in treating our marijuana addicted clients is “Marijuana Neurochemistry and Physiology” produced by CNS Production. In this DVD, Haight- Ashbury Free Clinic (HAFC) Fellow and Doctor of Pharmacy Darryl Inaba discusses the addictive nature of marijuana. According to Dr. Inaba, in the late 1960s and through the ‘70s, the HAFC rarely (if at all) treated clients for marijuana addiction. But this changed in the late 80s and into the 90s as THC levels in marijuana began to climb sharply (a 151 percent increase in potency between 1992 and 2002). According to Dr. Inaba, in 2005 HAFC saw about 100 people per month seeking treatment for marijuana addiction alone and aside from any other drug use.

Dr. Inaba’s observation confirms what research is telling us about both psychological and tissue dependence caused by today’s “new,” more potent hybridized marijuana strains. These new marijuana strains have had some of the biggest impacts on our youth. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration treatment episodes data show that between 1992 and 2002 treatment for marijuana cannabis dependence among adolescents increased from 23 percent to 64 percent respectively — increasing right along with average THC levels over that time period. Parents need to know that today’s marijuana is very different than when they were teens. In many ways it is no longer a “gateway drug,” but the drug of choice and with the increased potency come increased addiction rates.

Should marijuana one day be legalized, we hope that the marijuana industry will have a better social consciousness than society has experienced with the alcohol and tobacco industries, the two industries marijuana proponents most compare in justifying legalization of marijuana. Alcohol and tobacco have never been taxed at a rate high enough to compensate for the tremendous harm they have caused. It has been our experience that when such industries profit by more consumption, they rarely educate the end users about the true negative consequences of using their products, something we see happening now with the promotion of marijuana as a “benign and harmless natural herb.”

Source: http://www.trinityjournal.com/news/2010-02-17/Opinion/Todays_more_potent_marijuana_can_be_addictive.html

Filed under: Addiction,Cannabis,Research :

Tweens Might Say No to Drugs, Alcohol and Cigarettes, Study Says

When it comes to prevention of substance use in our “tween” population, turning kids on to ‘thought control’ may just be the answer to getting them to say no, Medical News Today reports.

New research published in the Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, co-led by professors Roisin O’Connor of Concordia University and Craig Colder of State University of New York at Buffalo, has found that around the” tween-age” years, youth are decidedly ambivalent toward cigarettes and alcohol. It seems that the youngsters have both positive and negative associations with these harmful substances and have yet to decide one way or the other. Because they are especially susceptible to social influences, media portrayals of drug use and peer pressure become strong allies of substance use around these formative years.

“Initiation and escalation of alcohol and cigarette use occurring during late childhood and adolescence makes this an important developmental period to examine precursors of substance use,” O’Connor said. “We conducted this study to have a better understanding of what puts this group at risk for initiating substance use so we can be more proactive with prevention.”

The study showed that at the impulsive, automatic level, these kids thought these substances were bad but they were easily able to overcome these biases and think of them as good when asked to place them with positive words. O’Connor explains that “this suggests that this age group may be somewhat ambivalent about drinking and smoking. We need to be concerned when kids are ambivalent because this is when they may be more easily swayed by social influences.”

According to O’Connor, drinking and smoking among this age group is influenced by both impulsive (acting without thinking), and controlled (weighing the pros against the cons) decisional processes. With this study, both processes were therefore examined to best understand the risk for initiating substance use.

To do this, close to 400 children between the ages of 10 and 12 participated in a computer-based test that involved targeted tasks. The tweens were asked to place pictures of cigarettes and alcohol with negative or positive words. The correct categorization of some trials, for example, involved placing pictures of alcohol with a positive word in one category and placing pictures of alcohol with negative words in another category.

The next step in the study is to look at kids over a longer period of time. The hypothesis from the research is that as tweens begin to use these substances there will be an apparent weakening in their negative biases toward drinking and smoking. The desire will eventually outweigh the costs. It is also expected that they will continue to easily outweigh the pros relative to the cons related to substance use.

O’Connor said researchers would like to continue to track the youth, who, he said, know that drugs are inherently bad.

“The problem is the likelihood of external pressures that are pushing them past their ambivalence so that they use. In a school curriculum format I see helping kids deal with their ambivalence in the moment when faced with the choice to use or not use substances,” O’Connor concluded.

Source:www.cadca.org 15th March 2012

Why teenagers should steer clear of cannabis

Adolescents’ use of marijuana may increase the risk of heroin addiction later in life, a new study suggests. Researchers say the work adds to “overwhelming” evidence that people under 21 should not use marijuana because of the risk of damaging the developing brain.

The idea that smoking cannabis increases the user’s chance of going on to take harder drugs such as heroin is highly contentious. Some dub cannabis a “gateway” drug, arguing that peer pressure and exposure to drug dealers will tempt users to escalate their drug use. Others insist that smoking cannabis is unrelated to further drug use.

Now research in rats suggests that using marijuana reduces future sensitivity to opioids, which makes people more vulnerable to heroin addiction later in life. It does so by altering the brain chemistry of marijuana users, say the researchers.

“Adolescents in particular should never take cannabis – it’s far too risky because the brain areas essential for behaviour and cognitive functioning are still developing and are very sensitive to drug exposure,” says Jasmin Hurd, who led the study at the Karolinska Institute in Sweden.
But Hurd acknowledges that most people who use cannabis begin in their teens. A recent survey reported that as many as 20% of 16-year-olds in the US and Europe had illegally used cannabis in the previous month.

“Teenage” rats

In order to explore how the adolescent use of cannabis affects later drug use, Hurd and colleagues set up an experiment in rats aimed to mirror human use as closely as possible.

In the first part of the trial, six “teenage” rats were given a small dose of THC – the active chemical in cannabis – every three days between the ages of 28 and 49 days, which is the equivalent of human ages 12 to 18. The amount of THC given was roughly equivalent to a human smoking one joint every three days, Hurd explains. A control group of six rats did not receive THC.

One week after the first part was completed, catheters were inserted in all 12 of the adult rats and they were able to self-administer heroin by pushing a lever.
“At first, all the rats behaved the same and began to self-administer heroin frequently,” says Hurd. “But after a while, they stabilised their daily intake at a certain level. We saw that the ones that had been on THC as teenagers stabilised their intake at a much higher level than the others – they appeared to be less sensitive to the effects of heroin. And this continued throughout their lives.”

Hurd says reduced sensitivity to the heroin means the rats take larger doses, which has been shown to increase the risk of addiction.

Drug memory

The researchers then examined specific brain cells in the rats, including the opioid and cannabinoid receptors. They found that the rats that had been given THC during adolescence had a significantly altered opioid system in the area associated with reward and positive emotions. This is also the area linked to addiction.

“These are very specific changes and they are long-lasting, so the brain may ‘remember’ past cannabis experimentation and be vulnerable to harder drugs later in life,” Hurd says.
Neurologist Jim van Os, a cannabis expert at the University of Maastricht in the Netherlands told New Scientist the research was a welcome addition to our understanding of how cannabis affects the adolescent brain.

“The issue of cross-sensitisation of cannabis/opioid receptors has been a controversial one, but these findings show the drug’s damaging effects on the reward structures of the brain,” van Oshe says. “There is now overwhelming evidence that nobody in the brain’s developmental stage – under the age of 21 – should use cannabis.”

Source: On line edition of Neuropsychopharmacology. Reported in NewScientist.com July 2006

Young People and Alcohol

• Young people in the UK have by far the most positive expectations of alcohol in Europe and are least likely to feel that it might cause them harm.
• Exposure to alcohol marketing increases the likelihood that young people will start to use alcohol and the amount they consume.
• The alcohol industry spends £800 million on marketing in the UK annually
• A spends £153 encouraging drinking per £1 contributed to Drinkaware – the industry led alcohol information organisation charged with promoting sensible drinking.
• Underage drinkers consume approximately the equivalent of 6.9 million pints of beer or 1.7 million bottles each week
• 630,000 11- to 17-year-olds drink twice or more each week.
• Between 2002 and 2009 – 92,220 under-18s were admitted to hospital in England for alcohol-related conditions- over 36 children or young people each day.
• Under-18s alcohol-related hospital admissions increased by 32% between 2002 and 2007.
• The latest European School Survey Project on Alcohol and Other Drugs reported that in the UK 26% of 11-15 year-olds reported suffering an accident or injury because of their drinking, the highest percentage in Europe.
• Although cases of dependence amongst underage drinkers are rare, in 2008/9 – 8,799 younger people accessed treatment for alcohol up from 4,886 in 2005/6.

Source:www.alcoholconcern.org.uk Nov.2011

Drug Legalisation: An Evaluation of the Impacts on Global Society

Position Statement – December 2011

The flawed proposition of drug legalisation

Various well funded pressure groups have mounted campaigns to overturn the United Nations Conventions on drugs. These groups claim that society should accept the fact of drugs as a problem that will remain and, therefore, should be managed in a way that would enable millions of people to take advantage of an alleged ‘legal right’ to use drugs of their choice.

It is important to note that international law makes a distinction between “hard law” and “soft law.” Hard law is legally binding upon the States. Soft law is not binding. UN Conventions, such as the Conventions on Drugs, are considered hard law and must be upheld by the countries that have ratified the UN Drug Conventions.

International narcotics legislation is mainly made up of the three UN Conventions from 1961 (Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs), 1971 (Convention on Psychotropic Substances), and 1988 (Convention against Illicit Traffic in Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances):

• The 1961 Convention sets out that “the possession, use, trade in, distribution,import, export, manufacture and the production of drugs is exclusively limited to medical and scientific purposes”. Penal cooperation is to be established so as to ensure that drugs are only used licitly (for prescribed medical purposes).

• The 1971 Convention resembles closely the 1961 Convention, whilst
establishing an international control system for Psychotropic Substances.

• The 1988 Convention reflects the response of the international community to increasing illicit cultivation, production, manufacture, and trafficking activities. International narcotics legislation draws a line between licit (medical) and illicit (non-medical) use, and sets out measures for prevention of illicit use, including penal measures. The preamble to the 1961 Convention states that the parties to the Convention are “Recognizing that addiction to narcotic drugs constitutes a serious evil for the individual and is fraught with social and economic danger to mankind”. The Conventions are reviewed every ten years and have consistently been upheld.

The UN system of drug control includes the Office of Drugs and Crime, the International Narcotics Control Board, and the Commission on Narcotic Drugs. The works of these bodies are positive and essential in international drug demand and supply reduction. They are also attacked by those seeking to legalise drugs.

It is frequently and falsely asserted that the so-called “War on Drugs” is inappropriate and has become a very costly and demonstrable failure. It is declared by some that vast resources have been poured into the prevention of drug use and the suppression of illicit manufacturing, trafficking, and supply. It is further claimed that what is essentially a chronic medical problem has been turned into a criminal justice issue with inappropriate remedies that make “innocent” people criminals. In short, the flawed argument is that “prohibition” monies have been wasted and the immeasurable financial resources applied to this activity would be better spent for the general benefit of the community.

The groups supporting legalisation are: people who use drugs, those who believe that the present system of control does more harm than good, and those who are keen to make significant profits from marketing newly authorised addictive substances. In addition to pernicious distribution of drugs, dealers circulate specious and misleading information. They foster the erroneous belief that drugs are harmless, thus adding to even more confused thinking.

Superficially crafted, yet pseudo-persuasive arguments are put forward that can be accepted by many concerned, well intentioned people who have neither the time nor the knowledge to research the matter thoroughly, but accept them in good faith. Frequently high profile people claim that legalisation is the best way of addressing a major social problem without cogent supporting evidence. This too influences others, especially the ill informed who accept statements as being accurate and well informed. Through this ill-informed propaganda, people are asked to believe that such action would defeat the traffickers, take the profit out of the drug trade and solve the drug problem completely.

The total case for legalisation seems to be based on the assertion that the government assault on alleged civil liberties has been disastrously and expensively ineffective and counter-productive. In short, it is alleged, in contradiction to evidence, that prohibition has produced more costs than benefits and, therefore, the use of drugs on a personal basis should be permitted. Advocates claim that legalisation would eliminate the massive expenditure incurred by prohibition and would take the profit out of crime for suppliers and dealers. They further claim that it would decriminalise what they consider “understandable” human behaviour and thus prevent the overburdening of the criminal justice system that is manifestly failing to cope. It is further argued irrationally that police time would not be wasted on minor drug offences, the courts would be freed from the backlog of trivial cases and the prisons would not be used as warehouses for those who choose to use drugs, and the saved resources could be used more effectively.

Types of drug legalisation

The term “legalisation” can have any one of the following meanings:

1. Total Legalisation – All illicit drugs such as heroin, cocaine, methamphetamine, and marijuana would be legal and treated as commercial products. No government regulation would be required to oversee production, marketing, or distribution.

2. Regulated Legalisation – The production and distribution of drugs would be regulated by the government with limits on amounts that can be purchased and the age of purchasers. There would be no criminal or civil sanctions for possessing, manufacturing, or distributing drugs unless these actions violated the regulatory system. Drug sales could be taxed.

3. Decriminalisation – Decriminalisation eliminates criminal sanctions for drug use and provides civil sanctions for possession of drugs. To achieve the agenda of drug legalisation, advocates argue for:

• legalising drugs by lowering or ending penalties for drug possession and use – particularly marijuana;

• legalising marijuana and other illicit drugs as a so-called medicine;
• harm reduction programmes such as needle exchange programmes, drug injection sites, heroin distribution to addicts, and facilitation of so-called safe use of drugs that normalize drug use, create the illusion that drugs can be used safely if one just knows how, and eliminates a goal of abstinence from drugs;

• legalised growing of industrial hemp;
• an inclusion of drug users as equal partners in establishing and enforcing drug policy; and

• protection for drug users at the expense and to the detriment of non-users under the pretence of “human rights.”

The problem is with the drugs and not the drug policies

Legalisation of current illicit drugs, including marijuana, is not a viable solution to the global drug problem and would actually exacerbate the problem. The UN Drug Conventions were adopted because of the recognition by the international community that drugs are an enormous social problem and that the trade adversely affects the global economy and the viability of some countries that have become transit routes.

The huge sums of illegal money generated by the drug trade encourage money laundering and have become inextricably linked with other international organised criminal activities such as terrorism, human trafficking, prostitution and the arms trade. Drug Lords have subverted the democratic governments of some countries to the great detriment of law abiding citizens.

Drug abuse has had a major adverse effect on global health and the spread of communicable diseases such as AIDS/HIV. Control is vitally important for the protection of communities against these problems. There is international agreement in the UN Conventions that drugs should be produced legally under strict supervision to ensure adequate supplies only for medical and research purposes. The cumulative effects of prohibition and interdiction combined with education and treatment during 100 years of international drug control have had a significant impact in stemming the drug problem. Control is working and one can only imagine how much worse the problem would have become without it. For instance:

• In 2007, drug control had reduced the global opium supply to one-third the level in 1907 and even though current reports indicate recent increased cultivation in Afghanistan and production in Southeast Asia, overall production has not increased.

• During the last decade, world output of cocaine and amphetamines has stabilized; cannabis output has declined since 2004; and opium production has declined since 2008. We, therefore, strongly urge nations to uphold and enhance current efforts to prevent the use, cultivation, production, traffic, and sale of illegal drugs. We further urge our leaders to reject the legalisation of currently illicit drugs as an acceptable solution to the world’s drug problem because of the following reasons:

• Only 6.1% of people globally between the ages of 15 and 64 use drugs (World Drug Report 2011 UNODC) and there is little public support for the legalisation of highly dangerous substances. Prohibition has ensured that the total number of users is low because legal sanctions do influence people’s behaviour.

• There is a specific obligation to protect children from the harms of drugs, as is
evidenced through the ratification by the majority of United Nations Member States of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC). Article 33 states that Member States “shall take all appropriate measures, including legislative, administrative, social and educational measures, to protect children from the illicit use of narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances as defined in the relevant international treaties, and to prevent the use of children in the illicit production and trafficking of such substances”.

• Legalisation sends the dangerous tacit message of approval, that drug use is
acceptable and cannot be very harmful.

• Permissibility, availability and accessibility of dangerous drugs will result in
increased consumption by many who otherwise would not consider using them.

• Enforcement of laws creates risks that discourage drug use. Laws clearly define what is legal and illegal and emphasise the boundaries.

• Legalisation would increase the risks to individuals, families, communities and world regions without any compensating benefits.

• Legalisation would remove the social sanctions normally supported by a legal system and expose people to additional risk, especially the young and vulnerable.

• The legalisation of drugs would lead inevitably to a greater number of dependencies and addictions likely to match the levels of licit addictive substances. In turn, this would lead to increasing related morbidity and mortality, the spread of communicable diseases such as AIDS/HIV and the other blood borne viruses exacerbated by the sharing of needles and drugs paraphernalia, and an increased burden on the health and social services.

• There would be no diminution in criminal justice costs as, contrary to the view held by those who support legalisation, crime would not be eliminated or reduced. Dependency often brings with it dysfunctional families together with increased domestic child abuse.

• There will be increases in drugged driving and industrial accidents.

• Drug Control is a safeguard protecting millions from the effects of drug abuse and addiction particularly, but not exclusively, in developing countries.

• Statements about taxation offsetting any additional costs are demonstrably flawed and this has been shown in the case of alcohol and tobacco taxes. Short of governments distributing free drugs, those who commit crime now to obtain them would continue to do so if they became legal.

• Legalisation would not take the profit out of the drug trade as criminals will always find ways of countering legislation. They would continue their dangerous activities including cutting drugs with harmful substances to maximise sales and profits. Aggressive marketing techniques, designed to promote increased sales and use, would be applied rigorously to devastating effect.

• Other ‘legal’ drugs – alcohol and tobacco, are regularly traded on the black market and are an international smuggling problem; an estimated 600 billion cigarettes are smuggled annually (World Drug report 2009). Taxation monies raised from these products go nowhere near addressing consequential costs.

• Many prisons have become incubators for infection and the spread of drug related diseases at great risk to individual prisoners, prison staff and the general public. Failure to eliminate drug use in these institutions exacerbates the problem.

• The prisons are not full of people who have been convicted for mere possession of drugs for personal use. This sanction is usually reserved for dealers and those who commit crime in the furtherance of their possession.

• The claim that alcohol and tobacco may cause more harm than some drugs is not a pharmacokinetics of psychotropic substances suggest that more, not less, control of their access is warranted.

• Research regularly and increasingly demonstrates the harms associated with drug use and misuse. There is uncertainty, yet growing evidence, about the long-term detrimental effects of drug use on the physical, psychological and emotional health of substance users.

• It is inaccurate to suggest that the personal use of drugs has no consequential and damaging effects. Apart from the harm to the individual users, drugs affect others by addiction, violence, criminal behaviour and road accidents. Some drugs remain in the body for long periods and adversely affect performance and behaviour beyond the time of so-called ‘private’ use. Legalisation would not diminish the adverse effects associated with drug misuse such as criminal, irrational and violent behaviour and the mental and physical harm that occurs in many users.

• All drugs can be dangerous including prescription and over the counter medicines if they are taken without attention to medical guidance. Recent research has confirmed just how harmful drug use can be and there is now overwhelming evidence (certainly in the case of cannabis) to make consideration of legalisation irresponsible.

• The toxicity of drugs is not a matter for debate or a vote. People are entitled to their own opinions but not their own facts. Those who advocate freedom of choice cannot create freedom from adverse consequences.

• Drug production causes huge ecological damage and crop erosion in drug producing areas.

• Nearly every nation has signed the UN Conventions on drug control. Any government of signatory countries contemplating legalisation would be in breach of agreements under the UN Conventions which recognise that unity is the best approach to combating the global drug problem. The administrative burden associated with legalisation would become enormous and probably unaffordable to most governments. Legalisation would require a massive government commitment to production, supply, security and a bureaucracy that would necessarily increase the need for the employment at great and unaffordable cost for all of the staff necessary to facilitate that development.

• Any government policy must be motivated by the consideration that it must first do no harm. There is an obligation to protect citizens and the compassionate and sensible method must be to do everything possible to reduce drug dependency and misuse, not to encourage or facilitate it. Any failures in a common approach to a problem would result in a complete breakdown in effectiveness. Differing and fragmented responses to a common predicament are unacceptable for the wellbeing of the international community. It is incumbent on national governments to cooperate in securing the greatest good for the greatest number.

ISSUED this 21st day of December, 2011 by the following groups:
Drug Prevention Network of the Americas (DPNA)
Institute on Global Drug Policy
International Scientific and Medical Forum on Drug Abuse
International Task Force on Strategic Drug Policy
People Against Drug Dependence & Ignorance (PADDI), Nigeria
Europe Against Drugs (EURAD)
World Federation Against Drugs (WFAD)
Peoples Recovery, Empowerment and Development Assistance (PREDA)
Drug Free Scotland

Drug advisers told no chance of decriminalising possession laws

Theresa May, the Home Secretary, issued a humiliating rebuke to her drug advisers after they called for the possession of drugs to be decriminalised.

The Home Office said there was no intention to give people a “green light” to use drugs because they “destroy lives and cause untold misery”.

The Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs (ACMD) risked a fresh row with the Home Office after suggesting those who possess any drug, including cocaine or heroin, for personal use should be taken out of the criminal justice system.

The Government issued a blunt statement insisting drug laws would not be liberalised and “decriminalisation is not the answer”. It is the latest in a series of run-ins between Whitehall’s official drug advisory body and the Home Office.

In 2009, the then Home Secretary Alan Johnson, sacked the ACMD chairman Professor David Nutt after he openly criticised the Government’s stance on cannabis. He had also previously said taking Ecstasy was no more dangerous than riding a horse.

The ACMD called for a review on how those caught in possession of drugs are handled in a submission to the Sentencing Council, which is consulting on guidelines for courts on drug offences.
However, it is not in the remit of the Sentencing Council to consider what would effectively decriminalisation and the ACMD only included its comments in the final section asking for any further comments. It wrote: “There is an opportunity to be more creative in dealing with those who have committed an offence by possession of drugs.

“For people found to be in possession of drugs (any) for personal use (and involved in no other criminal offences), they should not be processed through the criminal justice system but instead be diverted into drug education/awareness courses.”

The courses “would be the equivalent of the apparently successful ‘speed awareness’ courses to which drivers can be referred as a diversion”, the council added. It also suggested that those accused of possessing drugs could also face “more creative civil punishments”, such as the loss of a driving licence or passport.

A spokesman for the Home Office said: “We have no intention of liberalising our drugs laws. Drugs are illegal because they are harmful – they destroy lives and cause untold misery to families and communities. “Those caught in the cycle of dependency must be supported to live drug free lives, but giving people a green light to possess drugs through decriminalisation is clearly not the answer.”

Source: www.telegraph.co.uk 18th Oct 2011

Dedicated drug court pilots: a process report

Following the Scottish example, England has piloted drug courts using specially trained magistrates to closely supervise treatment-based community sentences. This initial report found no major glitches but low throughput and uncertain cost-benefits.

Summary The Dedicated Drug Court framework for England and Wales provides for specialist courts which exclusively handle cases relating to drug misusing offenders from conviction through sentence to completion (or breach) of a community order with a Drug Rehabilitation Requirement (DRR). Two magistrates’ courts (Leeds Magistrates’ Court and West London Magistrates’ Court) have been piloting drug courts implemented in line with the Ministry of Justice’s framework.

The critical factors for implementation success are an understanding of local context and scale of need, the enthusiasm of the local judiciary and partner agencies, good partnership working, availability of resources to deliver the drug court and its associated treatment services, the depth of understanding by all staff of offender motivation and, in particular, recognition of the points at which an offender is most likely to make progress in reducing or stopping drug use. Continuity of judiciary is key to successful implementation of a drug court. It provides the focus for communication between the court and the offender and across magistrate panels. Continuity of judiciary was a strong planned feature of both courts. Based on analysis undertaken with data from the Leeds pilot, there is strong evidence that continuity of magistrates has a statistically significant impact on several key drug court outcomes. Greater continuity of magistrates experienced by offenders is associated with their being less likely to miss a court hearing, more likely to complete their sentence, and less likely to be reconvicted.

Break-even analysis showed that (compared to normal adjudication) an extra 8% of offenders seen by the courts would need to stop taking drugs for five years or more following completion of the sentence to provide a net economic benefit to the wider society, and 14% in order to provide a net economic benefit to the criminal justice system. A robust quantification of impact was not possible because of the difficulties in collecting sufficient data on a comparison group of offenders not processed through drug courts.

Findings Commissioned by the UK Ministry of Justice, the report describes the implementation rather than the outcomes of England’s pilot drug courts. In line with international understandings, the courts were intended to specialise in drug-related offenders, presided over by sentencers specially trained for this task who order treatment-based sentences and closely supervise the offender’s progress, aided by regular tests for illegal drug use. The aim is maximise the rehabilitative impact of the sentence by increasing compliance and engagement with treatment through criminal justice pressure (ultimately the prospect of receiving a more typical punishment-based sentence if the drug court’s order fails) and rewards (of which one of the most powerful seems to be the unfamiliar experience of being congratulated by a judge or magistrate).

The report identified no critical fault lines in the implementation of the courts. However, these were particularly promising sites: the Leeds court built on a pre-existing system and in London, court staff were enthusiastic about the proposal and had already been working towards creating a drug court. Nevertheless, offender throughput was lower than expected. Over the 17 months of the evaluation, the London court sentenced just 60 new offenders while in Leeds the total was 276. Low throughput raised costs per offender. Compared to a standard 12-month drug rehabilitation requirement order implemented through normal adjudication, supervising the order through the drug courts cost £4633 extra per offender.

With no comparison group of normally adjudicated offenders, the evaluation was unable to say whether this was money well spent. They were, however, able to calculate the drug use reductions the courts would have to ‘buy’ in order to meet their extra costs – as noted in the abstract, the answer was 8% of offenders ceasing drug use for at least five years compared to the numbers doing so on a normally adjudicated drug rehabilitation requirement order. This calculation though excludes the base costs of normal adjudication and of a normally supervised drug rehabilitation requirement order. This seems to mean that the 8% would also have to be over and above the proportion of offenders who remain abstinent after normal judicial processing. The report gives no indication of how much success would be needed to match the total costs incurred by the criminal justice system in implementing all the elements of a drug court-supervised drug rehabilitation requirement order.

The report’s emphasis on offenders seeing the same magistrate(s) for their sentencing and throughout subsequent progress reviews is backed by evidence from Leeds that continuity is substantially associated with better compliance and drug use and crime outcomes. Steps were taken to reduce the risk that continuity was caused by high compliance and good progress rather than vice versa. However, without actually allocating offenders at random to see or not see the same magistrates, it is impossible to eliminate this possibility. Assuming the effect was real, it is of concern that organising continuity was a challenge, and especially so for ‘breach’ hearings dealing with unacceptable failures to comply with the order, which national regulations required to occur within a set period. Unfortunately, these crucial junctures are just when continuity is most needed, requiring an understanding of whether the offender will do better on a revised order, or the order has failed and should be revoked, often resulting in imprisonment.

A final caution over any such report is that some leading criminologists accuse the UK government of manipulating and distorting criminological research for political gain, to the point where the professor of criminology at the Open University has called for a boycott of government-commissioned work. The featured report was commissioned by the UK Ministry of Justice, a ministry carved out in part from the Home Office, one of the main targets of these accusations.

Scotland preceded England in formally piloting drug courts in Glasgow from 2001 and in Fife the following year. As in England, implementation was not entirely smooth but better than might have been expected. There was a high but it was thought acceptable failure rate, probably aided by Scotland’s more flexible application of drug treatment and testing orders, predecessors to the drug rehabilitation requirements used later by the English courts. However, crime impacts were questionable. Within one year 50% of drug court offenders had been reconvicted and within two years 71%, and the average frequency of reconvictions only slightly dipped in the two years after the order was imposed compared to the two years before. There was no clear crime-reduction benefit from supervising the orders through the drug courts (at an average cost of nearly £18,500 per order) as opposed to normal adjudication. But, as in England, the costs imposed on society by persistent, high-rate offending and drug-related mortality and morbidity, are such that even modest improvements might be cost-beneficial overall.

International experience and research relating to drug courts suggests it is important for courts to emphasise rewards as well as punishments, see offenders frequently enough to apply these swiftly in response to progress, deploy a range of rewards and sanctions short of revocation which are consistently applied, have a strong and sure ultimate sanction when the programme fails, make these consequences absolutely clear to offenders, have rapid access to a range of treatment options, maintain continuity in the judge dealing with the case, and to attend to the range of the individual’s needs. Willingness to continue despite some initial offending makes the structure imposed by stringent requirements and monitoring a positive feature rather than one which leads most offenders to fail. Consistent judicial supervision, the fact that this forces addicts (back) in to treatment, and drug testing which provides a shared measure of how treatment is progressing, probably all play their parts.

Source: www.findings.org.uk March 2009

Cannabis – a cause for Concern ?

Conference in Moses Room, House of Lords, 28th November 2002-11-28 CONSENSUS OF CONFERENCE

● In the light of the most recent international evidence regarding the adverse effects of cannabis, we urge the Prime Minister and the Home Secretary to reconsider their determination to reclassify Cannabis from a schedule B to schedule C drug.

● We are concerned that reclassification sends the message ‘it is ok to take cannabis’ or ‘cannabis is harmless’ or ‘taking cannabis is legal now’, especially to young people. We therefore strongly oppose reclassification.

● Instead, we urge the Prime Minister and the Home Office not to play down the many adverse and sometimes irreversible health effects of cannabis but to send out the clear message that cannabis is both harmful and, for that reason, illegal.

● We urge the Prime Minister – in the light of recent evidence – to reassess the adverse physical, emotional, mental and spiritual impact cannabis abuse has on individuals, but also to assess the adverse effects of cannabis on society including families with a special reference to ethnic minorities, the education system, the National Health Service, the Police, the criminal justice system.

● We are concerned that drug prevention is not given the emphasis it deserves, that ‘mixed messages’ are sent out and in particular we are very concerned at public funding of organisations whose ‘drug education material’ appears to promote rather than prevent drug abuse.

● We urge the Prime Minister to allocate more resources on prevention of cannabis abuse. Prevention is better than cure. We believe that these resources will be well spent. Our society and especially our young people deserve to be protected from cannabis abuse.

A Drug Policy for the 21st Century

Illegal drugs not only harm a user’s mind and body, they devastate families, communities, and neighborhoods. They jeopardize public safety, prevent too many Americans from reaching their full potential, and place obstacles in the way of raising a healthy generation of young people.

To address these challenges, today we are releasing the 2012 National Drug Control Strategy — the Obama Administration’s primary policy blueprint for reducing drug use and its consequences in America. The President’s inaugural National Drug Control Strategy, published in 2010, charted a new direction in our approach to drug policy. Today’s strategy builds upon that approach, which is based on science, evidence, and research. Most important, it is based on the premise that drug addiction is a chronic disease of the brain that can be prevented and treated. Simply put, we are not powerless against the challenge of substance abuse — people can recover, and millions are in recovery. These individuals are our neighbors, friends and family members. They contribute to our communities, our workforce, our economy, and help make America stronger.

Our emphasis on addressing the drug problem through a public health approach is grounded in decades of research and scientific study. There is overwhelming evidence that drug prevention and treatment programs achieve meaningful results with significant long-term cost savings. In fact, recent research has shown that each dollar invested in an evidence-based prevention program can reduce costs related to substance use disorders by an average of $18.

But reducing the burden of our nation’s drug problem stretches beyond prevention and treatment. We need an all of the above approach. To address this problem in a comprehensive way, the President’s new strategy also applies the principles of public health to reforming the criminal justice system, which continues to play a vital role in drug policy. It outlines ways to break the cycle of drug use, crime, incarceration, and arrest by diverting non-violent drug offenders into treatment, bolstering support for reentry programs that help offenders rejoin their communities, and advancing support for innovative enforcement programs proven to improve public health while protecting public safety.

Together, we have achieved significant reform in the way we address substance abuse. And the Affordable Care Act will — for the first time — require insurers to cover treatment for drug addiction the same way they would other chronic diseases. This is a revolutionary shift in how we address drug policy in America.
Over the past three decades, we have reduced illegal drug use in America. Over the long term, rates of drug use among young people today are far lower than they were 30 years ago. More recently cocaine use has dropped nearly 40 percent and meth use has dropped by half. And we can do more. As President Obama has noted, we have successfully changed attitudes regarding rates of smoking and drunk driving, and with your help we can do the same with our illegal drug problem.

Source: R. Gil Kerlikowske
Director, White House Office of National Drug Control Policy 18th April 2012

Parents and parents of friends can influence drug use

Parents of teenagers’ friends can have as much effect on the teens’ substance use as their own parents, according to a new study.

“Among friendship groups with ‘good parents’ there’s a synergistic effect - if your parents are consistent and aware of your whereabouts, and your friends’ parents are also consistent and aware of their (children’s) whereabouts, then you are less likely to use substances,” said Michael J. Cleveland, research assistant professor at the Prevention Research Centre and the Methodology Centre, Penn State.

In the study, 9,417 ninth-grade students were surveyed during the spring semester, and then again the following spring semester. The subjects came from 27 different rural school districts in Pennsylvania and Iowa, all participating in the Promoting School-university-community Partnerships to Enhance Resilience (PROSPER) study.

In ninth grade, the students were asked to name five of their closest friends. The researchers then identified social networks within the schools by matching up the mutually exclusive friendships. Overall, the team identified 897 different friendship groups, with an average of 10 to 11 students in each group.

At that time students also responded to questions about their perceptions of how much their parents knew about where they were and who they were with. They were also asked about the consistency of their parents’ discipline.

In the tenth-grade follow-up, participants answered questions about their substance use habits, specifically their use of alcohol, cigarettes and marijuana.

Researchers found parenting behaviours and adolescents’ substance-use behaviours to be significantly correlated that higher levels of parental knowledge and disciplinary consistency leading to a lower likelihood of substance use, whereas lower levels lead to a higher likelihood of substance use.

It was also found that behaviours of friends’ parents influenced substance use even when taking into account the effects of the teens’ own parents’ behaviours and their friends’ substance use, demonstrating the powerful effect of peers on adolescent behaviour

For example, if adolescents’ parents are consistent and generally aware of their children’s activities, but the parents of the children’s friends are inconsistent and generally unaware of their own children’s activities, the adolescents are more likely to use substances than if their friends’ parents were more similar to their own parents.

“The peer context is a very powerful influence,” said Cleveland. “We’ve found in other studies that the peer aspect can overwhelm your upbringing.”

According to the authors, this to be the first study where parenting at the peer level proved to have a concrete and statistically significant impact on child outcomes.

“I think that it empowers parents to know that not only can they have an influence on their own children, but they can also have a positive influence on their children’s friends as well,” said Cleveland. “And that by acting together the notion of ‘it takes a village’ can actually result in better outcomes for adolescents.”

The study was published in this month’s issue of the Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs.

Filed under: Parents,Parents :

New party high peril: 50p “coma in a bottle” danger drug kills two friends

The two pals are believed to have taken deadly GBL, a solvent found in paint strippers and chillingly known on the club scene as “coma in a bottle”

A heartbroken mum yesterday warned that Britain faces a new epidemic after banned party drug GBL was blamed for killing two friends within hours.

Carl Fearon, 24, was found dead at his flat at about 1pm on Saturday afternoon.

Just eight hours later, mum-of-one Lynette Nock, 28, died at a memorial wake held by his friends.

The two pals are believed to have taken deadly GBL, a solvent found in paint strippers and chillingly known on the club scene as “coma in a bottle”.

The tragedy comes exactly three years after medical student Hester Stewart, 21, was found dead at a house in Brighton after a party.

Police found a bottle of GBL next to her body.

Hester’s mum Maryon Stewart, who went on to launch drug awareness charity the Angelus Foundation, said yesterday: “They are not drugs, they are chemicals and when you take them you’re playing Russian Roulette with your life.

But you can’t control something like paint stripper because it has legitimate uses. When you ban one of these things probably a dozen others pop up to replace it.

“Last year 49 new substances appeared and no one really knows what’s in them. This is a major epidemic.

 “The Home Office should be taking responsibility to protect young people and raise awareness. There were directives from Europe 18 months before Hester died but nothing was done.’

 “Sadly, the message has still not filtered through and the same thing has happened and I’m deeply saddened.”

Electrical engineer Carl was found dead at his flat in Birmingham . Friends said he collapsed after taking GBL the previous night.

When word of his death spread, pals hosted a wake at a house in the city on Saturday night at which accountant Lynette collapsed.

Neighbour Emma Heath, 24, said: “I heard they put it in a Fanta bottle and several of them ended up being taken to hospital.” Lynette’s heartbroken father Dave, 69, yesterday paid tribute to his daughter and called for something to be done about GBL, describing it as “a lethal drug, a killer”. He says he fears Lynette’s drink may have been spiked, adding: “If Lynette had GBL in her system, did she and the others at that party ingest it without knowing what they were taking? Was it that their drink was spiked? From what I’ve read, this GBL has no taste and no smell.”

Det Insp Andy Hawkins said: “We believe the controlled substance Gamma-Butyrolactone, or GBL, may have been used as a drug at the gathering.” A spokesman for drugs charity FRANK said: “GBL is a dangerous drug with sedative and anaesthetic effects that can produce feelings of euphoria and can cause drowsiness. “It can kill.”

“It can do almost anything”: Analysis by drugs policy expert Dr Jonathan Cave

THE body converts GBL to date rape drug GHB, and because of how it is converted, GBL takes effect more quickly. It’s often advertised as a nutritional supplement but is harmful. GBL is unpredictable because it can do almost anything. It can have a mild effect, give people a headache or in some cases do a lot worse. It’s not directly toxic but the people to whom it is toxic won’t know until they take it. Some get addicted and take it 24 hours a day.

GBL, or Gamma-Butyrolactone, is known as “coma in a bottle”. It is used as paint stripper and was banned for consumption in 2009.

GBL is odourless and tasteless when diluted and is sold online for as little as 50p a shot.

The effect is similar to ecstasy but there is a high risk of overdosing.  Some users say it feels as if their muscles are being torn apart.  Medics say it kills six a year, damages organs and leads to psychosis.  It is related to banned date rape drug GHB.

Source:  www.Mirror.co.uk  2 May 2012

 

 


 

ADDICTION

In human populations, cigarettes and alcohol generally serve as gateway drugs, which people use first before progressing to marijuana, cocaine, or other illicit substances. To understand the biological basis of the gateway sequence of drug use, we developed an animal model in mice and used it to study the effects of nicotine on subsequent responses to cocaine. We found that pretreatment of mice with nicotine increased the response to cocaine, as assessed by addiction-related behaviors and synaptic plasticity in the striatum, a brain region critical for addiction-related reward. Locomotor sensitization was increased by 98%, conditioned place preference was increased by 78%, and cocaine-induced reduction in long-term potentiation (LTP) was enhanced by 24%. The responses to cocaine were altered only when nicotine was administered first, and nicotine and cocaine were then administered concurrently. Reversing the order of drug administration was ineffective; cocaine had no effect on nicotine-induced behaviors and synaptic plasticity. Nicotine primed the response to cocaine by enhancing its ability to induce transcriptional activation of the FosB gene through inhibition of histone deacetylase, which caused global histone acetylation in the striatum. We tested this conclusion further and found that a histone deacetylase inhibitor simulated the actions of nicotine by priming the response to cocaine and enhancing FosB gene expression and LTP depression in the nucleus accumbens. Conversely, in a genetic mouse model characterized by reduced histone acetylation, the effects of cocaine on LTP were diminished. We achieved a similar effect by infusing a low dose of theophylline, an activator of histone deacetylase, into the nucleus accumbens. These results from mice prompted an analysis of epidemiological data, which indicated that most cocaine users initiate cocaine use after the onset of smoking and while actively still smoking, and that initiating cocaine use after smoking increases the risk of becoming dependent on cocaine, consistent with our data from mice. If our findings in mice apply to humans, a decrease in smoking rates in young people would be expected to lead to a decrease in cocaine addiction.

Source:  Science Translational Medicine 2 November 2011:
Vol. 3, Issue 107, p. 107ra109



Placebo-Controlled Trial of Cytisine for Smoking Cessation.

 

 

 

West, R., et al. (2011)

This important study assessed the effectiveness of the drug cytisine in smoking cessation programs, and a potential star was born. In a single-center, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial, the journal paper concluded that “cytisine was more effective than placebo for smoking cessation. The lower price of cytisine as compared with that of other pharmacotherapies for smoking cessation may make it an affordable treatment to advance smoking cessation globally.”

 

 Source: New England Journal of Medicine 365: 1193-1200. 2011

 


 



 

Filed under: Addiction,Research :

Legalized Drugs: Dumber Than You May Think

Even smart people make mistakes​, ​sometimes surprisingly large ones.  A current example is drug legalization, which way too many smart people consider a good idea.  They offer three bad arguments.

First, they contend, “the drug war has failed”​, ​despite years of effort we have been unable to reduce the drug problem.  Actually, as imperfect as surveys may be, they present overwhelming evidence that the drug problem is growing smaller and has fallen in response to known, effective measures.  Americans use illegal drugs at substantially lower rates than when systematic measurement began in 1979​, ​down almost 40 percent.  Marijuana use is down by almost half since its peak in the late 1970s, and cocaine use is down by 80 percent since its peak in the mid-1980s.  Serious challenges with crack, meth, and prescription drug abuse have not changed the broad overall trend: Drug use has declined for the last 40 years, as has drug crime.

The decades of decline coincide with tougher laws, popular disapproval of drug use, and powerful demand reduction measures such as drug treatment in the criminal justice system and drug testing.  The drop also tracks successful attacks on supply​, as in the reduction of cocaine production in Colombia and the successful attack on meth production in the United States.  Compared with most areas of public policy, drug control measures are quite effective when properly designed and sustained.

Drug enforcement keeps the price of illegal drugs at hundreds of times the simple cost of producing them.  To destroy the criminal market, legalization would have to include a massive price cut, dramatically stimulating use and addiction.  Legalization advocates typically ignore the science.  Risk varies a bit, but all of us and a variety of other living things​, monkeys, rats, and mice​, can become addicted if exposed to addictive substances in sufficient concentrations, frequently enough, and over a sufficient amount of time.  It is beyond question that more people using drugs, more frequently, will result in more addiction.

About a third of illegal drug users are thought to be addicted (or close enough to it to need treatment), and the actual number is probably higher.  There are now at least 21 million drug users, and at least 7 million need treatment.  How much could that rise?  Well, there are now almost 60 million cigarette smokers and over 130 million who use alcohol each month.  It is irrational to believe that legalization would not increase addiction by millions.  

We can learn from experience.  Legalization has been tried in various forms, and every nation that has tried it has reversed course sooner or later.  America’s first cocaine epidemic occurred in the late 19th century, when there were no laws restricting the sale or use of the drug.  That epidemic led to some of the first drug laws, and the epidemic subsided.  Over a decade ago the Netherlands was the model for legalization.  However, the Dutch have reversed course, as have Sweden and Britain (twice).  The newest example for legalization advocates is Portugal, but as time passes the evidence there grows of rising crime, blood-borne disease, and drug usage.

The lessons of history are the lessons of the street. Sections of our cities have tolerated or accepted the sale and use of drugs.  We can see for ourselves that life is not the same or better in these places, it is much worse.  If they can, people move away and stay away.  Every instance of legalization confirms that once you increase the number of drug users and the addicted, it is difficult to undo your mistake.

The most recent form of legalization​, ​pretending smoked marijuana is medicine​, is following precisely the pattern of past failure.  The majority of the states and localities that have tried it are moving to correct their mistake, from California to Michigan.  Unfortunately, Washington, D.C., is about to start down this path​s.  It will end badly.

The second false argument for legalization is that drug laws have filled our prisons with low-level, non-violent offenders.  The prison population has increased substantially over the past 30 years, but the population on probation is much larger and has grown almost as fast.  The portion of the prison population associated with drug offences has been declining, not growing. The number of diversion programs for substance abusers who commit crimes has grown to such an extent that the criminal justice system is now the single largest reason Americans enter drug treatment.

Despite constant misrepresentation of who is in prison and why, the criminal justice system has steadily and effectively focused on violent and repeat offenders. The unfortunate fact is that there are too many people in prison because there are too many criminals. With the rare exceptions that can be expected from human institutions, the criminal justice system is not convicting the innocent.

Most recently, crime and violence in Central America and Mexico have become the third bad reason to legalize drugs.  Even some foreign leaders have joined in claiming that violent groups in Latin America would be substantially weakened or eliminated if drugs were legal.

Many factors have driven this misguided argument.  First, while President Álvaro Uribe in Colombia and President Felipe Calderón in Mexico demonstrated brave and consequential leadership against crime and terror, such leadership is rare.  For both the less competent and the corrupt, the classic response in politics is to blame someone else for your failure.

The real challenge is to establish the rule of law in places that have weak, corrupt, or utterly inadequate institutions of justice.  Yes, the cartels and violent gangs gain money from the drug trade, but they engage in the full range of criminal activities​, murder for hire, human trafficking, bank robbery, protection rackets, car theft, and kidnapping, among others.  They seek to control areas and rule with organized criminal force.  This is not a new phenomenon, and legalizing drugs will not stop it.  In fact, U.S. drug laws are a powerful means of working with foreign partners to attack violent groups and bring their leaders to justice.

Legalization advocates usually claim that alcohol prohibition caused organized crime in the United States and its repeal ended the threat.  This is widely believed and utterly false.  Criminal organizations existed before and after prohibition.  Violent criminal organizations exist until they are destroyed by institutions of justice, by each other, or by authoritarian measures fueled by popular fear.  No honest criminal justice official or family in this hemisphere will be safer tomorrow if drugs are legalized​, and the serious among them know it.

Are the calls for legalization merely superficial​, silly background noise in the context of more fundamental problems?  Does this talk make any difference? Well, suppose someone you know said, “Crack and heroin and meth are great, and I am going to give them to my brothers and sisters, my children and my grandchildren.”  If you find that statement absurd, irresponsible, or obscene, then at some level you appreciate that drugs cannot be accepted in civilized society.  Those who talk of legalization do not speak about giving drugs to their families, of course; they seem to expect drugs to victimize someone else’s family.

Irresponsible talk of legalization weakens public resolve against use and addiction.  It attacks the moral clarity that supports responsible behavior and the strength of key institutions.  Talk of legalization today has a real cost to our families and families in other places.  The best remedy would be some thoughtful reflection on the drug problem and what we say about it.

Source: http://www.weeklystandard.com/author/john-p.-walters 7th May 2012

Adopted kids’ drug abuse risk affected by biological family

   Adopted children are twice as likely to abuse drugs if their biological parents did too, suggesting that genetics do indeed play a role in the development of substance abuse problems.However, trouble or substance abuse in the adoptive family is also a risk factor, according to a study of more than 18,000 adopted children inSweden.

This suggests that both environment and biological family history can influence a child’s likelihood of future drug use.”For someone at low genetic risk, being in a bad environment conveys only a modestly increased risk of drug abuse,” says lead study author Dr. Kenneth S. Kendler, professor of psychiatry and human genetics at Virginia Commonwealth University in Richmond. “But if you are at high genetic risk, this can put your risk for drug abuse much higher.”

 The findings should be reassuring to adoptive parents, and to people who are thinking about adopting, because they show the importance of a positive environment, experts say.  “A child who is adopted, just like a child who is biological, does carry a certain genetic risk, but this shows that the environment they’re being raised in and how their genetic risk interacts with that is probably much more important for the potential development of any disease, including substance abuse and dependence,” says Dr. Lukshmi Puttanniah, director of child and adolescent psychiatry at Lenox Hill Hospital in New York, who was not involved with the study.

 The study, published this week in the Archives of General Psychiatry, included 18,115 children born inSwedenbetween 1950 and 1993 and later adopted. Overall, 4.5% of adopted individuals had drug-abuse problems as identified by Swedish medical, legal and pharmacy records, versus 2.9% of people in the general population.

But 8.6% of those who had at least one biological parent who abused drugs had their own abuse problems versus 4.2% of adoptees whose biological parents did not have a history of drug abuse.

 Adopted children had roughly double the risk of drug abuse if their biological full- or half-sibling had similar issues. But the risk was about the same if their adoptive siblings — those who had no biological connection to them — had abused drugs.

In general, trouble in the adoptive family, such as parental divorce, death, criminal activity, and alcohol problems was linked to a higher risk of drug abuse in the adopted child. There are a number of things adoptive parents — and biological parents for that matter — can do to minimize the risk of their children experimenting with drugs and alcohol, say experts.

“If parents are responsible, are monitoring their children’s behavior, paying attention to them, spending time with them, that’s going to have a positive effect and protect them from going down the path of alcohol and drug abuse,” says Maria M. Wong, Ph.D., associate professor of psychology at Idaho State University in Pocatello.

 ”Knowing the medical history of children who will be adopted is always a good idea, however . . . genes are not destiny,” adds Dr. Wilson Compton, director of the division of epidemiology, services, and prevention research at the National Institute on Drug Abuse, which helped fund the study. “This study shows that in a healthy, safe, and secure environment with little exposure to drug abuse and other problems in the adoptive relatives, even children with multiple drug abusing biological relatives do much better than those whose adoptive families don’t provide such advantages.”

But the current study omitted some factors, some of which might be important to current and future adoptive parents.For instance, the researchers didn’t know when the adopted child joined his or her new family.

“Children who are adopted at age 5 are in a different risk category from newborns,” says Dr. Lisa Albers, director of the Adoption Program at Children’s Hospital Boston.

 And the study probably underestimates the number of drug users given that drug abuse was identified only if a person had had a brushwith the law, had been hospitalized or had a certain prescription history. That sets a “relatively high bar,” Albers says.  In any event, rates of drug abuse in theU.S.tend to be higher than inSwedenor other Scandinavian countries, says Kendler.  Also, researchers didn’t take into account changes in adoption in the last 50 years.

 For instance, many more children placed for adoption today have birth parents with a history of substance abuse compared with 50 years ago, says Albers.

On the other hand, the medical community has moved forward “light years” in its understanding and ability to handle other risk factors for substance abuse, such as ADHD, impulse control challenges, mental health concerns like anxiety or significant trauma, which may have occurred prior to the child coming into the family — all of which are risk factors for substance abuse, says Albers.

“If we have parents with a history of drug abuse, we can probably do better . . .. if we address the early signs that put the child at risk for drug abuse,” says Albers.

“Joining an adoptive family that is supportive even if you’re genetically at high risk is a very positive thing,” she adds.

Source:   www.health.com  5th March 2012

19 percent of teens admit to driving while under influence of marijuana, more than drunk driving

 

RANCHO CUCAMONGA, CA -  In new survey, 19 percent of teens admit to driving while under influence of marijuana, more than drunk driving. The survey, conducted by Liberty Mutual Insurance and Students Against Destructive Decisions (SADD), found that more teens are driving after smoking weed than after drinking alcohol. Only 13 percent of teens said they have driven after drinking. Read news release, click here.

Source:  paul@drugfreecalifornia.org  Feb.201

 

How does cognitive behaviour therapy work with opioid-dependent clients? Results of the UKCBTMM study.

Kouimtsidis C., Reynolds M., Coulton S. et al.
Drugs: Education, Prevention and Policy: 2011, early online publication.
Request reprint using your default e-mail program or write to Dr Kouimtsidis at drckouimtsidis@hotmail.com

Compromised by an inability to interest enough patients, the only randomised UK trial of cognitive-behavioural therapy for methadone patients was unable to be definitive but did find some signs of benefit and that the therapy had pulled some of the intended psychological levers.

Summary Cognitive approaches to treating substance misuse problems are still relatively new and it is important to understand how they work. Relevant treatment models emphasise the role of: self-efficacy to cope with situations associated with drug use without using; developing skills to cope with these situations as well as skills to generate broader lifestyle changes; and changing patients’ expectations of the positives and negatives of using the substance. Successful treatment is theorised to result from a reduction in the extent to which patients expect positive outcomes from substance use, an increase in their negative expectations, and enhanced self-efficacy and coping skills.

The featured study was the first study to directly test this model in the context of substitution treatment for opiate dependence. The findings derive from the UKCBTMM United Kingdom Cognitive Behaviour Therapy Study In Methadone Maintenance Treatment. study, which investigated the effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of cognitive-behavioural therapy for patients in opiate substitute prescribing programmes, itself the first randomised controlled trial of a psychosocial intervention in this setting in the UK.

At several UK treatment centres, the study randomly allocated substitute prescribing patients to keyworking only or keyworking plus cognitive-behavioural therapy, and assessed whether the additional therapy improved outcomes six and 12 months later. Additional therapy was offered weekly for 24 weeks but typically patients attended only four sessions. Therapists and keyworkers were recruited from existing staff and the therapists were trained and supervised in the therapy.

Perhaps because so few patients were eligible for and prepared to join the trial (just 60 did so of 369 who were eligible), though there were outcome gains from the extra therapy, none were statistically significant. Nevertheless, as measured by their effect sizes, A standard way of expressing the magnitude of a difference (eg, between outcomes in control and intervention groups) applicable to most quantitative data. Enables different measures taken in different studies to be compared or (in meta-analyses) combined. Based on expressing the difference in the average outcomes between control and experimental groups as a proportion of how much the outcome varies across both groups. The most common statistic used to quantify this difference is called Cohen’s d. Conventionally this is considered to indicate a small effect when no greater than 0.2, a medium effect when around 0.5, and a large effect when at least 0.8. In the featured study effect sizes were expected to be about 0.3. the gains were as large as expected in terms of reductions in the severity of addiction and heroin use, and improved compliance with prescribed methadone use. The cost of the extra therapy was more than outweighed by savings in health, social, economic, work, and criminal justice costs. Perhaps because patients had already been in methadone treatment for on average five months, these savings were less than in some other studies, and the difference in cost savings between therapy and non-therapy groups was not statistically significant.

Main findings

However, the featured report was less concerned with whether extra cognitive-behavioural therapy improved the end result of methadone treatment, than with how it might have done so. One way was expected to be by improving how well patients coped with life’s problems, a concept measured by a standard questionnaire which assessed different aspects of this ability. Relative to keyworking only, as expected, at six months the therapy was followed by a significant improvement in the degree to which patients positively reappraised problems, and a non-significant improvement in problem solving. Other domains where additional improvements were expected (logical analysis, seeking guidance and seeking alternatives) improved to roughly the same degree regardless of the extra therapy. Six months later (and 12 months after therapy had started) a similar analysis revealed that nearly all the expected mechanisms had improved after cognitive-behavioural therapy but deteriorated without it. The exception was logical analysis, where the reverse pattern was seen. Despite these trends, none of differences between patients who had or had not been offered cognitive-behavioural therapy were statistically significant, so chance variation could not be ruled out.

As expected, the degree to which patients felt confident that they could resist the urge to use drugs (‘self-efficacy’) increased after cognitive-behavioural therapy but decreased (at six months) or increased less (at 12 months) without this therapy. Patients were also asked about the good and bad consequences they expected from cutting down their heroin use. These measures changed in the opposite to what was expected; patients offered the therapy became relatively less positive and more negative about cutting down. Again, none of these differences between the two groups of patients were statistically significant.

Further analyses not reported here assessed changes among only patients who attended at least one session of their intended psychosocial intervention and related changes to the number of therapy sessions attended.

The authors’ conclusions

Though no definite conclusions can be taken from this study, there are indications that the therapy may be effective through at least some of the intended mechanisms, but also that methadone-maintained patients at services as configured in England in the 2000s generally reject the chance for this form of extra therapy.

The fact that few patients were prepared to join the study and that those who did attended few therapy sessions suggest there could be major barriers to implementing cognitive-behavioural therapy in routine practice in the British drug treatment system, perhaps associated with a culture of limited psychological therapy and relatively low expectations of clients’ engagement and compliance with treatment.

With such a small sample there is a heightened possibility that real differences made by the therapy will fail to meet conventional criteria for statistical significance and be mistakenly dismissed as chance variation. That this might have happened is suggested by the fact that the relative increase in days free of heroin use after six months was as great as expected. With a larger sample, it might well have also proved statistically significant. Economic analyses also found non-significant but appreciable net social cost-savings. The featured analysis supplements these outcome findings with indications that cognitive-behavioural therapy may have fostered some but not all of the crucial problem-solving skills.

The main seemingly counter-productive finding related to expectations about the pros and cons of reducing heroin use as measured by a scale yet to be validated. Also, more sessions of therapy did not further enhance the presumed psychological mechanisms through which the therapy worked. Nor were these mechanisms significantly related to substance use and other outcomes – again, perhaps due to the small sample size.

While appreciating the limits set by sample size, the non-significant trends suggesting that the therapy worked though the intended mechanisms were generally small in size. Of 22 comparisons between the two sets of patients, in only one had a mechanism (positively reappraising life’s problems) changed to a statistically significant degree in the expected direction – a result to be expected purely by chance. Together with a few counterproductive trends, these minor changes in the mechanisms thought to be specific to cognitive-behavioural therapy do not suggest it has a special role (that is, over and above other forms of psychological therapy) as a supplement to routine keyworking in the circumstances of the trial. At the same time the findings suggest that extra therapeutic contact did help stabilise patients who were prepared to accept it. Whether this needed to be cognitive-behavioural or a recognised therapy of any kind is impossible to tell from the study. Broader research offers little support for a distinctive role in addiction treatment for cognitive-behavioural approaches, results from which are generally equivalent to other approaches. It also seems that, at least in the mid 2000s, a steep hill remained to be climbed before formal psychological interventions of any kind were routinely and expertly implemented inBritain’s methadone clinics. How far that has changed is unclear. Details below.

CBT in methadone treatment

Guidelines from Britain’s National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) recommend cognitive-behavioural therapy not as a routine means of further stabilising patients, but to help with lingering anxiety and/or depression among those already stabilised in maintenance treatment. However, the analyses which led NICE to counsel against routine use did not show that cognitive-behavioural therapy was ineffective, just that it was not convincingly more effective than other well structured therapies.

Published in 2007, these guidelines did not have available to them the latest update of an authoritative meta-analytic A study which uses recognised procedures to combine quantitative results from several studies of the same or similar interventions to arrive at composite outcome scores. Usually undertaken to allow the intervention’s effectiveness to be assessed with greater confidence than on the basis of the studies taken individually. review conducted for the Cochrane collaboration which combined results from studies comparing structured psychosocial interventions against normal counselling among methadone and other opiate substitution patients. Taking in new studies available up to 2011, it found that overall such interventions had improved neither retention nor outcomes (including opiate use) to a statistically significant degree. In particular, the same was true of the family of behavioural interventions including cognitive-behavioural therapy. Contrary to expectations, this update found contingency management conferred no significant benefits, contradicting both its earlier findings and the NICE guidelines referred to above.

In the Cochrane review, verdicts in respect of cognitive-behavioural therapy rested on three studies, one of which does not appear to have reported substance use outcomes but did find greater improvements in psychological health. Relative to drug counselling alone, so too did a study of male US ex-military personnel starting methadone treatment. A year later, in this study cognitive-behavioural patients had improved more on a much wider range of psychological, social and crime measures, but not in respect of substance use. From methadone plus routine drug counselling only, so complete were the reductions in opiate use that little space was left for additional therapy to further improve outcomes. These two US studies are supplemented by a German study which found that group cognitive-behavioural therapy led to significantly greater post-therapy reductions (at the six-month follow-up) in drug use than routine methadone maintenance alone. The effect was largely due to changes in cocaine use, but there were also minor extra improvements in abstinence from opiate-type drugs and benzodiazepines. What these three studies suggest is that offering extra psychotherapy (not necessarily cognitive-behavioural therapy in particular) improves psychological and social adjustment and perhaps too helps reduce non-opiate substance use, but that methadone maintenance itself as implemented in these studies was such a powerful anti-opiate use intervention that further gains on this front were harder to engineer.

CBT in substance use treatment generally

If in terms of core substance use outcomes, cognitive-behavioural therapy in methadone maintenance does little to improve on routine counselling, this will simply be in line with findings in respect of the therapy’s role in treating drug and alcohol problems in general. A review combining results from relevant studies suggested that it remains to be shown that cognitive-behavioural therapies are more effective than other similarly extensive and coherent approaches. Studies which directly tested this proposition often found little or no difference, even when the competing therapy amounted simply to well structured medical care.

The implication is that choice of therapy can be made on the basis of what makes most sense to patient and therapist, availability, cost, and the therapist’s training. In respect of cost and availability, cognitive-behavioural therapy may (more evidence is needed) prove to have two important advantages. The first is that effects may persist and even amplify without having to continue in therapy. The second is that it lends itself to manualisation to the point where it can be packaged as an interactive computer program and made available in services lacking trained therapists – potentially a crucial advantage for widespread implementation.

Will CBT help methadone patients leave treatment?

Beyond core substance use outcomes is what in Britain is now a priority issue – whether more intensive therapy, even if it seems to add little to the powerful opiate use reduction effect of methadone treatment, might help people gain sufficient psychological and social stability to leave this treatment, and leave it sooner. In respect of psychotherapy in general and cognitive-behavioural therapy in particular, this remains a live possibility with some support from studies of during and post-treatment changes, though none have directly tested whether these enable patients to more safely leave the shelter of substitute prescribing programmes.

However, from the starting point revealed by the featured study, there seems a long way to go before structured psychosocial interventions of any kind are routine in Britain’s methadone services. An earlier report from the study commented that services were overstretched and understaffed and suffered from high staff turnover. Very few staff had been trained in psychological interventions and sometimes even basic individual client keyworking was extremely limited. Difficulties in engaging clients in the study were attributed partly to a low level of psychological interventions in services, which in turn led to low expectations of clients engaging with these interventions. Perhaps too, the authors speculated, some clients were reluctant to become involved in more intensive treatment or to address psychological issues not previously identified in usual clinical care. Most tellingly, the researchers observed “a nihilistic view of psychological intervention and clients’ capacity for change among some staff”.

In this climate, and with the added burden of research procedures, the small proportion of patients prepared to accept therapy and attend more than a few sessions is likely to be an underestimate of the possible caseload if cognitive-behavioural therapy were well promoted as a part of usual care, especially if elements of the approach were incorporated in keyworking rather than offered as an optional add-on.

In a different set of services probably sampled in the mid-2000s, perfunctory brief encounters focused on dose, prescribing and dispensing arrangements, attendance records, and regulatory and disciplinary issues characterised the keyworking service offered by some British criminal justice teams to offenders on opiate substitute prescribing programmes. However, ‘relapse prevention’ was the most common therapeutic activity in the sessions, featuring in 44% of the last sessions recalled by the staff, a term often taken to imply cognitive-behavioural approaches. What staff included under this heading was unclear, and the time given to it averaged just seven minutes, but is does suggest that there is a platform which could be built on. Unfortunately the need to do this building to foster recovery and treatment exit has coincided with resource constraints which make widespread training in and implementation of fully fledged therapy programmes seem unlikely.

Thanks for their comments on this entry in draft to Christos Kouimtsidis of the Herts Partnership NHS Foundation Trust in England. Commentators bear no responsibility for the text including the interpretations and any remaining errors.

Last revised 16 December 2011

Source: www.findings.org.uk

A Comparison of Jamaican Male Adolescent Cannabis Users’ and Non-Users’ Performance on Tests of Memory.

  W De La Haye (1), K Powell-Booth (2). (1) The University of the West Indies, Mona Campus, Jamaica, (2) The University of the West Indies, Mona Campus & University of Technology, Jamaica.

 Background: Cannabis is a popular drug mainly among adolescent males in Jamaica. The aim of this study was to assess whether there is a difference in performance of male cannabis users and non-users on tests of learning, memory, attention and intelligence.

 Methods: Psychological tests of intelligence, learning and memory were administered for all participants. Tests included Wechsler Intelligence Scales for Children, fourth edition (WISC-IV) Wide Range Assessment of Memory and Learning, third edition (WRAML. 3). The sample size (N = 62), with an age range of 13 and 17 years, comprised 2 groups: adolescent users of cannabis (n = 30), the experimental group, and non-users of canabis (n = 32), the control group. Both groups’ performance was compared on each test. Independent t-tests were used to analyze the data, with alpha = .05.

 Results: There is a significant difference in performance between the groups, as non-users had higher scores on all tests of memory than users of cannabis. The largest mean difference was for Verbal Intelligence Quotient (VIQ), 6.65, followed by Digit Span Forward 6.47, and 6.60 for Digit Span Backward, while the smallest mean difference was for the Picture Memory sub – test. The mean age was 14.97 years, (SD = 1.36).

 Conclusion: Users of cannabis displayed cognitive deficits on all tests of memory.

Findings lend support to research that suggests that cannabis use may impair learning and memory.

Source:  Winston De La Haye, M.D., M.P.H., D.M.

Lecturer and Consultant Psychiatrist .  Dep. of Community Health & Psychiatry

The University of the West Indies, Mona Campus,JAMAICA  

 

 

Crystal Meth Detected In Newborns’ Hair

TORONTO, Nov. 2 — Methamphetamine can be detected in the hair of newborns whose mothers used the drug during pregnancy, researchers here have found.

Action Points

Note that this study shows that methamphetamine used during pregnancy can be found in the hair of neonates, suggesting it crosses the placental barrier with effects that are not completely understood.

Advise patients who ask that drug abuse during pregnancy can be detrimental to the fetus, with a range of physical and intellectual sequelae, as well as hazardous to the mother.

It represents the first direct evidence in humans that crystal meth, which is a growing drug-abuse problem in North America, can cross the placenta and affect the growing fetus, according to Facundo Garcia-Bournissen, M.D., of the Motherisk program at the Hospital for Sick Children.
Researchers at the program have been testing hair samples from parents and adults across Canada for several years, usually when there is clinical suspicion of drug abuse on the part of parents, Dr. Garcia-Bournissen and colleagues reported in the online issue of Archives of Disease in Childhood.
From June 1997 through December 2005, the database accumulated results of 34,278 tests for drugs in hair, representing 8,270 people. Nearly 60% (or 4,926) of these people were positive for at least one drug of abuse, the researchers said.
In a retrospective analysis, Dr. Garcia-Bournissen and colleagues examined the incidence of methamphetamine in hair samples:
• The first methamphetamine was found in hair in 2003, when six samples tested positive, with a slight increase in 2004, with eight cases.
• There were 372 cases in 2005 and the researchers said preliminary data for 2006 indicates that the surge has not stopped.
• The study identified 11 mother-neonate pairs in which each was positive for methamphetamine.
• Also, one newborn was negative, although the mother was positive.
The median methamphetamine values in the mother-baby pairs were 1.75 ng/mg for the mothers and 1.63 ng/mg for the newborns. Dr. Garcia-Bournissen and colleagues said.
The median concentrations were not significantly different, “suggesting that the transplacental transfer of methamphetamine is extensive,” the researchers said. On an individual level, maternal and neonatal drug levels correlated significantly (at P=0.003, using Spearman’s rho test, with r=0.8).
Interestingly, among the 171 subjects who were positive for methamphetamine and whose hair was tested for other drugs, 83.5% were positive for at least one other drug, usually cocaine, Dr. Garcia-Bournissen and colleagues found.
In contrast, among the 1,053 subjects negative for methamphetamine but positive for some other drug, only 38% were positive for more than one drug, they said.
“Positive exposure to methamphetamine strongly suggests that the person is a polydrug user, which may have important implications for fetal safety,” the researchers said.
The effects of the drug on the exposed child remain unclear, Dr. Garcia-Bournissen and colleagues noted, although there is some evidence that “children exposed in utero to methamphetamine are at risk of developmental problems, because of either the effect of direct exposure to the drug during pregnancy or growing in the environment associated with parental methamphetamine misuse, or probably both.”
Because the study was retrospective and anonymous, clinical information on the exposed infants is not available, the researchers said.

Source: www.medpage.today.com 2nd Nov. 2006

Alcohol Hospital Admissions Double in a Decade<


Some 1,173,386 people in England were admitted to casualty for injuries or illnesses caused by drinking in 2010/11, compared with just 510,780 in 2002/3, according to the data. The figures for last year represent an 11 per cent increase on the previous 12 months, when alcohol-related admissions stood at 1,056,962.

Separate information published by Anne Milton, the public health minister, showed that since January an estimated 7,074 under-18s have been admitted to hospital due to alcohol.

Diane Abbott, the shadow public health minister, said the Government should take notice of the statistics and “get a grip” on binge drinking. She accused ministers of “rapidly pushing us towards a binge drinking crisis”, despite similar annual increases in recent years.

She said: “The alarm bells should be ringing with the publication of these figures. A recent report predicted that binge-drinking will cost the NHS £3.8 billion by 2015, with 1.5 million A&E admissions a year.”

Andrew Lansley, the Health Secretary, blamed Labour’s 24-hour drinking policy and accused the last government of “taking their eye of the ball” on the issue of binge drinking.

He said: “These figures are disturbing evidence that, despite total consumption of alcohol not increasing recently, we have serious problems with both binge-drinking and long-term excessive alcohol abuse in a minority of people. Our alcohol strategy, which we will set out in the new year, will outline what further steps we are taking to tackle this growing problem.”

Today’s Local Alcohol Profiles for England figures also show that the number of hospital admissions for conditions attributable to alcohol are rising at a similar rate. The number of admissions has more than doubled since 2002/03 and increased by nine per cent last year.

In 2002/03 there were 926 admissions per 100,000 people for conditions caused by alcohol, rising to 1,743 per 100,000 in 2009/10 and 1,898 last year.

The biggest increase over the past 12 months was inLondon, with a jump in admissions of 14 per cent, followed by the East of England with 10 per cent.

From The Telegraph   Dec. 2011

 

Association Between Marijuana Exposure and Pulmonary Function Over 20 Years

  Context Marijuana smoke contains many of the same constituents as tobacco smoke, but whether it has similar adverse effects on pulmonary function is unclear.

 Objective To analyze associations between marijuana (both current and lifetime exposure)and pulmonary function.

 

Design, Setting, and Participants The Coronary Artery Risk Development in Young Adults (CARDIA) study, a longitudinal study collecting repeated measurements of pulmonary function and smoking over 20 years (March 26, 1985-August 19, 2006) in a cohort of 5115 men and women in 4 US cities. Mixed linear modelling was used to account for individual age-based trajectories of pulmonary function and other covariates including tobacco use, which was analyzed in parallel as a positive control. Lifetime exposure to marijuana joints was expressed in joint-years, with 1 joint-year of exposure equivalent to smoking 365 joints or filled pipe bowls.

 

Main Outcome Measures Forced expiratory volume in the first second of expiration (FEV1) and forced vital capacity (FVC).

 

Results Marijuana exposure was nearly as common as tobacco exposure but was mostly light (median, 2-3 episodes per month). Tobacco exposure, both current and lifetime, was linearly associated with lower FEV1 and FVC. In contrast, the association between marijuana exposure and pulmonary function was nonlinear (P_.001): at low levels of exposure, FEV1 increased by 13 mL/joint-year (95% CI, 6.4 to 20; P_.001) and FVC by 20 mL/joint-year (95% CI, 12 to 27; P_.001), but at higher levels of exposure, these associations levelled or even reversed. The slope for FEV1 was −2.2 mL/joint-year (95% CI, −4.6 to 0.3; P=.08) at more than 10 joint-years and −3.2 mL per marijuana smoking episode/mo (95% CI, −5.8 to −0.6; P=.02) at more than 20 episodes/mo. With very heavy marijuana use, the net association with FEV1 was not significantly different from baseline, and the net association with FVC remained significantly greater than baseline

(eg, at 20 joint-years, 76 mL [95% CI, 34 to 117]; P_.001).

 

Conclusion Occasional and low cumulative marijuana use was not associated with adverse effects on pulmonary function.

JAMA. 2012;307(2):173-181 www.jama.com

 

RESPONSE TO ASSOCIATION BETWEEN MARIJUANA EXPOSURE AND PULMONARY FUNCTION OVER 20 YEARS STUDY

 1. Research validity

The study appears well designed and there is no reason to think it was not done according to description.  But they only look at limited lung function parameters FeV1 and FVC. No microscopic analysis of tissue was done and certainly other areas of potential damage were not addressed. 

The investigators also admit that there were limitations in the study.  A significant problem is that cannabis use is often difficult to quantify precisely due to smokers sharing joints, different inhalation techniques and different ways of smoking cannabis including joints, pipes and bongs.  By comparison, the average amount of tobacco in a commercial cigarette of standard length is 1 gram.  Therefore, the comparison between nicotine smokers and marijuana smokers is moot because the amount of smoke exposure in the two groups was vastly different and a comparable marijuana cohort was not recruited.

Clearly there was a reduction in lung function between 7-10 joint-years, but significant reductions at more than 20 joints per month.

The increased function was found with under 10 joint-years – that could be 1 joint per day for 10 years or 2 joints per week for 30 years. Numerous other studies have demonstrated damage- I am including some that are attached.

What is telling is that they did not have heavy users but still found evidence to suggest that heavy use causes lung damage.  There is no accounting for changing patterns of use over the life time and lung recovery potential, which is great.

A key sentence is occasional and low cumulative marijuana use is not associated with adverse effects on pulmonary function.  Occasional and low tobacco use is also not associated with adverse consequences. They did not have enough heavy marijuana users to draw conclusions of detrimental effects on pulmonary function. If nicotine smokers are using about 8-9 cigarettes/day and marijuana users 2-3 episodes in past 30 days, this is not really a valid comparison.

The authors note that “some investigators have proposed that the deep inspiratory manoeuvers practiced by marijuana smokers could stretch the lungs resulting in larger lung volumes.”  It is true that cannabis smokers inhale more deeply, hold their breath for longer, and perform Valsalva manoeuvre at maximal breath hold which could result in a stretching of the lungs.  However, it is important to note that cannabis is usually smoked without a filter and to a shorter butt length, and the smoke is a higher temperature than tobacco, thus exposing the cannabis smoker to greater levels of carboxyhaemoglobin and tar inhaled when compared with a tobacco cigarette of the same size. (Tashkin)

Another speculative possibility they note is “strengthening of chest wall musculature or another ‘training’ effect that allows marijuana users to inspire more fully (closer to total lung capacity) on spirometry testing.” The functional effects of this association on lung health or respiratory function in daily life are unclear.  “Hypothetically speaking, a positive effect from marijuana in the short term (the stretch/training effect) and a negative effect in the long term (damage from smoke exposure) should result in a nonlinear association as observed. According to this explanation, the predominant effect for FEV1 at very high exposure (more than 40 joint-years) reflects cumulative damage

Their findings suggest an accelerated decline in pulmonary function with heavy use and a resulting need for caution and moderation when marijuana use is considered.  Additionally, marijuana potency has increased dramatically in recent years and this study was initiated 20 years ago. The authors conclude that they did find an association with calendar time, but this assumption is questionable because the people were recruited a long time ago and their smoking habits (dose/unit) may or may not remain stable.

  2. What this study lacked

This study did not compare light cigarette smokers (2-3 cigarettes in past 30 days) with light marijuana smokers (2-3 episodes in past 30 days) (or heavy with heavy). They provide no comforting conclusions. Lung capacity (how much air you can force your lungs to exhale) was the only measure presented. Deep inhalation may have increased the ability of lungs to store more air and enable exhalation. But studies have shown that marijuana smoking is associated with large airway inflammation, symptoms of bronchitis, increased airway resistance and lung hyperinflation. They should have availed themselves of more lung tests than simply “blowing out air.”

There are many other studies that have demonstrated health concerns about smoking marijuana.  (Below are summaries of some studies.  A fuller report of these and other studies are available upon request.)

S Aldington, et al.  2007. Effects of cannabis on pulmonary structure, function and symptoms. Thorax Online First.

 METHODS: 339 adults from the Greater Wellington region.  Their respiratory status was assessed using high-resolution CT (HRCT) scanning, pulmonary function tests and a respiratory and smoking questionnaire.  Associations between respiratory status and cannabis use were examined by analysis of covariance and logistic regression.

 RESULTS: A dose-response relationship was found between cannabis smoking and reduced force expiratory volume in 1 s to forced vital capacity ratio and specific airways conductance, and increased total lung capacity.  Cannabis smoking was associated with decreased lung density on HRCT scans.

 CONCLUSIONS:  Smoking cannabis was associated with a dose-related impairment of large airways function resulting in airflow obstruction and hyperinflation.  In contrast, cannabis smoking was seldom associated with macroscopic emphysema.  The most important finding was that one joint of cannabis was similar to 2.5-5 tobacco cigarettes in terms of causing airflow obstruction.  This dose equivalence is consistent with the reported 3-5 fold greater levels of carboxyhaemoglobin and tar inhaled when smoking a cannabis joint compared with a tobacco cigarette of the same size.  The findings suggest that the predominant effects of cannabis on pulmonary structure, function and symptoms are in causing the symptoms of wheezing, cough, chest tightness and sputum production, large airways obstruction and hyperinflation, but not emphysema.

 S Aldington, et al.  2008.  Cannabis use and risk of lung cancer: a case-control study.  European Respiratory Journal.

 METHODS:  A case-control study of lung cancer in adults greater than ≤0 years of age was conducted in eight district health boards inNew Zealand.  In total, 79 cases of lung cancer and 324 controls were included in the study.  The aim of the study was to determine the risk of lung cancer associated with cannabis smoking.

 RESULTS: The risk of lung cancer increased 8% for each joint-year of cannabis smoking, after adjustment for confounding variables included cigarette smoking, and 7% for each pack-year of cigarette smoking, after adjustment for confounding variables including cannabis smoking.  The highest percentile of cannabis use was associated with an increased risk of lung cancer, after adjustment for confounding variables including cigarette smoking.

 CONCLUSION:  The result indicated that long-term cannabis use increases the risk of lung cancer in young adults.  The results also provided a quantification of the effect of cannabis smoking: the increased risk for each joint-year of cannabis smoking was similar to that for each pack-year of cigarettes.  In other words, the risk of lung cancer increased by 8% for each joint-year of cannabis exposure after adjustment for confounding variables, including tobacco smoking.

 D Moir, et al.  2008.  A Comparison of Mainstream and Sidestream Marijuana and Tobacco Cigarette Smoke Produced under Two Machine Smoking Conditions. American Chemical Society.

 METHODS:  In this study a systematic comparison of the smoke composition of both mainstream and side stream smoke from marijuana and tobacco cigarettes prepared in the same way and consumed under two sets of smoking conditions was undertaken.  The study examined the suite of chemicals routinely analyzed in tobacco smoke.

 RESULTS:  As expected, the results showed qualitative similarities with some quantitative differences.  Ammonia was found in mainstream marijuana smoke at levels up to 20-fold greater than that found in tobacco.  Hydrogen cyanide, and some aromatic amines were found in marijuana smoke at concentrations 3-5 times those found in tobacco smoke.  Mainstream marijuana smoke contained selected poly7chclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) at concentrations lower than those found in mainstream tobacco smoke, while the reverse was the case for side stream smoke, with PAHs present at higher concentrations in marijuana.

 CONCLUSION:  The presence, in both mainstream and side stream smoke of marijuana cigarettes, of known carcinogens and other chemicals implicated in respiratory diseases was confirmed.

 BMoore.  2004.  Respiratory Effects of Marijuana and Tobacco Use in aU.S.Sample.  JGIM.

 METHODS:  This study examined respiratory effects of marijuana and tobacco use in a nationally representative sample while controlling for age, gender, and current asthma.  The Design was analysis of the nationally representative third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES III) and the Setting wasU.S.households.  Participants were a total of 6,728 adults age 20-59 who completed the drug, tobacco, and health sections of the NHANES III questionnaire in 1988 and 1994.  Current marijuana use was defined as self-reported 100+ lifetime use and at least 1 day of use in the past month. 

 RESULTS: Self-reported respiratory symptoms included chronic bronchitis, frequent phlegm, shortness of breath, frequent wheezing, chest sounds without a cold, and pneumonia.  A medical exam also provided an overall chest finding and measure of reduced pulmonary functioning.  Marijuana use was associated with respiratory symptoms of chronic bronchitis, coughing on most days, phlegm production, wheezing, and chest sounds without a cold.

 CONCLUSION:  The impact of marijuana smoking on respiratory health has some significant similarities to that of tobacco smoking.

 SW Hii, et al. 2007.  Bullous lung disease due to marijuana.  Asian Pacific Society of Respirology.

 METHODS:  A report on a series of 10 patients (mean age 41 ± 9 years, eight male, two female), who presented over a period of 12 months with new respiratory symptoms and who admitted to regular chronic marijuana smoking (≥ 1 year continuously).  Symptoms on presentation were dyspnoea, pneumothorax, and chest infection.

 RESULTS:  High-resolution CT revealed symmetrical, variably sized, emphysematous bullae in the upper and mid zones.  However, the CXR was normal in four patients and lung function was normal in five.

 CONCLUSION:  Marijuana smoking leads to asymmetrical bullous disease, often in the setting of normal CXR and lung function.  In subjects who smoke marijuana, these pathological changes occur at a younger age (approximately 20 years earlier) than in tobacco smokers.

  Another example: Ann Epidemiol. 2010 Apr;20(4):289-97. Associations between duration of illicit drug use and health conditions: results from the 2005-2007 national surveys on drug use and health. Han B, Gfroerer JC, Colliver JD.

 METHODS: Data from respondents aged 35 to 49 (N = 29,195) from the 2005-2007 National Surveys on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH) were analyzed.

RESULTS: The prevalence rates of a broad range of health conditions by duration of use of specific illicit drug among persons 35 to 49 years of age in the United States were estimated and compared: Positive associations between duration of marijuana use and anxiety, depression, sexually transmitted disease (STD), bronchitis, and lung cancer were found. 

  3.  Impact on the debate over medical marijuana

 The use of marijuana daily for “chronic medical conditions” or for psychoactive purposes is not captured by this study and therefore cannot inform the public about the ongoing “medical marijuana” effects and effects of heavy marijuana use.

 Marijuana is being used by many individuals on a daily (and several times a day) as a so-called medicine for prolonged and indefinite periods of time.   The authors’ own conclusions were that they did not have enough people who were heavy users (e.g. daily) to draw any conclusions and the trend towards accelerated decline in lung capacity was seen in heavy users (but not statistically because not enough users). Sadly, because it is a longitudinal study they did not start with current trends of high dose marijuana and increased number of heavy users, especially those using for purported medical purposes.

 Until such time that specific substances have proven effects there is no place for marijuana in modern medicine.  Medications have side effects that have to be managed and risks weighed against benefit; but, for most of evidence-based medical practitioners, there is no place for a smoked medicine without proven efficacy.

  4. Additional thoughts

 This will fuel the debate among those already committed to marijuana but it will not advance public health.

It is important to not forget the numerous other serious consequences of marijuana use: cognitive, learning, psychosis, addiction, criminal behaviour, impaired drivers on the highway and in workplaces, etc. – none of which were considered in this study.

 Source:  Document written byCalvinaFay, Bertha Madras, Andrea Barthwell, and Eric Voth  International Task Force on Global Drug Policy   January 2012

Marijuana Use and Adolescents: What clinicians need to know

As marijuana use among teenagers increases and its perceived danger among this age group decreases, clinicians need to know the latest science about the harmful effects of the drug on the adolescent brain, according to a researcher at theUniversityofColorado,Denver.

Paula Riggs, PhD, Professor of Psychiatry, notes the most recent Monitoring the Future Survey shows a significant increase in marijuana use, including daily marijuana use among U. S. high school students and a decrease in perceived risk of use. “There are a number of indicators, including the increasing number of states that have passed ‘medical marijuana’ legislation, and that society as a whole tends to view marijuana as a relatively benign, recreational drug. However, scientific research does not support this.”

A growing body of research shows that adolescent marijuana use can be detrimental to the brain development and may produce long-lasting neurocognitive deficits and increased risk of mental health problems including psychosis, said Dr. Riggs, who spoke about this topic at the recent California Society of Addiction Medicine meeting.

Marijuana is the most commonly used illicit drug in the United States. Although some have questioned whether marijuana is an addictive drug, scientific research shows that one in 10 people overall, and one in six adolescents, who use marijuana develop dependence or addiction, Dr. Riggs says. Research shows that marijuana can cause structural damage, neuronal loss and impair brain function on a number of levels, from basic motor coordination to more complex tasks, such as the ability to plan, organize, solve problems, remember, make decisions and control behavior and emotions.

Dr. Riggs also cited recent studies indicating that adolescents may be more vulnerable to addiction, in part due to rapid brain development. “Emerging research suggests that individuals who start using marijuana during their teenage years may have longer-lasting cognitive impairments in executive functioning than those who start later,” she says. “Animal studies also suggest that exposure to marijuana during adolescence compared to adulthood may increase the vulnerability or risk of developing addiction to other substances of abuse such as cocaine and methamphetamine.”

She adds, “It is important for pediatricians, psychiatrists and other mental health clinicians to be aware of current research because they are on the front line to identify teens when they first start to experiment. They need to be able to effectively screen adolescents for marijuana use, and be armed with the scientific facts to educate teens and families about associated risks.”

Source   www.partnershipatdrugfree.org  Nov. 2011

Alcoholic hospital admissions double in a decade

 
 

Some 1,173,386 people in England were admitted to casualty for injuries or illnesses caused by drinking in 2010/11, compared with just 510,780 in 2002/3, according to the data. The figures for last year represent an 11 per cent increase on the previous 12 months, when alcohol-related admissions stood at 1,056,962.

Separate information published by Anne Milton, the public health minister, showed that since January an estimated 7,074 under-18s have been admitted to hospital due to alcohol.

Diane Abbott, the shadow public health minister, said the Government should take notice of the statistics and “get a grip” on binge drinking. She accused ministers of “rapidly pushing us towards a binge drinking crisis”, despite similar annual increases in recent years.

She said: “The alarm bells should be ringing with the publication of these figures. A recent report predicted that binge-drinking will cost the NHS £3.8 billion by 2015, with 1.5 million A&E admissions a year.”

Andrew Lansley, the Health Secretary, blamed Labour’s 24-hour drinking policy and accused the last government of “taking their eye of the ball” on the issue of binge drinking.

He said: “These figures are disturbing evidence that, despite total consumption of alcohol not increasing recently, we have serious problems with both binge-drinking and long-term excessive alcohol abuse in a minority of people. Our alcohol strategy, which we will set out in the new year, will outline what further steps we are taking to tackle this growing problem.”

Today’s Local Alcohol Profiles for England figures also show that the number of hospital admissions for conditions attributable to alcohol are rising at a similar rate. The number of admissions has more than doubled since 2002/03 and increased by nine per cent last year.

In 2002/03 there were 926 admissions per 100,000 people for conditions caused by alcohol, rising to 1,743 per 100,000 in 2009/10 and 1,898 last year.

The biggest increase over the past 12 months was inLondon, with a jump in admissions of 14 per cent, followed by the East of England with 10 per cent.

Source: The Telegraph   Dec. 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/

Addicts’ Brains May Be Wired At Birth For Less Self-Control

February 3, 2012

Addicts Brains

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Simon Jones/Science/AAAS

The red areas show gray matter that
is abnormally increased in drug users. Blue shows gray matter that is
abnormally decreased in drug users. Yellow shows white matter tracts, called
fractional anisotropy or FA. FA is significantly reduced in both the drug users
and in their siblings, which suggests that the white matter tracts work less
efficiently.

Many addicts inherit a brain that has trouble just saying
no to drugs.

A study
in Science finds that cocaine addicts have abnormalities in
areas of the brain involved in self-control. And these abnormalities appear to predate
any drug abuse.

The study, done by a team at the University
of Cambridge in the U.K., looked at
50 pairs of siblings. One member of each pair was a cocaine addict. The other
had no history of drug abuse.

But brain scans showed that both siblings had brains
unlike those of typical people, says Karen Ersche,
the study’s lead author.

“The fibers that connect the different parts of the
brain were less efficient in both,” she says.

These fibers connect areas involved in emotion with areas
that tell us when to stop doing something, Ersche says. When the fibers aren’t
working efficiently, she says, it takes longer for a “stop” message
to get through.

And sure enough, another experiment done by Ersche’s team
showed that both siblings took longer than a typical person to respond to a
signal telling them to stop performing a task. In other words, they had less
self-control.

 

That’s what you’d expect to find in addicts, Ersche says.

“We know that in people who are addicted to drugs
like cocaine, that self-control is completely impaired,” she says.
“These people use drugs and lose control on how much they use. They put
everything at risk, even their lives.”

But the fact that siblings without drug problems also had
impaired self-control offers strong evidence that these brain abnormalities are
inherited, Ersche says.

And she says the finding also raises a big question about
the siblings who aren’t addicts: “How do they manage with an abnormal
brain without taking drugs?”

Ersche hopes to conduct another study of the sibling
pairs that will answer that question.

In the meantime, the findings about self-control have
implications that go far beyond drug addiction, says Nora Volkow,
director of the National Institute on Drug Abuse.

“Self-control and the ability to regulate your
emotions really is an indispensable aspect of the function of the brain that
allows us to succeed,” she says.

That’s because the part of the brain that decides whether
to take a drug is also the part that helps us decide whether to speed through a
yellow light
or drop out of school, she says.

And this brain circuit seems to be involved in a lot of
common disorders, she says.

“One of the ones that attracts the most attention is
ADHD [attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder
], where kids are unable to control
their response to stimuli that distract them,” Volkow says.

Impulse control is also central to behaviors like
compulsive gambling and compulsive eating, she says.

The new study shows it’s possible to identify people who
have inherited a susceptibility to these sorts of problems, Volkow says. And it
should help researchers figure out how to help susceptible people strengthen
their self-control, she says.

“Predetermination is not predestination,”
Volkow says.

Source:

http://www.npr.org/blogs/health/2012/02/03/146307907/addicts-brains-may-be-wired-at-birth-for-less-self-control

 

 

 

 

Filed under: Brain and Behaviour :

Marijuana 2.0 – It is a Different Drug Now

After alcohol, marijuana is the drug most abused by teens. In fact,
marijuana is the most widely used illicit substance in the United
States and recent data show an uptrend in teen marijuana use
during 2009. Unfortunately, it is still viewed today by many as being the
same drug it was 45 years ago, despite significant changes.

Prevalence of Use by
Teens in the past 30 ays (2008)
monitoringthefuture.org
Marijuana:
8th grade – 5.8%,
10th grade- 13.8%,
12th grade – 19.4%

It is a Stronger Drug Today. Delta9-tetrahydrocannabinol, A.K.A. “THC” is
the active ingredient in marijuana that creates the intoxication. From the
1960’s – 1970’s marijuana was around 1/2 % – 3% THC. For 35 years following the 70‘s, the potency of
marijuana slowly increased to 4% by 1995.

From 1995 to 2008 the percentage of THC went from 4% to just over 10% on average

2. Average Age of First Use is Younger Today.
Replicated studies since 1997 have provided a convergence of data suggesting that “early onset of first
intoxication,” as an independent variable, significantly increases the probability of developing addiction. 4
Today the average age of first intoxication is 12 years old. This compares to the 1960’s when marijuana
was primarily used by college students.
One study by (1997) Grant & Dawson, shows the probability of a person developing addiction based
on age of first intoxication in the chart below. In addition to age as a variable if the drug-user has a
genetic family history of addiction then the risk factor is increased by 15 percent. See chart below.

 

3. Marijuana Then vs. Today – A Picture is Worth a Thousand Words:

Marijuana Then:

Marijuana Then

 

Paraphernalia Then:

 

       

 

Marijuana Today:

20 – 25% THC)

Marijuana Today   Marijuana Today

 

Paraphernalia Today

Vaporizer, Grinder, Blunt Wrap

Vaporizer   Grinder   Blunt Wrap

Clearly this is not the same marijuana used 40 years ago or certainly prior to 1995. For many, this grade of
marijuana has only been accessible from “cannabis clubs.” At the same time, because the cost of the marijuana
in the clubs was so expensive, many card holders still purchased marijuana from dealers on the street.
However, with the economic contraction high grade marijuana prices have fallen in many of the cannabis clubs
and access is now easier. Moreover, seeds to grow highly potent marijuana are easily purchased via the internet.
Clients in our program state that “the weed is so sticky I need to use a weed grinder to break it up if I want to
roll a blunt.”

4. Withdrawal From the Drug Can Occur Today:

t the 2009 medical doctor’s CSAM conference in San Francisco, a focus was on how to manage marijuana
withdrawal with Gabapentin. Withdrawal symptoms include loss of appetite, problems sleeping and anxiety.
Clearly people did not experience withdrawal 40 years ago and medicines weren’t being explored to manage
withdrawal symptoms. Finally, with regard to teens, any drug being abused inhibits normal neural, emotional
and social development, which can create a pathological relationship to intoxication resulting in negative
consequences with school, family, money, friendships, romantic attachments, health, mental health, sports,
employment, etc.

Final Thoughts: Evaluations, Education
&Treatment

Marijuana is not the innocuous drug that some believe it to be.
Too often parents and professionals base their understanding of
the drug from their own personal use 20 years ago. One of the
biggest challenges facing professionals
who specialize in the treatment of teen
and young adult addictive disorders is
that the intervention is not only with the
individual, but it is also with the family,
other health care professionals, schools,
and legal system, who might “minimize”
or discount the severity of marijuana
abuse. Statements such as “It is only
marijuana,” “at least it isn’t oxycontin,
meth, etc” are examples of the type of
denial described as “minimizing.” These messages from
various systems support denial for the individual who is having
consequences in different areas of their life because of the drug.
For this reason, intervention must occur with the individual,
family and community in order to be effective. It is also
important that if families are seeking help for their child who is
abusing drugs, they should seek professionals who are specially
trained in adolescent and young adult addiction. If you are a
parent or a professional working with teens and it is discovered
that they have used, regardless of the frequency, an evaluation
by a specialist is warranted. The individual needs to become
educated, explore their relationship to intoxication and examine
how it has already impacted different areas of their life in
addition to learning new affect regulation and relational skills to
move beyond this in their life. In addition, the family needs
education on teen addiction, an understanding on how the brain,
emotional, and social development are thwarted by drug use.
An examination of parental denial & enabling is needed as well
as help with developing and implementing a good home
contract, drug testing and education regarding how to be both a
supportive resource for their child meanwhile maintaining a
zero tolerance of drug use.

Sources:
1. Janet E. Joy, Stanley J. Watson, Jr., and John A Benson, Jr., “Marijuana and Medicine:
Assessing the Science Base,” Division of Neuroscience and Behavioral Research, Institute of
Medicine (Washington, DC: National Academy Press, 1999).
2. http://www.monitoringthefuture.org/data/09data.html#2009data-drugs
3. http://www.justice.gov/ndic/pubs37/37035/national.html
4. (1997) Grant & Dawson, Journal of Substance Abuse, Vol. 9
5. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/newUsers.html
6. (1997) Grant & Dawson, Journal of Substance Abuse

Filed under: Cannabis,Uncategorized,Youth :

Smoking and Binge Drinking Raises Oral-Cancer Risk

New research suggests that people who smoke and drink heavily are more at risk for oral cancer, the Researchers from King’s College in London, England, found an increase in oral cancer among men and women in their 20s and 30s who smoke and binge drink.

The researchers said that when tobacco smoke combines with alcohol, it produces dangerous levels of cancer-causing chemicals that attack the lining of the mouth.

“Our data show that smoking, drinking and poor diet are major risk factors, and that the younger people start smoking and drinking, the higher the risk,” said Newell Johnson, a professor of oral pathology at King’s College

Source: Daily Telegraph,  London  reported Nov. 9.2004

Filed under: Alcohol,Cannabis,Health :

Skunk and Mental Illness

Record numbers of teenagers are requiring drug treatment as a result of smoking skunk, the highly potent cannabis strain that is 25 times stronger than resin sold a decade ago.

More than 22,000 people were treated in 2007  for cannabis addiction – and almost half of those affected were under 18. With doctors and drugs experts are warning that skunk can be as damaging as cocaine and heroin, leading to mental health problems and psychosis for thousands  – an IoS editorial states that there is growing proof that skunk causes mental illness and psychosis.

The decision comes as statistics from the NHS National Treatment Agency show that the number of young people in treatment almost doubled from about 5,000 in 2005 to 9,600 in 2006, and that 13,000 adults also needed treatment.

The skunk smoked by the majority of young Britons bears no relation to traditional cannabis resin – with a 25-fold increase in the amount of the main psychoactive ingredient, tetrahydrocannabidinol (THC), typically found in the early 1990s. New research being published in this week’s Lancet (2008)  will show how cannabis is more dangerous than LSD and ecstasy. Experts analysed 20 substances for addictiveness, social harm and physical damage. The results will increase the pressure on the Government to have a full debate on drugs, and a new independent UK drug policy commission being launched next month will call for a rethink on the issue.

The findings last night reignited the debate about cannabis use, with a growing number of specialists saying that the drug bears no relation to the substance most law-makers would recognise. Professor Colin Blakemore, chief of the Medical Research Council, who backed the original Independent  campaign for cannabis to be decriminalised, has also changed his mind.

He said: “The link between cannabis and psychosis is quite clear now; it wasn’t 10 years ago.”

Many medical specialists agree that the debate has changed. Robin Murray, professor of psychiatry at London’s Institute of Psychiatry, estimates that at least 25,000 of the 250,000 schizophrenics in the UK could have avoided the illness if they had not used cannabis. “The number of people taking cannabis may not be rising, but what people are taking is much more powerful, so there is a question of whether a few years on we may see more people getting ill as a consequence of that.”

“Society has seriously underestimated how dangerous cannabis really is,” said Professor Neil McKeganey, from Glasgow University’s Centre for Drug Misuse Research. “We could well see over the next 10 years increasing numbers of young people in serious difficulties.”

Politicians have also hardened their stance. David Cameron, the Conservative leader, has changed his mind over the classification of cannabis, after backing successful calls to downgrade the drug from B to C in 2002. He abandoned that position last year, before the IoS revealed that he had smoked cannabis as a teenager, and now wants the drug’s original classification to be restored.

Source  IoS  Dec. 2008

Filed under: Cannabis,Health :

Separate Genes Responsible for Drinking, Alcoholism

New research finds there are some genes that affect one but not the other

WEDNESDAY, Aug. 18 (HealthDayNews) — Some people can drink a lot of alcohol without becoming addicted, and specific genes may help explain why, researchers say.

In a new study of Australian twins, scientists found that separate genes appear to be responsible, to some degree, for dependence on alcohol — addiction — and how much people drink. Understanding how these genetic factors work together should give researchers more insight into treatment of alcoholism in its various forms, said study co-author John B. Whitfield, a researcher at Royal Prince Alfred Hospital in Australia.

Alcoholism and alcohol consumption may appear to be similar, but researchers are increasingly studying them separately. Consumption refers to the amount of alcohol that someone drinks, while addiction refers to a person’s inability to go without a drink.

“The transition from social alcohol consumption to alcohol dependence is a gradual process, and it is often hard to notice it,” said Dr. Alexei B. Kampov-Polevoi, an assistant professor of psychiatry at Mount Sinai School of Medicine. “As a result, many alcoholics and their family members continue to think that a person ‘just drinks too much’ while this person already developed alcohol dependence and requires treatment.”

Whitfield and his colleagues examined statistics about alcohol use from three studies of Australian twins completed between 1980 and 1995. The number of twins in the studies declined from 8,184 in 1980 to 3,378 in 1995.
The findings appear in the August issue of Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research.

The researchers found twins who were genetically similar were more likely to consume similar amounts of alcohol. According to the study, some genes affected both addiction and alcohol intake, while some just affected addiction.

“We found (as others have also found) that alcohol dependence is partly, but not entirely, due to genetic differences between people who are affected by it and those who are not,” Whitfield said. “We also found that variation in the amount of alcohol that people habitually drink is subject to genetic influence, and that there is some — but not complete — overlap between the genes affecting these two things.”

Howard J. Edenberg, professor of biochemistry and molecular biology at Indiana University, said the findings — that genes separately affect alcoholism and drinking — are “reasonable.” But “that is a long way from identifying individual genes that actually are involved,” said Edenberg, whose own research is looking into that area.

So what should ordinary folks take from this study? “There is no direct and new message for people with alcoholism in their families; they are at higher risk than average but this has been known for some time and there is only a statistical risk, not a certainty by any means,” Whitfield said. “The more positive message for such people, and the community at large, is that we are learning more about alcohol use and alcohol-related problems and their causes.”

Source  By Randy Dotinga
HealthDay Reporter    August  2004

 

Filed under: Alcohol :

Research to Look at New Treatments for Heroin Addiction

A clinical trial to test better treatment options for chronic heroin addiction is expected to begin in Vancouver at the end of this year. Led by researchers from Providence Health Care and the University of British Columbia, it’s the only clinical trial of its kind in North America.

The Study to Assess Longer-term Opioid Medication Effectiveness (SALOME) is a carefully controlled three-year clinical trial that will test whether hydromorphone (Dilaudid(R)), a licensed pain medication, is as effective as diacetylmorphine, the active ingredient of heroin, at engaging the most vulnerable long-term street heroin users, so they will enroll in treatment programs and end their use of illicit drugs.

The intent of the SALOME project is to determine whether some participants become healthier and reduce their illicit drug use or are able to switch to other forms of treatment. SALOME also intends to test if, after stabilizing patients on injectable medications, they can transition to oral formulations without losing effectiveness.

This study builds on the North American Opiate Medication Initiative (NAOMI), which was North America’s first-ever clinical trial of prescribed heroin that took place from 2005 to 2008. NAOMI, which also was led by researchers from Providence Health Care and UBC, was a randomized trial aimed at testing whether medically prescribed heroin (diacetylmorphine) was more effective than methadone therapy for individuals with chronic heroin addiction who were not benefiting from other conventional treatments.

The results, published in the New England Journal of Medicine, showed that patients treated with the prescribed heroin were more likely to stay in treatment or quit heroin altogether and more likely to reduce their use of illegal drugs and other illegal activities than patients treated with oral methadone.

In the NAOMI study, the researchers also provided a small sample of patients with injectable hydromorphone, (Dilaudid(R)). An unexpected finding was that injection patients could not accurately discriminate whether they were receiving prescribed heroin or hydromorphone. The researchers also observed similar results and benefits with both these drugs although the small number of participants receiving hydromorphone did not permit any definite and scientifically valid conclusions to be drawn as to the efficacy of hydromorphone as a viable treatment option.

Should hydromorphone be proven to be as affective as heroin, the benefits of this form of injectable treatment may be more feasible and achievable without the emotional and regulatory barriers often presented by heroin maintenance.
SALOME, led by Dr. Michael Krausz, the Providence Health Care/UBC B.C. Leadership Chair in Addiction Research and Dr. Eugenia Oviedo-Joekes, Providence Health Care researcher and an assistant professor in UBC’s School of Population and Public Health, will enroll 322 individuals with chronic heroin dependency who currently are not sufficiently benefiting from conventional therapies, such as methadone treatment, at one site based in Vancouver, BC.

In the first stage, half of the 322 participants will receive injectable prescribed heroin, and the other half will receive injectable hydromorphone. Stage I will involve six-months of treatment. All volunteers retained in injection treatment at the end of Stage I will be eligible to enter Stage II.

In Stage II, half of the participants will then continue injection treatment exactly as in Stage I on a blinded basis while the other half will switch to the oral equivalent of the same medication (prescribed heroin or hydromorphone). Stage II will also involve six-months of treatment.

Throughout the treatment period, social workers will be assigned to both groups to assist them with reaching other addiction services and community resources such as counseling, housing and job training services.

Some 60,000 to 90,000 persons are affected by opioid addiction in Canada. This study will enroll the most chronically drug-dependent members of Vancouver’s population — those who are not benefiting from other treatments, such as methadone therapy and abstinence-based programs, and continue injecting street heroin.

The SALOME study is funded by the Canadian Institutes of Health Research, the Government of Canada’s agency responsible for funding health research in Canada, Providence Health Care and the InnerChange Foundation.

Quotes:
Dr. Perry Kendall, BC’s Provincial Health Officer -
“SALOME addresses critical social and ethical concerns dealing with addiction. Opioid-dependent people are in need of treatment options to avoid marginalization from the health care system and this study aims to answer questions that could lead to improvements in the health of persons with chronic addictions and identify new ways of reintegrating this population into society.”

“If the SALOME study shows that hydromorphone can go head-to-head with heroin as an alternative therapy for people who have failed optimally provided methadone, then I think this should be part of the treatment continuum that’s available through licensed physicians.”

Dianne Doyle, Providence Health Care President and CEO -
“Providence Health Care is supporting this research because it is so aligned with our mission, vision and values. We have a very long tradition of providing compassionate care to the most marginalized and needy in our community, including those suffering from addictions.”

“What we need to get from this research is a better understanding of what the right approaches are to treating addicted populations. In particular our hope would be that we could find a new approach for those people who are addicted and not benefiting from current approaches to care. This treatment option would be one more component of a range of services offered by Providence Health Care and Vancouver Coastal Health, all of which are intended to reduce the harm to individuals and others from drug use, and to support recovery from addiction and mental illness.”

About Providence Health Care

Providence Health Care is one of Canada’s largest faith-based health care organizations, operating 15 facilities within Vancouver Coastal Health. Guided by the principle “How you want to be treated,” PHC’s 1,200 physicians, 6,000 staff and 1,500 volunteers deliver compassionate care to patients and residents in British Columbia. Providence’s programs and services span the complete continuum of care and serve people throughout B.C. PHC operates one of two adult academic health science centres in the province, performs cutting-edge research in more than 30 clinical specialties, and focuses its services on six “populations of emphasis”: cardiopulmonary risks and illnesses, HIV/AIDS, mental health, renal risks and illness, specialized needs in aging and urban health.

About the University of British Columbia

The University of British Columbia (UBC) is one of North America’s largest public research and teaching institutions, and one of only two Canadian institutions consistently ranked among the world’s 40 best universities. Surrounded by the beauty of the Canadian West, it is a place that inspires bold, new ways of thinking that have helped make it a national leader in areas as diverse as community service learning, sustainability and research commercialization. UBC offers more than 50,000 students a range of innovative programs and attracts $550 million per year in research funding from government, non-profit organizations and industry through 7,000 grants.

To view the first video of the SALOME project, please visit the following link: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fFgV_bt8QAU&feature=youtu.be

To view the second video of the SALOME project, please visit the following link: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S8xfkkeHpdE&feature=related

Source:  www.marketwatch.com  13th Oct. 2011

Filed under: Addiction,Heroin/Methadone :

CAMH study suggests increased risk of schizophrenia in heavy methamphetamine users

Canadian scientists also confirm previous research showing possible link between cannabis dependence and schizophrenia

In the first worldwide study of its kind, scientists from Toronto’s Centre for Addiction and Mental Health (CAMH) found evidence that heavy methamphetamine users might have a higher risk of developing schizophrenia. This finding was based on a large study comparing the risk among methamphetamine users not only to a group that did not use drugs, but also to heavy users of other drugs.

The report will be published online on Nov. 8, 2011, at AJP in Advance, the advance edition of the American Journal of Psychiatry, the official journal of the American Psychiatric Association.

Methamphetamine and other amphetamine-type stimulants are the second most common type of illicit drug used worldwide.

“We found that people hospitalized for methamphetamine dependence who did not have a diagnosis of schizophrenia or psychotic symptoms at the start of our study period had an approximately 1.5 to 3.0-fold risk of subsequently being diagnosed with schizophrenia, compared with groups of patients who used cocaine, alcohol or opioid drugs,” says Dr. Russ Callaghan, the CAMH scientist who led the study. Dr. Callaghan also found that the increased risk of schizophrenia in methamphetamine users was similar to that of heavy users of cannabis.

To establish this association, the researchers examined California hospital records of patients admitted between 1990 and 2000 with diagnosis of dependence or abuse for several major abused drugs: methamphetamine, cannabis, alcohol, cocaine or opioids. They also included a control group of patients with appendicitis and no drug use. The methamphetamine group had 42,412 cases, while cannabis had 23,335.

Records were excluded if patients were dependent on more than one drug or had a diagnosis of schizophrenia or drug-induced psychosis during their initial hospitalization. Readmission records within California hospitals were analyzed for up to 10 years after the initial admission. The researchers then identified patients who were readmitted with a schizophrenia diagnosis in each drug group.

There has been a longstanding debate as to whether there is a connection between methamphetamine use and schizophrenia. Many Japanese clinicians have long believed that methamphetamine might cause a schizophrenia-like illness, based on their observations of high rates of psychosis among methamphetamine users admitted to psychiatric hospitals. However, they lacked long-term follow-up studies of methamphetamine users initially free of psychosis. In North America, this link has mostly been discounted, as psychiatrists believed that the psychosis was already present and undiagnosed in these methamphetamine users.

“We really do not understand how these drugs might increase schizophrenia risk,” says Dr. Stephen Kish, senior scientist and head of CAMH’s Human Brain Laboratory. “Perhaps repeated use of methamphetamine and cannabis in some susceptible individuals can trigger latent schizophrenia by sensitizing the brain to dopamine, a brain chemical thought to be associated with psychosis.” Dr. Kish also cautions that the findings do not apply to patients who take much lower and controlled doses of amphetamines or cannabis for medical purposes.

Since this is the first such study showing this potential link, the researchers emphasize that the results need to be confirmed in additional research involving long-term follow-up studies of methamphetamine users.

“We hope that understanding the nature of the drug addiction-schizophrenia relationship will help in developing better therapies for both conditions,” says Dr. Callaghan.

In an earlier study using California hospital records, the researchers found evidence for a possible association between heavy methamphetamine use and Parkinson’s disease.

Source:www.eurekalert.org.  8th Nov. 2011

Pot Shock

PATIENTS suffering the effects of cannabis abuse are being treated by Tasmanian public hospitals every day, says a leading health authority.

People with short-term drug-induced psychosis and longer-term mental illness, compounded by pot smoking, are seeking medical help at an increasing rate.   Mental Health Services clinical statewide director Peter Norrie said the Royal Hobart Hospital was seeing many cannabis cases.

First-time pot smokers were turning up at the Royal with full-blown psychosis — delusional, confused and anxious.   Other more regular pot smokers with long-term mental illness were fronting for treatment for episodes likely to have been triggered or related to using cannabis. 

“These days it’s close to every day,” said Dr Norrie, who is a senior clinical consultant psychiatrist at the Royal.   He said he was talking about “drug-induced psychosis or long-term mental illness associated with pot smoking”.   Dr Norrie said it was “very common” for first-time users to present with “floridly psychotic” behaviour.

He said psychiatrists were increasingly concerned with the link between substance abuse and mental illness.   Cannabis use had been linked with depression, anxiety and schizophrenia. International studies show modern strains of marijuana are from three to 10 times stronger than those used by previous generations.

“Clinically psychiatrists have suspected a link for many years and the latest research seems to confirm this,” Dr Norrie said.

“The chicken-and-egg debate has raged for years whether pot causes psychosis or people with a tendency to psychotic illness are predisposed to smoke pot.”

Dr Norrie said the first signs of schizophrenia were often a lack of engagement with society. But those symptoms could also be what is commonly known as “typically teenage” or a sign of the onset of depression.

Disengaged teenagers could then turn to cannabis.

If psychosis did occur it was hard to tell whether smoking pot was a cause or a symptom. Dr Norrie said some pot smokers appeared to be able to continue the habit without serious mental illness but others were prone to individual cases of psychosis or longer-term mental disease.

“There’s a certain group of people who smoke pot who are unlikely to develop mental illness but there’s certainly a significant number of the population who suffer from mental illness and pot smoking adds to the risk,” Dr Norrie said.

Drug-induced psychosis usually consists of paranoia, confusion and anxiety.

Sufferers present with memory problems and delusions. They can believe they have special powers, hear and see things that are not there and are unable to distinguish what is real.

Source: Sunday Tasmanian 30th January 2005

Oral cannabis induces psychosis at low levels

Last Updated: 2005-04-01 9:09:08 -0400 (Reuters Health)

NEW YORK (Reuters Health) – Even in clinical situations where cannabis is administered orally at low doses, psychotic reactions can occur, Swiss researchers report the current issue of BMC Psychiatry.

Recreational cannabis use has been associated with psychotic reactions, but this is the first such report in closely monitored subjects participating in a clinical trial, note Dr. Bernard Favrat and colleagues at Institut Universitaire de Medicine Legale in Lausanne.

Favrat’s group was conducting a study to examine the effects of ingestion of THC (delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol) on psychomotor function and driving performance in eight occasional cannabis users.

The first case of psychosis was in a 22-year-old man given 20 milligrams of dronabinol, a synthetic THC. Ninety minutes after dronabinol administration he experienced severe anxiety and symptoms of psychosis, and was unable to perform the two psychometric tests.

Levels of THC and its active metabolite 11-OH-THC in the blood at the time of the strong adverse effects were 1.8 and 5.2 nanograms per milliliter, respectively.

The second case was also a 22-year-old man who developed severe anxiety one hour after taking 16.5 milligrams of a THC compound, when his THC blood level was 6.2 nanograms per milligram and 11-OH-THC was 3.9 nanograms per milligram. For several hours he was unable to perform psychometric tests

The authors note that smoking a 3.5-percent marijuana cigarette leads to blood concentrations of THC in the range of 50 to 100 nanograms per milliliter. They believe that oral administration produces higher levels of 11-OH-THC, with slower elimination.

Alternatively, they suggest that “consuming oral cannabis may produce more potent, yet unknown psychotomimetic metabolites of THC.”

“Doctors and users should be aware of the increasing availability of oral cannabis in ‘special’ drinks or food as well as in medications under development,” which can result in “significant psychotic reactions,” Favrat’s group cautions.

SOURCE: BMC Psychiatry, April 1,2005.

 

 

 

Filed under: Cannabis :

Myocardial Infarction Associated With Use of the Synthetic Cannabinoid K2

Physicians who encounter myocardial infarction in teenagers should consider the possibility that the teens may have ingested K2, a form of synthetic cannabinoid, researchers said.

“Although chest pain is a common presenting complaint of teenagers seen in emergency departments, chest pain from cardiac causes remains exceedingly rare,” Colin Kane, MD, a pediatric cardiologist at the UT Southwestern Medical Center in Dallas, and colleagues wrote in the December issue ofPediatrics. “Use of illicit drugs causing chest pain and myocardial ischemia, however, must remain part of the differential diagnosis.”

The researchers reported on three cases of myocardial infarction in teenagers following ingestion of K2. Designer drugs containing synthetic cannabinoids have become more popular among teens, but little is known about their health implications.

K2 is a collection of herbs and spices that have been treated with a synthetic cannabinoid. The effects are said to be stronger than naturally occurring cannabis.

“These types of drugs give a marijuana-like effect but do not show up on drug screens,” Kane explained to MedPage Today. Therefore, careful questioning may be needed to elicit information about K2 exposure, the authors suggested.
All three cases involved 16-year-old males with no previous health problems. Each complained of chest pains of at least three days’ duration and presented between August and November of 2010.

Initial electrocardiograms revealed ST-segment elevation and high troponin levels. There was no personal or family history of early cardiac problems. Urine drugs screens noted the presence of THC in two patients. No other drugs, including cocaine and amphetamines, were found.

“When the first patient came we initially thought it was a virus that was affecting his heart,” said Kane. “The day after he was hospitalized, the chest pain, ECG, and laboratory test all changed dramatically. We went back to the patient and were more persistent about anything else he might have done. It just isn’t normal for a 16-year-old to have a heart attack.”
Shortly thereafter, two new cases presented with similar findings. After establishing that these males also had smoked K2, Kane and colleagues became concerned because their patients were not having just chest pains, but actual heart attacks.

“I have since then seen a number of kids in my practice who have smoked K2 and complained of chest pains,” said Kane. “I haven’t seen any other frank heart attacks.”

This led them to wonder if there was something different about the K2 that was in circulation at that time. Another option is that teenagers were showing up in the emergency room, but the heart attacks were not found because it is so atypical in the age group.

“It is disconcerting and frightening that K2 is relatively easy to obtain and could have such serious health consequences,” said Kane. “Emergency and primary care doctors need to ask patients specifically about the use of K2 and synthetic marijuana. If the clinical findings fit, physicians should take the extra step and look for heart damage, even in previously healthy teenagers.”

Source:   www.pediatrics.aappublications.org at University of Florida on November 14, 2011

Filed under: Cannabis,Health,Youth :

Marijuana and Schizophrenia

Marijuana causes disruptions in concentration and memory similar to those that occur in people with schizophrenia, according to a new study.

U.K. researchers measured the electrical activity from hundreds of neurons in the brains of rats given a drug that mimics the effects of cannabis, the psychoactive ingredient of marijuana.

The effects of the drug on individual brain regions were subtle but the drug completely disrupted the coordinated brain waves across the hippocampus and prefrontal cortex. Both of these brain structures are essential for memory and decision-making and play a key role in schizophrenia.

Due to the “decoupling” of the hippocampus and prefrontal cortex, the rats were unable to make accurate decisions while attempting to find their way through a maze, the University of Bristol researchers said.

“Marijuana abuse is common among sufferers of schizophrenia and recent studies have shown that the psychoactive ingredient of marijuana can induce some symptoms of schizophrenia in healthy volunteers. These findings are therefore important for our understanding of psychiatric diseases, which may arise as a consequence of ‘disorchestrated brains’ and could be treated by re-tuning brain activity,” lead author Matt Jones said in a university news release.

The study appears Oct. 25 in the Journal of Neuroscience.
“These results are an important step forward in our understanding of how rhythmic activity in the brain underlies thought processes in health and disease,” study first author Michal Kucewicz said

Source: www.everydayhealth.com Oct. 25, 2011

Marijuana Use and Adolescents: What Clinicians Need to Know

As marijuana use among teenagers increases and its perceived danger among this age group decreases, clinicians need to know the latest science about the harmful effects of the drug on the adolescent brain, according to a researcher at the University of Colorado, Denver.

Paula Riggs, PhD, Professor of Psychiatry, notes the most recent Monitoring the Future Survey shows a significant increase in marijuana use, including daily marijuana use among U. S. high school students and a decrease in perceived risk of use. “There are a number of indicators, including the increasing number of states that have passed ‘medical marijuana’ legislation, and that society as a whole tends to view marijuana as a relatively benign, recreational drug. However, scientific research does not support this.”

A growing body of research shows that adolescent marijuana use can be detrimental to the brain development and may produce long-lasting neurocognitive deficits and increased risk of mental health problems including psychosis, said Dr. Riggs, who spoke about this topic at the recent California Society of Addiction Medicine meeting.

Marijuana is the most commonly used illicit drug in the United States. Although some have questioned whether marijuana is an addictive drug, scientific research shows that one in 10 people overall, and one in six adolescents, who use marijuana develop dependence or addiction, Dr. Riggs says. Research shows that marijuana can cause structural damage, neuronal loss and impair brain function on a number of levels, from basic motor coordination to more complex tasks, such as the ability to plan, organize, solve problems, remember, make decisions and control behavior and emotions.

Dr. Riggs also cited recent studies indicating that adolescents may be more vulnerable to addiction, in part due to rapid brain development. “Emerging research suggests that individuals who start using marijuana during their teenage years may have longer-lasting cognitive impairments in executive functioning than those who start later,” she says. “Animal studies also suggest that exposure to marijuana during adolescence compared to adulthood may increase the vulnerability or risk of developing addiction to other substances of abuse such as cocaine and methamphetamine.”

She adds, “It is important for pediatricians, psychiatrists and other mental health clinicians to be aware of current research because they are on the front line to identify teens when they first start to experiment. They need to be able to effectively screen adolescents for marijuana use, and be armed with the scientific facts to educate teens and families about associated risks.”

Source   www.partnershipatdrugfree.org  Nov. 2011

CAMH study suggests increased risk of schizophrenia in heavy methamphetamine users

Canadian scientists also confirm previous research showing possible link between cannabis dependence and schizophrenia

In the first worldwide study of its kind, scientists from Toronto’s Centre for Addiction and Mental Health (CAMH) found evidence that heavy methamphetamine users might have a higher risk of developing schizophrenia. This finding was based on a large study comparing the risk among methamphetamine users not only to a group that did not use drugs, but also to heavy users of other drugs.

 The report will be published online on Nov. 8, 2011, at AJP in Advance, the advance edition of the American Journal of Psychiatry, the official journal of the American Psychiatric Association.

Methamphetamine and other amphetamine-type stimulants are the second most common type of illicit drug used worldwide.

“We found that people hospitalized for methamphetamine dependence who did not have a diagnosis of schizophrenia or psychotic symptoms at the start of our study period had an approximately 1.5 to 3.0-fold risk of subsequently being diagnosed with schizophrenia, compared with groups of patients who used cocaine, alcohol or opioid drugs,” says Dr. Russ Callaghan, the CAMH scientist who led the study. Dr. Callaghan also found that the increased risk of schizophrenia in methamphetamine users was similar to that of heavy users of cannabis.

To establish this association, the researchers examined California hospital records of patients admitted between 1990 and 2000 with diagnosis of dependence or abuse for several major abused drugs: methamphetamine, cannabis, alcohol, cocaine or opioids. They also included a control group of patients with appendicitis and no drug use. The methamphetamine group had 42,412 cases, while cannabis had 23,335.

Records were excluded if patients were dependent on more than one drug or had a diagnosis of schizophrenia or drug-induced psychosis during their initial hospitalization. Readmission records within California hospitals were analyzed for up to 10 years after the initial admission. The researchers then identified patients who were readmitted with a schizophrenia diagnosis in each drug group.

There has been a longstanding debate as to whether there is a connection between methamphetamine use and schizophrenia. Many Japanese clinicians have long believed that methamphetamine might cause a schizophrenia-like illness, based on their observations of high rates of psychosis among methamphetamine users admitted to psychiatric hospitals. However, they lacked long-term follow-up studies of methamphetamine users initially free of psychosis. In North America, this link has mostly been discounted, as psychiatrists believed that the psychosis was already present and undiagnosed in these methamphetamine users.

“We really do not understand how these drugs might increase schizophrenia risk,” says Dr. Stephen Kish, senior scientist and head of CAMH’s Human Brain Laboratory. “Perhaps repeated use of methamphetamine and cannabis in some susceptible individuals can trigger latent schizophrenia by sensitizing the brain to dopamine, a brain chemical thought to be associated with psychosis.” Dr. Kish also cautions that the findings do not apply to patients who take much lower and controlled doses of amphetamines or cannabis for medical purposes.

Since this is the first such study showing this potential link, the researchers emphasize that the results need to be confirmed in additional research involving long-term follow-up studies of methamphetamine users.

“We hope that understanding the nature of the drug addiction-schizophrenia relationship will help in developing better therapies for both conditions,” says Dr. Callaghan.

In an earlier study using California hospital records, the researchers found evidence for a possible association between heavy methamphetamine use and Parkinson’s disease.

Source:www.eurekalert.org.  8th Nov. 2011

Implementation of evidence-based substance use disorder continuing care interventions.

As this review comments, people treated for substance use often remain precariously balanced between recovery and relapse. Widely seen as valuable if not essential, aftercare is nevertheless more the exception than the rule. How to reverse that ratio is the issue addressed by these leading US analysts.

Summary
Continuing care or aftercare is the stage of treatment following initial, more intensive, treatment. This review focused on psychosocial continuing care interventions (such as individual, telephone, couples, and group therapy; case management; home visits; and brief check-ups) and 12-step mutual aid support groups. Studies of brief continuing care interventions (up to six months) have usually involved standard programmes provided after residential treatment. In contrast, most longer interventions are adapt their frequency or nature in response to systematic assessments of how well the client is doing.

Despite a broadly supportive research record, few efforts have been made to implement and sustain these interventions, and in practice few clients who might benefit from continuing care services actually receive a sufficient dose, either because they do not complete the initial treatment, do not start continuing care, or do not remain in it for a significant time. Among other things, this review seeks to better understand this discrepancy and make recommendations for future implementation efforts.

Effectiveness of continuing care
Though this review and studies have focused on either continuing care treatment or mutual aid groups, it should be remembered that many individuals participate in both and that using both sources of support is associated with improved treatment outcomes.

Studies have shown that receiving continuing care services is generally but not always associated with improved long-term substance use outcomes. This small and varied corpus of studies precludes conclusions about which approaches work best. However, the findings support certain general principles. Among these are increasing the duration of care to at least a year, ongoing monitoring of clients, reaching out actively to engage and link clients to care, and using incentives to improve treatment outcomes. Relatively low-cost practices can dramatically improve rates of sustained engagement in continuing care such as low level incentives and active outreach following discharge or drop-out. In contrast, the theoretical orientation and intensity of the interventions appear less important.

As well as or instead of continuing care treatment services, mutual aid groups are important continuing care resources. The most prevalent like Alcoholics Anonymous and Narcotics Anonymous follow 12-step principles. Several studies have shown that attending these groups after initial treatment is associated with positive substance use outcomes, though they are unable to prove that attendance causes these gains. Additional to attendance as such, being more involved in the groups (such as getting a sponsor or reading 12-step literature) has also been associated with better substance use outcomes. In practice though, while most US patients start attending groups, most of these are no longer attending a year later.

Interventions to promote participation in 12-step mutual aid groups can be traced to the Twelve Step Facilitation therapy trialled in Project MATCH. This large US study of treatment for alcohol dependence found this approach achieved significantly higher rates of continuous abstinence (and equivalent outcomes on other drinking measures) than cognitive-behavioural therapy and a therapy based on motivational interviewing, and did so because it led more patients to engage in 12-step activities. Similar results have emerged from other studies.

Implementing continuing care
A search for studies not of the effectiveness of continuing care, but of how to implement it, uncovered 28 relevant articles and others known to the authors of the review or referenced in the literature. To organise the analysis of these studies, the reviewers used the Consolidated Framework for Implementation Research. In respect of health care innovations in general, this model identifies five implementation domains, each divided in to several sub-domains. The five main domains with relevant examples are:

• Characteristics of the intervention (in this case, continuing care) such as the strength of the evidence for its effectiveness and how far it was adapted to fit the particular circumstances in which it was being implemented.
• Outer setting, which refers to the economic, political, and social environment surrounding and influencing the organisation undertaking the implementation – in this case, typically substance use treatment services; included here might be national political drivers, availability of funding, the demand from patients, and (especially in the case of 12-step groups) the degree to which the broader society is receptive to the intervention’s philosophy.
• Inner setting is pertinent features of the implementing organisation including the degree to which its structures, internal communication mechanisms, resources, leadership, and culture facilitate the adoption of continuing care or the particular continuing care intervention being implemented.
• Characteristics of the individuals conducting the intervention – in this case, typically addiction counsellors – such as what they believe about the intervention and how enthusiastic and ready they are to implement it.
• Process of implementation – the extent and quality of the implementation effort, including the degree to which relevant staff are actively engaged, the efficiency with which the implementation is carried out, the extent to which progress is appropriately monitored against specific goals and progress news fed back to the participants, and the extent to which this feedback is used to adapt and promote implementation.

Generally the few relevant studies have not developed or supported specific packages to promote continuing care implementation. The one clear example of a specific and manualised intervention is Twelve Step Facilitation therapy, an approach which has been successfully adapted to different circumstances and populations. More general evidence-based interventions for promoting mutual aid participation typically entail active and directive efforts to engage and retain clients, including education on the benefits of the groups, orientation to involvement with these groups, and connection with group members to help motivate involvement following initial treatment.

In more detail and organised under the main headings of the Consolidated Framework for Implementation Research, research offers the following guidance.

Intervention Characteristics Clinicians generally know that the evidence for continuing care is strong yet often continue to use interventions and practices without empirical support. A significant number of studies suggest that many interventions can be adapted to the needs of specific sites. Twelve Step Facilitation therapy has for example been successfully adapted to a group format, to focus on individuals’ broader social networks rather than just 12-step groups, and to accommodate individuals with mental health as well as substance use problems. Similarly, treatment-based continuing care efforts have been conducted successfully using telephone and home-based visits and with different types of providers. One difficulty is the relative complexity of such interventions. Knowledge gaps include the relative advantages and cost-effectiveness of different continuing care interventions, and what are their core or essential components as opposed to those which can safely be adapted.

Outer Setting The most frequently cited factors related to successful continuing care implementation are located in the outer setting domain, especially the importance of client characteristics such as their needs and resources to support continuing care involvement. African-Americans (compared to Caucasians), and clients with more severe substance use problems, are more likely to engage in continuing care for a longer time. Psychiatric disorders seem no barrier to engagement in continuing care. Patients who see staff members as supportive and have more recovery resources are more likely to engage in treatment-based continuing care. Clients with beliefs consistent with a disease model or spiritual approach to recovery, women, and those with less prior experience with 12-step groups, may be more easily engaged in mutual aid groups, and those mandated to attend by courts may do as well as those who are not. In addition to client characteristics, the convenience of continuing care is an important facilitating factor while lack of funding is a common and significant barrier. Additionally, inviting mutual aid group members to contact patients in the initial treatment service facilitates post-treatment linkages. The role of external incentives and policies appears to be an extremely important area for future implementation efforts to address and better understand.

Inner Setting Focusing on the treatment service, those oriented to 12-step approaches facilitate linkage to 12-step mutual aid. Low rates of staff and supervisor turnover and multi-stakeholder involvement are important to sustaining continuing care treatment interventions. Goals or benchmarks that allow programmes to monitor performance and modify interventions in response are important factors in successful continuing care implementation. Mutual aid group engagement is facilitated by strong therapeutic alliances, greater supportiveness, and spirituality during initial treatment. Use of incentives with staff to promote implementation of continuing care practices appear to be a potentially powerful, but underused facilitator. Little is known about the implementation climate, including goals and benchmarks for continuing care interventions, or about the role of programme readiness for change (eg, resources and knowledge) as they relate to continuing care implementation.

Characteristics of the individual provider Treatment and mutual aid continuing care implementation are facilitated by providers and programme leaders with beliefs and attitudes supportive of the particular intervention, while a lack of knowledge about the effectiveness of interventions can be a significant barrier. Additionally, clinicians who are in recovery themselves, who have fewer concerns about religion or spirituality as a part of treatment, without allegiance to non-12-step approaches to treatment, and those who require abstinence during treatment, are more likely to facilitate 12-step mutual aid involvement following treatment. It is clear that future implementation efforts will need to address important characteristics such as the knowledge, beliefs, motivation, and self-efficacy of both providers and clients to maximise the potential for implementation success.

Implementation Process Successful continuing care implementation efforts have tended to address the important constructs of planning, engaging, executing, and reflecting and evaluating implementation efforts. These activities will be critical in the development and testing of implementation strategies.

Implication for researchers and clinicians
Having summarised continuing care implementation research, the review ended by drawing out the implications of these findings for researchers and clinicians. Though scarce, viewed through the lens of the Consolidated Framework for Implementation Research, existing research provides a starting point for closing the gap between research and clinical practice. Formative evaluations intended to develop interventions to promote continuing care should be informed by this literature, and these evaluations should address all five domains, or deploy other comprehensive implementation models. Additionally, two primary recommendations emerge from this review.

Basic Continuing Care Implementation Research Is Needed Despite its clinical importance, continuing care implementation research has been relatively neglected. Both the treatment and mutual aid continuing care implementation literature have findings relevant to all five major domains of the Consolidated Framework for Implementation Research, but all the detailed strategies and factors within each domain have yet to be addressed. One of the most striking gaps is the lack of information on the relative advantages, disadvantages, and cost-effectiveness of continuing care interventions. Little is known too about and their core elements and the impact of incentives and/or consequences related to both the inner setting and outer setting domains.

Implementation Efforts Need to Address Multiple Domains The comprehensiveness of the Consolidated Framework for Implementation Research highlights that implementation efforts typically do not consider the importance of intervening across multiple domains. For instance, as already noted, the role of incentives and consequences in the inner setting and outer setting domains and at patient, counsellor and programme level, has been neglected. This review suggests that closing the gap between knowledge about continuing care interventions and their use will require a paradigm change in which both researchers and clinicians consider intervening across multiple domains rather than within a single domain, as has been typical thus far. Research-established interventions may have too few implementation facilitators and too many barriers for them to be adopted in particular settings without attention to all the relevant domains.

People treated for substance use often remain precariously balanced between recovery and relapse following initial treatment. As currently designed, the utility of treatment is limited by high post-treatment relapse and re-admission rates, and frequently prolonged addiction and treatment careers. Assertive linkage to continuing care helps individuals transition from brief experiments in sobriety (recovery initiation) to disease management and sustainable recovery maintenance, and an enhanced quality of life. It requires close connections between the worlds of professional treatment and community recovery support resources, and implementation of continuing care promotion procedures to enhance engagement and retention with these resources.

In the UK financial constraints and the recovery agenda have brought with them potentially conflicting expectations that treatment will end as soon as the patient seems able to manage on their own and rarely extend over years, yet will do more to reintegrate patients in society. More patients exiting briefer treatments would create an increasing potential caseload for aftercare services to ensure they remain safe and can rapidly re-enter treatment if relapse occurs or is threatened. How this configuration of forces will pan out and what it will mean for extended care in the form of aftercare or continuing care is unclear. Funders seeking to contain costs and maximise drug-free treatment exits may be reluctant to fund aftercare services, especially since UK research evidence that they make a difference is lacking, probably because studies have been few. On the other hand, low-cost, check-up style aftercare allied with free mutual aid groups may make it more acceptable to cut back on intensive and expensive initial treatment. These considerations are expanded on below.

The main recent British attempt to evaluate the contribution of aftercare was an analysis of the Scottish DORIS study. On several measures, it found that the few drug dependent patients who accessed aftercare after treatment in the early 2000s did better than the majority left to (or who chose to) fend on their own. However, it was unclear whether this could this be attributed to the aftercare, or whether these patients would have done well anyway. An attempt to statistically control for differences between patients still left recently being heroin free at the last 33-month follow-up associated with having received aftercare from the initial treatment agency. Having received aftercare following methadone maintenance or residential rehabilitation made little difference to whether patients had experienced a period of being entirely drug free. But consistently at each of the three follow-ups, aftercare following non-methadone community treatment like detoxification or psychosocial therapy was associated with about double the chance of having been drug free.

Formal aftercare from the treatment agency was not the only way patients sought to sustain their abstinence. Over the 33 months of the follow-up, nearly a quarter attended mutual aid groups like NA and AA. At each of the follow-ups, patients who had accessed aftercare and mutual aid were most likely to have been drug free for a period, generally those who accessed neither were least likely, and those who accessed one but not the other were in between.
Whatever the meaning of these findings for aftercare’s effectiveness, it was clear that few patients received it, and neither was it targeted at those most at risk of relapse.

An English study of problem drinkers could more securely attribute the results to aftercare enhancements, because patients were randomly allocated to normal aftercare – up to three weekly support groups plus access to the unit’s recreational and social facilities – or to an additional 15 individual sessions modelled on an influential US approach called Early Warning Signs Relapse Prevention Training. During this, patients are helped to recognise personal warning signs of relapse by analysing their most recent attempts at recovery, and then to develop ways to manage these episodes without a return to drinking. Over the following year the benefits of more intensive aftercare were reflected in significantly fewer drinking days (22% of warning sign patients drank on a fifth or more of days compared to 40% in usual aftercare), fewer heavy drinking days (corresponding figures 18% and 28%), avoidance of any return to heavy drinking (45% v 26%), and improved mental well-being. In monetary terms, warning sign patients absorbed slightly less health service and rehabilitation resources, though slightly more if the warning sign regime was itself costed in. However, neither difference approached statistical significance.

In agreement with the featured review was a review of 11 studies which allocated patients at random or in a quasi-random manner to continuing care versus minimal or no continuing care. In terms of each study’s main substance use outcome measures, seven of the 11 found a clear and statistically significant advantage for continuing care. The review’s conclusions were endorsed by a panel of experts convened by the US Betty Ford Institute, who argued that extended and regular monitoring of the patient’s progress was the key component of continuing care and the one with the greatest evidence of effectiveness. Both review and recommendations were based largely on studies of aftercare following residential treatment.

While international and to a degree UK research is at least consistent with aftercare often being an aid to lasting remission, recommendations that it be implemented run up against a strong contrary trend in current UK policy, which emphasises not continuing care, but exit from the treatment system. Without denying the need for long-term care for some patients, the English strategy on drug misuse said services needed “to become much more ambitious for individuals to leave treatment free of their drug or alcohol dependence so they can recover fully … We will ensure that all those on a substitute prescription engage in recovery activities and build upon the 15,000 heroin and crack cocaine users who successfully leave treatment every year free of their drug(s) of dependence”. Scotland’s strategy too stressed the need for more patients to “move on from their addiction towards a drug-free life as a contributing member of society”, implying a corresponding shift away from extended and/or indefinite treatment.

Set against this drive to contain treatment, the recovery agenda has brought with it a greater emphasis on sustained and extensive life change, and an accompanying expectation that treatment services will do more for their patients than a brief treatment for their addiction. At the same time resources are no longer increasing and probably diminishing overall. One way to square this circle is to draw on the free resource of mutual aid groups which offer former patients 24-hour access to support, frequent support meetings, a new social circle, and a new way of life. It comes therefore as no surprise that they feature in recent commissioning guidance from England’s National Treatment Agency for Substance Misuse, which sees them as providing “valuable support and positive social networks for individuals who are addressing their dependency through treatment”. The advice to services is that “Details of how clients can access local recovery networks should be made available throughout their treatment journey. Services may wish to consider more active engagement with local mutual aid groups, for example making rooms within the treatment service or prisons available for meetings”. The agency now sees (see annual reports for 2009–10 and 2010–11) promoting mutual aid networks as a key way to achieve its objectives. Local service commissioners are being called on to ensure that the treatment system is better integrated with wider supportive services, among which mutual aid organisations are seen as the most prominent.

Source Psychology of Addictive Behaviors: 2011, 25(2), p. 238–251.

Drugs by Numbers

100% Three Andean countries – Colombia, Peru and Bolivia – are responsible for virtually all global coca leaf production, the raw material for cocaine.

149,100 In 2010, coca was cultivated on 149,100 hectares in the Andean countries – an area roughly one and a half times the size of Hong Kong – down from 221,300 hectares in 2000.

6% In 2010, the global area under coca cultivation decreased by 6%, mainly due to a significant reduction in Colombia that was not entirely offset by a small increase in Peru.

732,000 The amount of cocaine seized worldwide in 2009 was 732,000kg – which refers to seizures unadjusted for purity. The United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime estimates that between 46% and 60% of cocaine produced was seized – an indication of the amount manufactured the previous year.

444,000 The best reading of data and estimates suggests that about 440,000kg of pure cocaine was consumed worldwide in 2009. This would be in line with a production estimate of about 1.1m kg and purity adjusted seizures of 615,000kg, plus agricultural and other losses of about 55,000kg (which represents 5% of production).

$85bn The value of the global cocaine market is lower than in the mid-1990s, when prices were much higher and the US market was strong. In 1995, the global market was worth about $165bn, while, in 2009, this had been reduced to just over half of that.

99% Of that $85bn income from global cocaine retail sales in 2009, traffickers are estimated to have reaped about $84bn (almost 99%). The rest went to Andean farmers.

5m The US has the highest prevalence of cocaine use (2.4% of the population, or five million people, aged 15-64), but there are indications of cocaine use declining in the last few years.

$33bn The amount of cocaine consumed in Europe has doubled in the last decade. The volume and value of the western and central European cocaine market, currently valued at $33bn, is now approaching parity with that of the US ($37bn).

80% Two thirds of European cocaine users live in three countries: the UK, Spain and Italy. With Germany and France, these countries represent 80% of European cocaine consumption.

272m Globally, the UN Office on Drugs and Crime estimates that between 149 and 272 million people – 3.3%-6.1% of the population aged 15-64 – used illicit drugs at least once in the previous year.

Source: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime

Filed under: Cocaine :

Clever children more likely to end up on drugs

Scientists think they do so in part as a “coping strategy” to avoid bullying from their peers, and partially because they find life boring.

The effect is more pronounced in girls than boys, with those exhibiting high IQs as children more than twice as likely to have tried cocaine or cannabis by the age of 30, as those of lower intelligence. The effect in boys with high IQs is also marked, with them being around 50 per cent more likely to have done so by that age as their less intelligent former classmates.

A team at Cardiff University analysed data from almost 8,000 people born in one week in April 1970, who were enrolled at birth in the ongoing British Cohort Study, which follows participants through life. All these children had their IQs tested between the age of five and 10. Drug use, as reported by the participants themselves, was then recorded at 16 and 30 years of age.

At 16, 7.0 per cent of boys and 6.3 per cent of girls had used cannabis. This minority had “statistically significant higher mean childhood IQ scores” than non-users, according to the authors of the report, published in the Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health. At 30, 35.4 per cent of men and 15.9 per cent of women had used cannabis, while the figures for cocaine were 8.6 and 3.6 per cent respectively.

The authors noted: “Across most drugs (except amphetamine in men), men and women who reported using in the past 12 months had a significantly higher childhood IQ score than those who reported no use.”
They concluded: “High childhood IQ may increase the risk of substance abuse in early adulthood.”
The study did not look into why this was the case, although it did not fine any relationship between the social class of the participants’ parents and future drug use.

However, the authors noted that other studies suggested “intellectually ‘gifted children’ [with an IQ higher than 130] report high levels of boredom and being stigmatised by peers, either of which could conceivably increase vulnerability to using drugs as an avoidant coping strategy”.

Dr James White of Cardiff University’s Centre for Development and Evaluation of Complex Interventions for Public Health Understanding, said: “Although it is not yet clear exactly why there should be a link between high IQ and illicit drug use, previous research has shown that people with a high IQ are more open to new experiences and keen on novelty and stimulation.”

Source: www.telegraph.co.uk 15th Nov.

Filed under: Youth :

Cannabis use and risk of lung cancer: a case–control study

ABSTRACT: The aim of the present study was to determine the risk of lung cancer associated with cannabis smoking.

A case–control study of lung cancer in adults less than55 yrs of age was conducted in eight district health boards in New Zealand. Cases were identified from the New Zealand Cancer Registry and hospital databases. Controls were randomly selected from the electoral roll, with frequency matching to cases in 5-yr age groups and district health boards. Interviewer-administered questionnaires were used to assess possible risk factors, including cannabis use. The relative
risk of lung cancer associated with cannabis smoking was estimated by logistic regression.

In total, 79 cases of lung cancer and 324 controls were included in the study. The risk of lung cancer increased 8% (95% confidence interval (CI) 2–15) for each joint-yr of cannabis smoking, after adjustment for confounding variables including cigarette smoking, and 7% (95% CI 5–9) for each pack-yr of cigarette smoking, after adjustment for confounding variables including cannabis smoking. The highest tertile of cannabis use was associated with an increased risk of lung cancer (relative risk 5.7 (95% CI 1.5–21.6)), after adjustment for confounding variables including cigarette smoking.

In conclusion, the results of the present study indicate that long-term cannabis use increases the risk of lung cancer in young adults.

Source Eur Respir J 2008; 31: 280–286 2008

Filed under: Cannabis,Health :

Parents: Know warning signs of drug abuse

 Q: How can I tell if my child has been using marijuana?

A: There are some signs you might be able to see. If someone is high on marijuana, he or she might:

 Seem dizzy and have trouble walking;

  • Seem silly and giggly for no reason;
  • Save very red, bloodshot eyes; and
  • Have a hard time remembering things that just happened.

 When the early effects fade, the user can become very sleepy.

 Parents should be aware of changes in their child’s behavior, although this may be difficult with teens. Parents should look for withdrawal, depression, fatigue, carelessness with grooming, hostility and deteriorating relationships with family members and friends.

 In addition, changes in academic performance, increased absenteeism or truancy, lost interest in sports or other favourite activities, and changes in eating or sleeping habits could be related to drug use. However, these signs may also indicate problems other than using drugs.

 

In addition, parents should be aware of:

 Signs of drugs and drug paraphernalia, including pipes and rolling papers;

  • Odour on clothes and in the bedroom;
  • Use of incense and other deodorizers;
  • Use of eye drops; and
  • Clothing, posters, jewellery, etc., promoting drug use.

 Source: The National Institute on Drug Abuse  2010

 

 

Filed under: Cannabis,Parents :

Number of Prescription Painkiller Deaths More Than Tripled in Last 10 Years

The number of Americans who died from overdoses of prescription painkillers more than tripled in the past decade, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). More people now die from painkillers than from heroin and cocaine combined.

An estimated 14,800 people died in the United States from painkiller overdoses in 2008, a more than threefold jump from the 4,000 deaths recorded in 1999, the CDC said in a new report. Prescription and illegal drugs caused 36,450 deaths in 2008, compared with 39,973 deaths from motor vehicle crashes, according to the Associated Press.

The CDC said painkiller abuse and deaths are rising because the drugs are easier than ever to obtain. They cited the growth of “pill mills,” clinics that prescribe opioids without first conducting medical exams, and “doctor shopping,” or receiving multiple prescriptions from different doctors.   According to the CDC, enough painkillers were prescribed in 2010 to medicate every American adult around the clock for a month. “Right now, the system is awash in opioids—dangerous drugs that got people hooked and keep them hooked,” said CDC Director Thomas Frieden.

“Prescription drug abuse is a silent epidemic that is stealing thousands of lives and tearing apart communities and families across America,” Gil Kerlikowske, Director of National Drug Control Policy, said in a CDC news release. He noted health care providers and patients should be educated on the risks of prescription painkillers. “Parents and grandparents should properly dispose of any unneeded or expired medications from the home and to talk to their kids about the misuse and abuse of prescription drugs,” he noted.

Source: ww.drugfree.org.  2nd Nov.2011

Filed under: Addiction :

Nicotine Acts as “Gateway” Drug to Cocaine, Study in Mice Finds

Nicotine appears to be a “gateway” drug that primes the brain to be susceptible to cocaine, according to a new study in mice.  The researchers say if further studies show the findings apply to humans, a decrease in smoking rates in young people would be expected to lead to a decrease in cocaine addiction, the Los Angeles Times reports.

The study found mice exposed to nicotine in drinking water for at least seven days showed an increased response to cocaine. The researchers also looked at data on cocaine use among a group of high school students, and found 81 percent of those who started using cocaine did so in a month when they were smoking tobacco.

The findings appear in the journal Science Translational Medicine.
Previous studies have shown that most illegal drug users report using tobacco products or alcohol before they started illicit drug use, according to a news release by the National Institute on Drug Abuse, which funded the study. Until now, studies have not shown a biological mechanism through which exposure to nicotine increases vulnerability to illegal drug use, the release notes.

“Now that we have a mouse model of the actions of nicotine as a gateway drug this will allow us to explore the molecular mechanisms by which alcohol and marijuana might act as gateway drugs,” lead author Eric Kandel, MD, of Columbia University Medical Center, said in the release. “In particular, we would be interested in knowing if there is a single, common mechanism for all gateway drugs or if each drug utilizes a distinct mechanism.”

Source:   www.drugfree.org.  4th Nov.

Filed under: Cocaine,Nicotine,Youth :

Record high: Gallup poll shows FIFTY per cent of Americans favour legalising marijuana

The headline below from the Daily Mail on the 18th October 2011, suggests that 50% of the population of America favour legalizing marijuana.   However  Jose Paulo Carneiro, a statistics expert from Brazil,  writes a critique of this survey and shows that the results issued by Gallup Poll are not what they seem to be suggesting.
The saying ‘Lies, Damn Lies and Statistics’ comes to mind.    NDPA
*  *  *  *  *  *
Record high: Gallup poll shows FIFTY per cent of Americans favour legalising marijuana    -    18th October 2011
• Up from 46 per cent last year
• Liberals and those 18 to 29 most in favour
• Americans 65 and older most oppose
Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2050348/Legalisation-marijuana-50-Americans-favour.html#ixzz1boJx8Vwj
*  *  *  *  *  *
 
“First of all, what is the methodology of this survey? What is the universe? Of course, it cannot be all the Americans.   Suppose it is the American population between 15 and 64 years (approximately 205.7 million).

If the sample were a simple random sample (that is, all the individuals have the same probability of being selected), the fact that the sample size is a tiny proportion of the population would not matter, because in the formula for the sample standard deviation (let us call it s) of a proportion to be estimated, the size N of the universe only appears in a factor, which, for a sample size of 1,005, equals 0.999995, which is practically 1. 
 
Then, the maximum value for s, which occurs precisely for the 50% proportion and is independent of N, reduces to 1.6%. This means (supposing, as usual, the normality of the sampling distribution) that there is a probability of 95% that a real proportion of 50% will appear in the sample between 46.8% and 53.2% (this is the meaning of the phrase “the survey error is 3.2%”), which is a very acceptable value.
 
The problem is not in the sample size. The problem is that a telephone survey is not a simple sample survey, because not all individuals have the same chance of being selected. If you don’t have a telephone number, your probability of being selected is zero. If you have three telephone numbers and your neighbor has only one, your probability of being selected is three times his. Moreover, even inside a specific household, the probabilities are different. In certain households (mine, for instance), the probability that the husband answers the phone is very small compared with the probability that the wife does it. And, what is worse: the sample is biased, because there may be – and usually there is – a specific profile of people who answer, opposed to that of people who don’t answer the call.

In summary, it is very surprising that an Institute so renowned as Gallup, in a country so developed in matters of survey and research, makes a telephone survey and draws a conclusion about the opinion of “half of the Americans”.

Jose Paulo Carneiro, Expert in Statistics and Surveys, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Oct.2011

Filed under: Cannabis :

Medical Marijuana May Impair Thinking of MS Patients

Feinstein says the marijuana users performed significantly worse than the non-users on tests measuring attention, speed of thinking, visual perception, and cognition related to planning and organizing.  Scores on one test measuring speed of processing information were about a third lower among marijuana users compared to non-users.  Thirty-two percent of non-users and 64% of users met the definition of globally cognitively impaired, meaning that they had measurable impairments in two or more aspects of intellectual functioning.
 
Neurologist Lily Jung Hensen, MD, of Seattle’s Swedish Neurosciences Institute, tells WebMD that the findings make a strong argument that the cognitive risks associated with marijuana use outweigh potential benefits for MS patients.
 
Source: http://www.cbs47.tv/webmd/ms/story/Medical-Marijuana-May-Impair-Thinking-of-MS/FmQ00ndFKkKhQ199RrPTDQ.cspx  Oct.2011

 

Impact On Lungs Of One Cannabis Joint Equal To Up To Five Cigarettes

A single cannabis joint has the same effect on the lungs as smoking up to five cigarettes in one go, indicates research published ahead of print in the journal Thorax.

The researchers base their findings on 339 adults up to the age of 70, selected from an ongoing study of respiratory health, and categorised into four different groups.

These comprised those who smoked only cannabis, equivalent to at least one joint a day for five years; those who smoked tobacco only, equivalent to a pack of cigarettes a day for at least a year; those who smoked both; and those who did not smoke either cannabis or tobacco.

All the participants had high definition x-ray scans (computed tomography) taken of their lungs and they took special breathing tests designed to assess how well their lungs worked.

They were also questioned about their smoking habits.
Seventy five people smoked only cannabis, and 91 smoked both. Eighty one people did not smoke either, and 92 smoked only tobacco.

Combined smokers tended to use less tobacco, the findings showed.
Cannabis smokers complained of wheeze, cough, chest tightness and phlegm. But emphysema, the progressive and crippling lung disease, was only seen in those who smoked tobacco, either alone or in combination.
But cannabis still damaged the lungs and stopped them from working properly.

It diminished the numbers of small fine airways, which are important for transporting oxygen and waste products to and from the blood vessels effectively.
And it damaged the large airways of the lung, blocking airflow, and forcing the lungs to work harder.
The extent of this damage was directly related to the number of joints smoked, with higher consumption linked to greater incapacity.

The effect on the lungs of each joint was equivalent to smoking between 2.5 and five cigarettes in one go.
The authors explain that the impact of cannabis is strongly associated with the way in which it is smoked. It is usually smoked without a filter, and at a higher temperature. Smokers tend to inhale more deeply and to hold their breath for longer.

Source:  Retrieved August 8, 2009, from http://www.sciencedaily.com

Filed under: Cannabis,Health :

Marijuana Use and Motor Vehicle Crashes

Abstract

Since 1996, 16 states and the District of Columbia in the United States have enacted legislation to decriminalize marijuana for medical use. Although marijuana is the most commonly detected non alcohol drug in drivers, its role in crash causation remains unsettled. To assess the association between marijuana use and crash risk, the authors performed a meta-analysis of 9 epidemiologic studies published in English in the past 2 decades identified through a systematic search of bibliographic databases. Estimated odds ratios relating marijuana use to crash risk reported in these studies ranged from 0.85 to 7.16. Pooled analysis based on the random-effects model yielded a summary odds ratio of 2.66 (95% confidence interval: 2.07, 3.41). Analysis of individual studies indicated that the heightened risk of crash involvement associated with marijuana use persisted after adjustment for confounding variables and that the risk of crash involvement increased in a dose-response fashion with the concentration of 11-nor-9-carboxy-delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol detected in the urine and the frequency of self-reported marijuana use. The results of this meta-analysis suggest that marijuana use by drivers is associated with a significantly increased risk of being involved in motor vehicle crashes.

Source:  Epidemiology Rev (2011) doi: 10.1093/epirev/mxr017

Filed under: Cannabis :

Impact of cannabis use on thalamic volume in people at familial high risk of schizophrenia

1. Killian A. Welch, MD, MRCPsych  et al 

Correspondence:: kwelch1@staffmail.ed.ac.uk

Background
No longitudinal study has yet examined the association between substance use and brain volume changes in a population at high risk of schizophrenia.

Aims
To examine the effects of cannabis on longitudinal thalamus and amygdala-hippocampal complex volumes within a population at high risk of schizophrenia.

Method
Magnetic resonance imaging scans were obtained from individuals at high genetic risk of schizophrenia at the point of entry to the Edinburgh High-Risk Study (EHRS) and approximately 2 years later. Differential thalamic and amygdala-hippocampal complex volume change in high-risk individuals exposed (n = 25) and not exposed (n = 32) to cannabis in the intervening period was investigated using repeated-measures analysis of variance.

Results
Cannabis exposure was associated with bilateral thalamic volume loss. This effect was significant on the left (F = 4.47, P = 0.04) and highly significant on the right (F = 7.66, P = 0.008). These results remained significant when individuals using other illicit drugs were removed from the analysis.

Conclusions
These are the first longitudinal data to demonstrate an association between thalamic volume loss and exposure to cannabis in currently unaffected people at familial high risk of developing schizophrenia. This observation may be important in understanding the link between cannabis exposure and the subsequent development of schizophrenia.

 
Source:  bjp.rcpsych.org   Sept.2011

Hepatitis C transmission via injecting drug use: look beyond needles and syringes

Important insights into the continued spread of hepatitis C among injecting drug users are provided by two studies published in the online edition of the Journal of Infectious Diseases. An international team of investigators showed that infectious quantities of hepatitis C could survive on inanimate surfaces for up to seven days. However, the virus can be rendered inactive by commercially available disinfectants, or heating to a temperature of 65-70° for approximately 90 seconds.

In a separate study, French investigators detected the virus on 80% of alcohol swabs obtained from injecting drug users. They suggest that the swabs may be shared by users, risking the transmission of hepatitis C.

Holly Hagan of the New York University College of Nursing in an accompanying editorial stated: “The studies contribute new knowledge to our understanding of the mechanisms by which HCV [hepatitis C virus] may be transmitted among PWID [people who inject drugs] via injection-related materials.”

There are an estimated 130 million hepatitis C infections worldwide. Hepatitis C is a blood-borne infection and a major mode of transmission is injecting drug use. Needle and syringe exchange programmes have been introduced in many countries to control the epidemic. The have been highly effective at preventing new HIV infections, but hepatitis C transmissions still continue. This is possibly because viral load tends to be high in individuals with chronic hepatitis C infection, and even small quantities of contaminated blood are potentially infectious.

A team of investigators led by Juliane Doerrbecker wished to establish a clearer understanding of the survival of the virus, and the effectiveness of disinfectants and heat at rendering the virus non-infectious. Steel discs were contaminated with infectious quantities of hepatitis C which were then allowed to dry. Reassuringly, commercially available disinfectants were also shown to have “a high virucidal efficacy against HCV.”

Tests also showed that infectious quantities of hepatitis C of approximately 30 TCID50/ml could still be detected on inanimate surfaces up to seven days after contamination. However, the investigators emphasised that “all tested biocides were able to inactivate HCV infectivity to undetectable levels.”

The investigators then examined the effect of heat on the virus. Spoons and/or cookers are used to heat diluted heroin into solutions. The liquid is then drawn into a syringe, potentially contaminating the spoon if hepatitis C-infected blood is present in the syringe. The investigators therefore contaminated spoons with the virus, which were then heated to various temperatures using tea candles.

Infectivity started to decrease at temperatures of approximately 50°. Levels of the virus fell below the limit of detection when temperatures reached 67-70°. It generally took between 80 to 95 seconds for heating to produce small bubbles in the spoon.

“Reusing HCV contaminated cookers could lead to infection even if using sterile syringes,” comment the investigators. Holly Hagan emphasised that injecting drug users rarely heat spoons for more than 15 seconds.

In separate research, Dr Vincent Thibault and his colleagues collected drug-using paraphernalia from individuals known to be infected with hepatitis C. The used paraphernalia included syringes, filters and water cups, swabs for cleaning of skin before injecting and pads employed to stop bleeding after withdrawal of needles. A total of 160 pieces of equipment were collected.

The virus was detected on 44% of the pooled materials. A further 620 items used by individuals of unknown infection status were also obtained. Approximately 83% of the pools obtained from swabs had detectable hepatitis C. Moreover, viral load was highest (above 3 log10 iu/ml) within these swab pools. Hepatitis C was also commonly detected in syringes, but viral load tended to be at low levels (12 to 890 iu/ml). The investigators therefore believe that there is “a higher chance for PWID to be contaminated though sharing of a tainted spoon rather than a tainted syringe.”

They note that blood was often visible on swabs. The researchers therefore suggest that transmission of the virus could occur if swabs were being used inappropriately. “The chaotic and rushed atmosphere of the injection setting, where swab sharing and mixing could take place, is…an important factor that should be considered.”

Holly Hagan believes the two studies have important implications for hepatitis C prevention programmes. “Cleaning cookers or perhaps impregnating injection equipment with safe biocides may help reduce the incidence of new infections. Promoting safe swab use to emphasize avoidance of reuse seems a prudent measure.”

Reference
Doerrbecker J et al. Inactivation and survival of hepatitis C virus on inanimate surfaces. J Infect Dis, online edition, doi: 101093/infdis/jir535 (click here for the abstract).

Thibault V et al. Hepatitis C transmission in injecting drug users: could swabs be the main culprit? J Infect Dis, online edition, doi: 101093/infdis/jir650 (click here for the abstract).

Source: www.aidsmap.com 4th Nov.2011

Filed under: Health :

Estimated expenditure on cannabis in Australia is twice that of wine

The price of cannabis has declined more than 40% (4.9% p.a.) in real terms during the 1990s, far greater than for most other agricultural products. Cannabis price may be declining because of increasing use of more efficient hydroponic cultivation techniques and also because decreasing law enforcement lowered the ‘full cost’ of cannabis. The number of national arrests and prosecutions per 100,000 population fell by almost one third between 1996 and 2001. Penalties also became less severe. If cannabis price had been constant, consumption of beer would have been 2.4% higher, wine 4.9% higher, spirits 9.8% higher and cannabis 10.4% lower.

Comment: As the health, social and economic costs of alcohol are greater than for cannabis, decreasing cannabis prices may have reduced harm from legal drugs.

Source: Clements KW. The Australian Journal of Agricultural and Resource Economics. 2004. 48:2; 271-300

Filed under: Cannabis :

Drunk behaviour – a question of immunity

University of Adelaide researchers have found that immune cells in your brain may contribute to how you respond to alcohol. Lead researcher Dr Mark Hutchinson, ARC Research Fellow with the University’s School of Medical Sciences, said his team’s research provided new evidence that an immune response in the brain was involved in behavioural responses to alcohol. This immune response lies behind some of the well-known alcohol-related behavioural changes, such as difficulty controlling the muscles involved in walking and talking.

“It’s amazing to think that despite 10,000 years of using alcohol, and several decades of investigation into the way that alcohol affects the nerve cells in our brain, we are still trying to figure out exactly how it works,” says lead researcher Dr Mark Hutchinson from the University’s School of Medical Sciences.
“Alcohol is consumed annually by two billion people world-wide with its abuse posing a significant health and social problem,” said Dr Hutchinson. “Over 76 million people are diagnosed with an alcohol abuse disorder. “This work has significant implications for our understanding of the way alcohol affects us, as it is both an immunological and neuronal response. Such a shift in mindset has significant implications for identifying individuals who may have bad outcomes after consuming alcohol, and it could lead to a way of detecting people who are at greater risk of developing brain damage after long-term drinking.”

The research is published in the latest edition of the British Journal of Pharmacology by PhD student Yue Wu, supervisor Dr Hutchinson, and others. Laboratory mice were given a single shot of alcohol and the researchers studied the effect of blocking toll-like receptors, a particular element of the immune system, on the behavioural changes induced by alcohol. The researchers studied the effects of blocking the receptors by drugs, and also the effects of giving alcohol to mice that had been genetically altered so that they were lacking the functions of the selected receptors.

“The results showed that blocking this part of the immune system, either with the drug or genetically, reduced the effects of alcohol,” Dr Hutchinson said. He believes similar treatment could work in humans. “Medications targeting this specific receptor ‒ toll-like receptor 4 ‒ may prove beneficial in treating alcohol dependence and acute overdoses,” Dr Hutchinson said.

Source: http://ahha.asn.au/news mark.hutchinson@adelaide. 29th Sept.2011

Filed under: Alcohol :

Do drug policies affect cannabis markets? A natural experiment in Switzerland, 2000–10.

Killias M., Isenring G.L., Gilliéron G. et al.
European Journal of Criminology: 2011, 8(3), p. 171–186.

Studies of a ‘natural experiment’ in Switzerland in the 2000s suggested that the effective re-criminalisation of cannabis production and distribution did diminish availability and use of the drug. The results contradict other findings suggesting that national policies have little effect on cannabis use.

Summary
A ‘natural experiment’ in Switzerland in the 2000s revealed the impacts of changes in the enforcement of cannabis production and distribution laws. By 2001, in response to public sentiment Switzerland had already relaxed its enforcement of laws against the use and distribution of cannabis. At this time the government prepared reforms to enshrine this in law by officially tolerating the sale, possession and use of small amounts of cannabis (usually below 5g), and the production and sale of larger quantities as long as producers and retailers agreed to act under strict control by police and the Department of Agriculture. Though this change had yet to be implemented, in anticipation over the following years visible and quasi-official structures of production, distribution and sale emerged. Concerned over some of the consequences, in 2003 and again in 2004 the Swiss parliament rejected the proposed changes. Over the following months, police and prosecutors resumed former more repressive policies, especially in respect of production and distribution. As a result, shops and production centres were closed during 2005 and 2006. It was this reversal which offered the opportunity to evaluate the impact of tolerance of legal production and distribution versus lack of tolerance.

Main findings
Early in 2004 shortly before most of their shops were closed, a survey of cannabis retailers suggested that competition between shops was quite stiff, particularly in respect of price. Nearly all felt they had to provide excellent products and service to keep their customers. Though many said they had never sold high strength and/or smokeable cannabis, this conflicted with the number of prosecutions for selling cannabis whose main active ingredient (THC) was above the legal limit.

In summer 2004 when many cannabis shops were still operating, two young men aged around 18 conducted ‘test purchase’ operations at 50 shops. Of these, 29 sold cannabis without reservation and 26 did so regardless of the young men’s age. Usually, the fake clients asked for 5g or the quantity available for about 50 Swiss francs. The quantities actually sold generally varied between 3.8g and 6.5g and THC levels between 8% and 28%, averaging 16%. Overall, the study confirmed that minors easily obtained high-strength cannabis. Most samples contained THC close to the average of 16% and prices varied little around 11 Swiss francs per gram. In short, quality and prices were fairly well standardised.
In 2009 when all known cannabis shops had closed, a second ‘test purchase’ operation was conducted, but this time to test the availability of supplies on the now fully illicit market. Two young men walked through inner-city areas where police said cannabis was most available, looking for potential dealers. Over 15 afternoons they made 29 relevant contacts; during 27 they were able to obtain cannabis. All the sales took place in streets and parks. Usually the fake clients were able to spot a dealer in under 20 minutes. The quantity purchased varied far more than in 2004, ranging from 0.38 to nearly 13 grams. Equally inconsistent were prices, varying greatly between 8 and 200 francs per gram. A typical price was 28 francs. The THC content varied between 4% and 18% and averaged 12%, lower than in 2004. At every transaction, the fake clients asked whether the dealer might be able or willing to supply other substances. Only one said they could.

Compared to 2004, typical prices paid per gram had increased from 11 to 28 francs and the variability in price and quantity was much greater and THC content lower. From the relatively standardised market of 2004, by 2009 the price structure was, from the clients’ point of view, relatively obscure and bore little relation to the origin or strength of the product.

The authors’ conclusions
The results of our studies suggest that legal policies can strongly affect production, supply, distribution and sale of cannabis. The switch from a liberal to a more repressive policy meant that large-scale agricultural was partly replaced by small-scale production on private premises, and sales moved back from shops to the streets. Formerly an export country, illegal import of cannabis in to Switzerland resumed, though probably not enough to compensate for lost local production. For users without links to home-based production networks, availability of cannabis may have decreased substantially, probably prompting decreased consumption. However, the market and its price structure became far more variable and obscure. Prices soared, possibly reflecting reduced supply and more marginal and criminal suppliers. Street sales favoured cheating because quantities cannot be accurately weighed and suppliers had little interest in repeat sales to unknown customers, feeling little need to gain their trust. On the other hand, and contrary to a widely held view, markets for cannabis and other substances seem to have remained separated.

Surveys in Switzerland and abroad suggest that policies making cannabis more easily available were followed by increasing rates of use, whereas Switzerland’s opposite policy after 2004 was associated with a drop in both the prevalence and frequency of cannabis use. Establishing to what extent policy changes caused changes in use is for the moment impossible, but data is consistent with the assumption that policies affect the availability and (indirectly) use of cannabis.

This draft entry is currently subject to consultation and correction by study authors.
Last revised 06 October 2011
Source : European Journal of Criminology: 2011, 8(3), p. 171–186.

Filed under: Cannabis :

One in four at risk of cannabis psychosis

ONE in four people carries genes that increases vulnerability to psychotic illnesses if he or she smokes cannabis as a teenager, scientists have found.

A common genetic profile that makes cannabis five times more likely to trigger schizophrenia and similar disorders has been identified, increasing pressure on the Government to reverse the drug’s reclassification from Class B to Class C.

The increased risk applies to people who inherit variants of a gene named COMT who also smoked cannabis as teenagers. About a quarter of the population have this genetic make-up, and up to 15 per cent of the group are likely to develop psychotic conditions if exposed to the drug early in life.

Neither the drug nor the gene raises the risk of psychosis by itself.

The study, led by Avshalom Caspi and Terrie Moffitt, of the Institute of Psychiatry at King’s College London, offers the best explanation yet for the way that cannabis has a devastating psychiatric impact on some users but leaves most unharmed. Scientists had suspected that genetic factors were responsible for this divide, but a gene had not been pinpointed.

The findings, to be published in Biological Psychiatry, also reinforce a growing consensus that nature and nurture are not mutually exclusive forces but combine to affect behaviour and health. The King’s team has previously identified genes that raise the risk of depression or aggression, but only in conjunction with environmental influences.

Mental health campaigners said that the results vindicated their concerns about the decision last year to downgrade cannabis to a Class C drug, which means that possession is no longer an arrestable offence.

Marjorie Wallace, chief executive of the mental health charity Sane, said that it was becoming clear that cannabis placed millions of users at risk of lasting mental illness. About fifteen million Britons have tried cannabis, and between two million and five million are regular users, according to the Home Office British Crime Survey. The research suggests that a quarter could be at risk.

The evidence will be considered by a review of the drug’s classification announced last month by the Home Secretary. It may be possible to develop a test for genetic susceptibility to cannabis. “If we were able genetically to identify the vulnerable individuals in advance, we would be able to save thousands of minds, if not lives,” Ms Wallace said.

Dr Caspi, however, rejected the idea of screening based on the COMT gene. “Such a test would be wrong more often than it is right. Cannabis has many other adverse effects, especially on developing teenagers, on respiratory health and possibly on cognitive function. Effects may be pronounced among a genetically vulnerable group but that doesn’t mean we should encourage others not genetically vulnerable to use cannabis.”

The King’s team tracked 803 men and women born in Dunedin, New Zealand, in 1972 and 1973, who were enrolled at birth in a research project. Each was interviewed at 13, 15 and 18 about cannabis use, tested to determine which type of COMT genes they had inherited, and followed up at 26 for signs of mental illness.

COMT was chosen as it is known to play a part in the production of dopamine, a brain-signalling chemical that is abnormal in schizophrenia. It comes in two variants, known as valine or methionine, and every person has two copies, one from each parent.

Among people with two methionine variants, the rate of psychotic illness was 3 per cent, the background rate for the general population, regardless of whether they had used cannabis as teenagers.

Among those with two valine variants the rate was 3 per cent for non-users but 15 per cent for those who had smoked cannabis in their teens.

Dr Caspi said research had shown that the valine gene variant and cannabis affect the brain’s dopamine system in similar fashion, suggesting that they deliver a “double dose” that can be damaging. The work needs to be replicated by others to confirm the findings, Dr Caspi said. It also is possible that the gene involved is not COMT but a neighbour.

THE DRUG OF CHOICE FOR MILLIONS

• Cannabis was reclassified from a Class B to a Class C drug in January 2004. Possession remains illegal, but is not an arrestable offence. The Home Secretary has asked for a review by November
• The Home Office estimates that fifteen million people have tried cannabis, two million to five million are regular users and reclassification has saved 199,000 hours’ police work
• Liberalisation campaigners argue that millions smoke the drug with fewer ill-effects than others suffer from alcohol or tobacco
• A recent study at Maastricht University found that cannabis doubles the risk of schizophrenia, hallucinations and paranoia among a genetically susceptible group

Source: www.timesonline.co.uk 14 April 2005

‘Cannabis causes chaos in the brain’

Cannabis causes chaos in the brain as nerve activity becomes uncoordinated and inaccurate, a study has found. The results may help explain links between cannabis and schizophrenia, scientists believe.
Researchers at the University of Bristol measured the brain responses of rats given a drug that mimics the psychoactive ingredient in cannabis. They found that the drug completely disrupted co-ordinated brain waves across the hippocampus and prefrontal cortex.
The first brain region plays a key role in the formation of memories. The second is essential to planning, decision making and social behaviour. Both are heavily implicated in schizophrenia. Rats exposed to the cannabis-like drug became unable to make accurate decisions when navigating through a maze.
The research is reported today in the Journal of Neuroscience.
Study leader Dr Matt Jones said: “Marijuana abuse is common among sufferers of schizophrenia and recent studies have shown that the psychoactive ingredient of marijuana can induce some symptoms of schizophrenia in healthy volunteers.
“These findings are therefore important for our understanding of psychiatric diseases, which may arise as a consequence of ‘disorchestrated brains’ and could be treated by retuning brain activity.” Co-author Michal Kucewicz, also from the University of Bristol, said: “These results are an important step forward in our understanding of how rhythmic activity in the brain underlies thought processes in health and disease.”
The research was part of a Medical Research Council-funded collaboration between the university and drug company Eli Lilly & Co.

Source: The Independent. 26th October 2011

Children of addicts ‘more likely to experience problems in adulthood’

Children of drug addicts are suffering in desperation as shame and secrecy shroud the substance misuse in families, it was claimed today.

Youngsters whose parents take drugs are also more likely to have problems with substances, as well as their mental health, social skills and academically, a seminar heard. Joan O’Flynn, director of the National Advisory Committee on Drugs (NACD), said there is a need for more integration between addiction services, children’s services and medical professionals.

“Alcohol and drugs misuse by parents can impact negatively on a child’s experience of positive parenting and can create stressful family circumstances that impact on child development,” she said. “For many of the affected children, the effect of their parents’ substance misuse continues into their adult lives.

“For some, the impact can be multifaceted and persist not only into adult life but even into the lives of the next generation.” She added that stress, combined with the increased likelihood of the child being in care or homeless, leaves young people at a high risk of emotional isolation or social marginalisation.

Alcohol Action Ireland estimates between 61,000 and 104,000 children aged under 15 are living with parents who misuse alcohol. Director Fiona Ryan said: “Shame and secrecy shroud the issue of substance misuse in families with children living lives of quiet desperation.

“Alcohol Action Ireland has spent the past three years campaigning for children affected by parental alcohol problems to be seen and heard.” An NACD report – ‘Parental Substance Misuse: Addressing its Impact on Children’ – was launched at a seminar it jointly hosted with the Health Service Executive (HSE) and Alcohol Action Ireland, the national charity for alcohol-related issues.

The report reviewed all major international research on the impact of parental substance misuse on children and identified what steps can be taken in Ireland to reduce its impact.

It recommended additional research and data be collected to properly estimate the number of children whose parents have substance misuse problems. It also wants an assessment of which adult alcohol and drug treatment services are supporting parents and liaising with child support services. Women should also be educated on the adverse effects of consuming alcohol and drugs during pregnancy, it added.

Source: www.IrishExaminer.com 26th October 2011

Filed under: Alcohol,Parents,Youth :

Genetic Risk Factors for both Marijuana and Alcohol Misuse Similar

• Marijuana is the most commonly used illicit drug in the United States.
• New research shows that the use and misuse of alcohol and marijuana are influenced by a common set of genes.
Marijuana is the most commonly used illicit drug in the United States. Roughly eight to 12 percent of marijuana users are considered “dependent” and, just like alcohol, the severity of symptoms increases with heavier use. A new study has found that use and misuse of alcohol and marijuana are influenced by a common set of genes.
Results will be published in the March 2010 issue of Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research and are currently available at Early View.
“Results from a large annual survey of high-school students show that in 2008, 41.8 percent of 12th graders reported having used marijuana,” explained Carolyn E. Sartor, a research instructor at Washington University School of Medicine and corresponding author for the study. “Although many may have used the drug on only a few occasions, 5.4 percent of 12th graders reported using it daily within the preceding month.”
“The active ingredient in marijuana is THC, which mimics natural cannabinoids that the brain produces,” added Christian Hopfer, associate professor at the University of Colorado School of Medicine. “The cannabinoid system is critical for learning, memory, appetite, and pain perception. Most users of marijuana will not develop an ‘addiction’ to it, but perhaps one in 12 will. What is not commonly appreciated about marijuana use is that strong evidence has emerged that it increases the risk of developing mental illnesses and possibly exacerbates pre-existing mental illnesses.”
“Like any drug, marijuana can be used in a way that negatively impacts quality of life, interfering with functioning at school or work or leading to problems with family and friends,” said Sartor. “Although at least three of six symptoms listed in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders – Fourth Edition (DSM-IV) are needed to meet full criteria for cannabis (marijuana) dependence … the presence of even one or two of these symptoms could create distress or interfere with day-to-day functioning. There is strong evidence for a genetic component to use and dependence on marijuana as well as alcohol, and the use (and misuse) of these substances frequently occur together.”
Researchers examined 6,257 individuals (2,761 complete twin pairs and 735 singletons) listed in the Australian Twin Registry, 24 to 36 years of age. Alcohol and marijuana use histories were gathered in telephone diagnostic interviews and used to derive levels of alcohol consumption, frequency of marijuana use, and DSM-IV alcohol and cannabis dependence symptoms.
“Our findings indicate that … many of the same genetic factors that contribute to alcohol use also contribute to marijuana use,” said Sartor. “Likewise, alcohol dependence symptoms and cannabis dependence symptoms can be traced to some of the same genetic influences. For both alcohol and marijuana, the majority of genetic factors that contribute to use also contribute to dependence symptoms.”
“In other words,” said Hopfer, “the genetic influences on drug use are not specific to individual drugs, but seem to influence a general tendency to engage in drug use. This is important to note because there is a tendency to study drugs in isolation – alcohol, tobacco, marijuana, cocaine, etc. These findings add support to the notion of common mechanisms underlying all addictions.”
“The fact that very little of the environmental influences on alcohol and marijuana use, or on alcohol and cannabis dependence symptoms, could be traced to common sources indicates that there may be important distinctions between those environmental factors that influence alcohol-related outcomes and those that influence marijuana-related outcomes,” said Sartor. “Identifying alcohol- and marijuana-specific risk factors is an important next step in this line of research.”
“Marijuana research is relatively sparse compared to alcohol or nicotine research,” added Hopfer. “However, if you look at reports of at least adolescents and young people using, it becomes clear that marijuana use, including daily marijuana use, is quite common and the effects of this are not well understood. The mental illness/marijuana connection has not received much press, although I think the evidence has grown substantially that marijuana is a causal risk factor for the development of mental illness.”

Source: http://www.attcnetwork.org/explore/priorityareas/science/tools/asmeDetails.asp?ID=643

Genes Help Determine Brain Response to Alcohol, Medication, NIAAA Says

Research Summary

Alcohol consumption prompts the brain to release the pleasure chemical dopamine, but genes may influence the degree to which the brain responds to drinking and — by extension — how effective medications like naltrexone are in treating alcoholism.
Researchers at the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA) found that genetic variations in the mu-opioid receptor sites in the brain’s reward system seem to influence the release of the neurotransmitter dopamine and the degree of pleasure that individuals get from drinking.
Researchers also found that naltrexone — a drug that works to block the release of dopamine resulting from drinking — was more effective for patients with some genetic profiles than others.
“Our data strongly support a causal role of the 118G variant of the mu-opioid receptor to confer a more vigorous dopamine response to alcohol in the ventral striatum,” said NIAAA researcher Vijay A. Ramchandani, Ph.D. “The findings add further support to the notion that individuals who possess this receptor variant may experience enhanced pleasurable effects from alcohol that could increase their risk for developing alcohol abuse and dependence. It may also explain why these individuals, once addicted, benefit more from treatment with blockers of endogenous opioids.”
Markus Heilig, NIAAA’s clinical director, noted that naltrexone also worked better in the early stages of alcoholism, when the body still believes it is being rewarded for drinking (‘reward craving’). At a certain point, however, the brain switches to a pattern called ‘relief craving’ — what Heilig called a “pathological pattern of anxiety” — where naltrexone isn’t nearly as helpful.
The latest findings were published online in the journal Molecular Psychiatry.

Source: Join Together May 20, 2010

Study Finds Hospitalization Increases for Alcohol and Drug Overdoses

Hospitalizations for alcohol and drug overdoses – alone or in combination – increased dramatically among 18- to 24-year-olds between 1999 and 2008, according to a study by researchers at the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA), part of the National Institutes of Health.

Led by Aaron M. White, Ph.D. and Ralph W. Hingson, Sc.D., of NIAAA’s division of epidemiology and prevention research, the study examined hospitalization data from the Nationwide Inpatient Sample, a project of the U.S. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality designed to approximate a 20 percent sample of U.S. community hospitals. The findings appear in the September issue of the Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs.

Drs. White, Hingson, and their colleagues report that, over the 10-year study period, hospitalizations among 18-24-year-olds increased by 25 percent for alcohol overdoses; 56 percent for drug overdoses; and 76 percent for combined alcohol and drug overdoses.

“In 2008, 1 out of 3 hospitalizations for overdoses in young adults involved excessive consumption of alcohol,” noted Dr. White. “Alcohol overdoses alone caused 29,000 hospitalizations, combined alcohol and other drug overdoses caused 29,000, and drug overdoses alone caused another 114,000. The cost of these hospitalizations now exceeds $1.2 billion per year just for 18-24-year-olds.”

According to the authors, this is a growing problem for those outside of the 18-24 age range, as well.

“Among the entire population 18 and older, 1.6 million people were hospitalized for overdoses in 2008, at a cost of $15.5 billion, and half of these hospitalizations involved alcohol overdoses,” added Dr. Hingson.
The current study also showed an increase of 122 percent in the rate of poisonings from prescription opioid pain medications and related narcotics among 18-24 year olds. An alcohol overdose was present in 1 of 5 poisonings on these medications.

“The combination of alcohol with narcotic pain medications is particularly dangerous, because they both suppress activity in brain areas that regulate breathing and other vital functions,” Dr. White said.

The researchers noted that the steep rise in combined alcohol and drug overdoses highlights the significant risk and growing threat to public health of combining alcohol with other substances, including prescription medications. They call for stronger efforts to educate medical practitioners and the general public about the dangers of excessive alcohol consumption alone or in combination with other drugs.

“An increase in screening for alcohol misuse would help clinicians identify patients at particularly high risk for excessive drinking and for alcohol and medication interactions,” said NIAAA Acting Director Kenneth Warren, Ph.D. “Clinicians should use brief intervention techniques to help young adults evaluate their relationship with alcohol and other drugs and make wise choices regarding future use

Source www.cadca.org Sept. 2011

Marijuana Under the Guise of Medicine Contributes to the Rise in Marijuana Use

(St. Petersburg, FL) The National Survey on Drug Use and Health conducted by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) and released this week shows a significant rise in marijuana use. In 2007, 4.4 million Americans 12 and older used marijuana; as of 2010 that number has risen to 17.4 million. The National Office of Drug Control Policy’s Director, Gil Kerlikowske, said the increases are prominent in states in which “medical” marijuana is legal. The survey also shows that 21.5 percent of young adults aged 18 to 25 used illicit drugs in 2010, an increase from 19.6 percent in 2008.

“Other than the lone voice of Director Kerlikowske and large marijuana dispensary raids by the DEA, the Obama Administration has basically turned a blind eye to the medi-pot issue, a matter that fuels the rise in marijuana use and continues to be the biggest scam ever to be perpetrated on the American public. While a crude toxic weed is peddled to sick and dying people as a medicine, our government has done far too little to protect the public. It is absolutely no surprise to me that marijuana use has sharply increased,” said Calvina Fay, executive director of Drug Free America Foundation, Inc. and Save Our Society From Drugs.

“Surveys have shown for years that when the perception of the harms of drugs decreases, use rises. The ruse that marijuana is a medicine has created a false sense that this addictive, dangerous drug is not harmful, but in fact helpful. Clearly, this belief has contributed to the increase of marijuana use among young people. In order to protect the public, it is time for our government to take its head out of the sand and aggressively push back against marijuana legalization for any purposes! Perhaps it’s time to withhold federal funds from states that fail to uphold our nation’s drug laws,” Fay concluded.

Source: Press Release Drug Free America Foundation 9th Sept.2011

Increase in HIV infections in Greece

A significant increase (more than 10-fold) in the number of newly diagnosed HIV-1 infections among injecting drug users (IDUs) was observed in Greece during the first seven months of 2011. Molecular epidemiology results revealed that a large proportion (96%) of HIV-1 sequences from IDUs sampled in 2011 fall within phylogenetic clusters suggesting high levels of transmission networking. Cases originated from diverse places outside Greece supporting the potential role of immigrant IDUs in the initiation of this outbreak.

Source: Eurosurveillance, Volume 16, Issue 36, 08 September 2011

Plain packaging removes cigarettes’ appeal

Removing branding and wrapping cigarettes in plain packaging helps remove the appeal of smoking according to new a Cancer Research UK-funded study published in Tobacco Control.
The researchers found that more women than men smoked less and found smoking less enjoyable when using the plain packs.
Some smokers also claimed that they would be more likely to attempt quitting if all cigarettes came in the dark brown unbranded packs used in this study.
In the first study of its kind nearly 50 young adult smokers used non branded cigarette packets in normal everyday situations for two weeks. The researchers then compared the reaction to this packaging to the reactions of using regular packs for two weeks.
The plain brown packs were given a fictional name with standard branding and the health warning “Smoking Kills”. Twice weekly questionnaires were followed up with face to face interviews for more in depth analysis of reaction.
Plainly wrapped cigarettes were rated negatively against the original packs. Taking out the cigarettes less often, handing out cigarettes less frequently and hiding the pack more were all reported as a result of the plain packaging.
Dr Crawford Moodie, the study’s lead author based at the University of Stirling, said: “Despite the small size of this study it adds an important real world dimension to the research on the way smokers respond to plain packaging. The study confirms the lack of appeal of plain packs, with the enjoyment and consumption of cigarettes being reduced. We’re now looking to build on this research to understand more about the impact of packaging on smokers.”
The UK government is expected to begin a public consultation on the future of tobacco packaging later this year.
Australia should be the first country in the world to wrap cigarettes in plain packaging. The Australian government has announced that all tobacco must be sold in plain packaging from July 1, 2012. Picture health warnings will also cover 75 per cent of the front and 90 per cent of the back of packs.
Jean King, Cancer Research UK’s director of tobacco control, said: “While a small study, this research provides important insights into the power of cigarette packaging. Colourful and slickly designed packs are one of the last remaining avenues for tobacco companies to market their deadly product, so it’s interesting to see what might happen if and when this is removed. It’s important to remember that smoking remains the single biggest preventable cause of death in the UK, so preventing more people from starting and helping smokers to quit is vital. We look forward to the possibility of removing the silent salesman of cigarette packets.”

Source: http://www.cancerresearchuk.org/ 8tj Sept. 2011

Filed under: Nicotine,Prevention :

Warning over ‘very toxic’ chemical in Guernsey cocaine

Guernsey’s Health and Social Services Department has issued a warning about the danger of a toxic chemical found locally in cocaine.
The department said levamisole had been detected in recent samples of the drug.
It said that some people who ingested the chemical developed agranulocytosis, a potentially fatal condition that harms the immune system.
Dr Roland Archer, the States analyst, said: “This is the first time that it has been detected in Guernsey.”
He said: “Once levamisole has been added to cocaine, it is nearly impossible to remove it and it even survives processing of cocaine into ‘crack’.”
New equipment costing £80,000 has enabled the department to examine drugs at a molecular level.
A gas chromatograph mass spectrometer, recently purchased by the department, helped find the substance.
Dr Archer said: “It gives us a lot more confidence when presenting the data on controlled drugs.”

Source: www.bbc.co.uk 26th August 2011

Heart Warning Added to Label on Popular Antipsychotic Drug (Seroquel)

AstraZeneca is adding a new heart warning to the labels of Seroquel, a antipsychotic drug, at the request of the Food and Drug Administration. The revised label, posted on the Federal Food and Drug Administration website, says Seroquel and extended-release Seroquel XR “should be avoided” in combination with at least 12 other medicines (including methadone) linked to a heart arrhythmia that can cause sudden cardiac arrest.

Source: http://www.nytimes.com/2011/07/19/health/19drug.html?_r=1 July 2011

Glutamate dehydrogenase as a marker of alcohol dependence.

Slovenian study identifies which chemicals in the blood best identify dependent drinkers in the sense of not missing those who are dependent, confirming when they have stopped drinking, and not falsely identifying non-dependent people as dependent.

Summary

The aim of this study was to determine the value of biochemical tests for glutamate dehydrogenase (GLDH) in the blood as way of diagnosing alcohol dependence, in particular as compared to or in combination with other biochemical markers including gama-glutamyltransferase (GGT), aspartate-aminotranferase (AST), alanine-aminotransferase (ALT) and erythrocyte mean cell volume (MCV). All these levels were assessed three times in 238 alcohol dependent patients admitted to hospital (on admission, after 24 hours and after seven days) and also in healthy members of the public.
Main findings All the values were significantly higher in the patients than in healthy persons. GLDH exhibited the fastest decrease in levels after the resumption of abstinence. 24 hours of non-drinking is sufficient for a reliable evaluation of the fall in GLDH activity, even more so when alcohol dependants had not drunk for three to seven days, offering a way to confirm the cessation of drinking. The time course of changes in GLDH and AST were more applicable than for GGT after a week, but GLDH changes were most reliable. GLDH was the most specific marker with almost 90% specificity, correctly identifying nine in 10 of the healthy subjects as non-dependent. A decision tree combining MCV,
GGT and GLDH markers was selected as the best diagnostic procedure because of its simplicity, easy examination and moderate cost. It gave a model with 84.5% accuracy, excellent specificity at 90% (correctly identifying 9 in 10 healthy subjects as non-dependent) and very high sensitivity at almost 80% (correctly identifying 8 in 10 alcohol dependent patients as dependent).

Conclusions

The high accuracy of our classification model provides an opportunity to apply it as a helping method in finding and diagnosing alcohol dependence in everyday practice, with our exclusion criteria and differential diagnostic cautions taken into consideration. We strongly believe that watching changes in the activity of laboratory markers of alcoholism is an effective yet overlooked aid.
Thanks for their comments on this entry in draft to Matej Kravos of the Psychiatric Hospital Ormoz in Slovenia. Commentators bear no responsibility for the text including the interpretations and any remaining errors.

Source: Kravos M., Malešic I.
Alcohol and Alcoholism: 2010, 45(1), p. 39–44. Revised 22 Aug.2011

Filed under: Addiction,Alcohol,Europe :

ER admissions for Ecstasy increase 74% in just four years…and nearly 20% involve children as young as 12

It was the party drug of the 90s. But alarmingly Ecstasy’s popularity seems to be rising again. A worrying trend is re-emerging for the illegal substance after U.S. hospital admissions involving Ecstasy leapt 74.8 per cent in just four years, according to a national study.
Most of the Ecstasy-related hospital visits involved patients aged 18 to 29, but notably 17.9 per cent involved children as young as 12
The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) study indicated the number of hospital emergency visits involving Ecstasy increased from 10,220 in 2004 to 17,865 visits in 2008.
Slightly more than half (52.8 per cent) of the emergency visits were male, the study found. More than a third of the Ecstasy-related visits were made in the South (34.0 per cent) while nearly a third were in the West (31.4 per cent).
Nearly a fifth were made in the Midwest (18.5 per cent), and nearly a sixth were made in the Northeast (16.1 per cent).
But in another alarming trend the study also found that 77.8 per cent of these visits – almost 8 in 10 cases – also involved the use of at least one of more other substances alongside Ecstasy.
The most common drugs used in combination with Ecstasy are marijuana, alcohol and cocaine.
In cases where patients were 21 or older 39.7 per cent had taken Ecstasy with three or more other drugs.
‘The resurgence of Ecstasy use is cause for alarm that demands immediate attention and action,’ said SAMHSA Administrator Pamela S Hyde, J D.

The drug induces feelings of euphoria but can produce psychedelic and stimulant side effects such as anxiety attacks, hypertension and even hypothermia.
The variety and severity of these can increase when the drug is used in combination with other substances.
Dr Peter Delany, director of the Centre for Behavioural Health Statistics and Qualities at SAMHSA, said the agency ‘needed to start digging’ to find the cause of the spike in admissions. ‘Kids are getting it (Ecstasy) at raves and parties, which may indicate a return to social gatherings,’ he said. ‘It is also probably a very cheap drug,’ he added.
‘The largest group of people (doing Ecstasy) are 18 to 29. These are people who have a lot more freedom and a lot more money,’ he said. He also cited the need for prevention education to continue well into adulthood to address this age group.
The more pressing issue, Dr Delany said was the people who were admitted to hospital with more than one substance in their system. ‘Ignorance is part of it,’ he said. ‘There is a lot of risk taking in that age group. ‘This (Ecstasy) is not a safe drug. The first time out of the door can have some serious side effects. When you are mixing it with multiple drugs you don’t know what the reaction will be. Everyone is different,’ he said.
Dr Delany also cited so-called ‘pharm’ or ‘trail mixing’ parties, when young people put a collection of drugs into a bowl and it becomes a very dangerous lucky dip.
But these bowls don’t just contain illegal drugs, they also contain prescription drugs raided from parents’ medical cabinets. Another report by SAMHSA found there has also been a dramatic rise in emergency visits associated with the misuse of prescription drugs.
From 2004 to 2008 these rose from 144,644 visits to 305,885 visits a year and occurred among men and women, as well as among those younger than age 21 and those 21 and older.
The three prescription opioid pain relievers most frequently involved were Oxycodone products (rose 152 percent), Hydrocodone products (rose 123 per cent) and Methadone products (rose 73 per cent).
‘These alarming findings provide one more example of how the misuse of prescription pain relievers is impacting lives and our health care system,’ said SAMHSA administrator Pamela S Hyde. ‘This public health threat requires an all-out effort to raise awareness of the public about proper use, storage, and disposal of these powerful drugs.’

Source: www.dailymail.co.uk 25th March 2011

Filed under: Ecstasy,Health,Youth :

Substance Use amongst Children in Scotland

WEEKLY DRINKING
Weekly drinking is reported among even the youngest children in the survey. At age 11, 3% of young people report drinking alcohol every week (4% of boys and 2% of girls)). One in ten 13-year olds (10%) and more than a quarter of 15- year olds (27%) are weekly drinkers. Among 13 and 15-year olds, there is no gender difference in weekly drinking.
In all six surveys since 1990, young people have been asked about their alcohol consumption frequency2. The highest rates of weekly drinking were found in 1998 (45%of girls and 44% of boys). Reporting of weekly drinking in 2010 is similar to that in 1990, with a particularly large decline since 2006 among both boys and girls (29% of boys in 2010 compared with 39% in 2006 and 25% of girls in 2010 compared with 36% in 2006) .

TYPES OF ALCOHOL DRINKS
Young people were asked to report how frequently they drink each of seven listed alcoholic drinks. They were instructed to include those times when they only drink a small amount. Beer is the alcoholic drink most commonly consumed at least once a week by 15-year old boys, whereas, for 15-year old girls, spirits and alcopops are the preferred drinks. Boys are almost 5 times more likely to drink beer weekly than girls. Girls are 1.5 times more likely to drink alcopops.

DRUNKENNESS
Overall, a fifth of young people (20%) have been drunk on at least two occasions. Prevalence of drunkenness is much higher among older adolescents; 43% of 15-year olds report having been drunk at least twice compared with 15% of 13-year olds and 2% of 11-year olds .
At age 15, girls are more likely than boys to report drunkenness (47% of girls compared with 40% of boys).
Reporting of drunkenness among 15-year olds increased in the 1990s and then subsequently declined
Among boys, prevalence in 2010 (40%) is similar to that in 1990 (44%). Among girls, rates of drunkenness have declined slightly since the late 1990s, but have not changed since 2006 (48%), and remain higher in 2010 (47%) than in 1990 (36%).

FREQUENCY OF CANNABIS USE
Nineteen percent (19%) of 15-year olds and 4% of 13-year olds have used cannabis at least once in their lives
Boys are more likely to have ever used cannabis than girls. Sixteen percent (16%) of 15-year olds and 3% of 13-year olds reported cannabis use within the previous year (Figure 12.13), with 15-year old boys being more likely to have used cannabis in the previous year than 15-year old girls (19% and 13% respectively). Nine percent (9%) of 15-year olds used cannabis in the previous month, compared to just 2% of 13-year olds. Among 15-year olds, boys are more likely than girls to report cannabis use in the last month (12% of boys and 6% of girls).
Between 2002 and 2010, there has been a decrease in lifetime cannabis use among 15-year olds, from 39% to 23% among boys and from 35% to 15% among girls (Use of cannabis in the previous year has also decreased since 2002, from 31% to 19% among boys, and from 30% to 13% among girls .

CANNABIS USER GROUPS AMONG 15-YEAR OLDS
Six percent (6%) of 15-year olds are classified as ‘experimental’ cannabis users (once or twice in the past 12 months), 7% as ‘regular’ users (between 3 and 39 times in past 12 months) and 2% as ‘heavy’ users (40 times or more in past 12 months) A small number (3%) report using cannabis, but not in the previous 12 months and were therefore classified as ‘former’ users. Boys are more likely to be heavy users, but there is no gender difference among other user groups. The proportion of young people in each category of cannabis use is lower than in 2002

Source:THE HEALTH BEHAVIOUR IN SCHOOL-AGED CHILDREN: WHO COLLABORATIVE CROSS-NATIONAL STUDY (HBSC) SCOTLAND NATIONAL REPORT 2010 SUBSTANCE USE

Filed under: Miscellaneous,Youth :

Study Shows Drug-Addicted Individuals May Have Less Brain Matter

A new study from the Department of Energy’s Brookhaven Natural Laboratory released this week suggests that people addicted to certain types of drugs might actually have lower density in crucial parts of their brain.
This and previous studies have shown that cocaine-addicted individuals, relative to non-addicted individuals, have lower gray matter density in frontal parts of the brain – which is important for paying attention and organizing one’s own behavior – and in the hippocampus, a brain region important for learning and memory.
But it doesn’t stop at cocaine. The study revealed that persistent alcohol or cigarette consumption may have a similar effect.
The longer cocaine, alcohol, and cigarettes were abused, the lower gray matter was found in the hippocampus and frontal regions of the brain.

This result means that curtailing drug use may be protective against such brain changes.
The study did not test the effects of other substances. It did, however, clarify that genetic makeup may predispose certain individuals to lose brain matter over

Source: www.huffingtonpost.com 2011/03/13

Marijuana Use Precedes the Onset Of Psychotic Symptoms In Youth and Young Adults

Mar 24, 2011

Marijuana use during adolescence and young adulthood increases the risk of psychotic symptoms, while continued cannabis use may increase the risk for psychotic disorder in later life, concludes a new study published in the British Medical Journal.

Cannabis is the most commonly used illicit drug in the world, particularly among adolescents, and is consistently linked with an increased risk for mental illness. However, it is hasn’t been clear whether the link between cannabis and psychosis is causal, or whether it is because people with psychosis use cannabis to “self- medicate” their symptoms.

So a team of researchers, led by Professor Jim van Os from Maastricht University in the Netherlands, investigated the association between cannabis use and the incidence and persistence of psychotic symptoms over 10 years.

The study occurred in Germany and involved a random sample of 1,923 teens and young adults from the ages of 14 to 24.

Incident cannabis use almost doubled the risk of later incident psychotic symptoms, even after accounting for factors such as age, sex, socioeconomic status, use of other drugs, and other psychiatric diagnoses. Furthermore, in those with cannabis use at the start of the study, continued use of cannabis over the study period increased the risk of persistent psychotic symptoms. There was no evidence for self medication effects as psychotic symptoms did not predict later cannabis use.

These results “help to clarify the temporal association between cannabis use and psychotic experiences,” the authors said in their study summary. “In addition, cannabis use was confirmed as an environmental risk factor impacting on the risk of persistence of psychotic experiences.”

Source: British Medical Journal March 2011

New research ‘makes the case’ for investment in young people’s drug and alcohol treatment

24 February 2011

DrugScope has welcomed new research demonstrating that drug treatment services for young people are extremely cost effective, with long term savings of between £5 and £8 for every pound invested.
Published by the Department for Education, the report, Specialist drug and alcohol services for young people – a cost benefit analysis, finds that drug and alcohol treatment for young people reduces otherwise significant economic, social and health costs. Immediate savings are achieved in reduced crime and improved health. In the longer term, there are reductions in costs associated with problematic drug use in adulthood, including unemployment, crime and drug and alcohol dependency.

Approximately 24,000 young people received specialist drug and alcohol treatment in the UK in 2008/09. Most were treatedprimarily for alcohol (37%) or cannabis (53%); one in ten were treated for problems associated with Class A drugs, including heroin and crack.
A report published by DrugScope in 2009, Young people’s drug treatment at the crossroads, found that as well as helping young people with their drug or alcohol problems, treatment services also address wider needs, such as mental health issues, involvement with the criminal justice system and social exclusion.
Despite evidence of the cost effectiveness of spending on substance misuse treatment, many young people’s services have contacted DrugScope to report significant cuts in local funding.
Commenting on the report, Martin Barnes, Chief Executive of DrugScope said:
“At a time when many drug and alcohol services for young people are facing funding cuts, this research makes a timely, compelling and robust case for continued investment. Even on quite cautious and conservative estimates, the evidence shows that there are immediate net gains in return for spending on drug and alcohol treatment. Not only will cuts in services have a negative impact on vulnerable young people, the research confirms that greater costs are likely to be incurred in terms of crime, unemployment and poor health.
“The concern is that with a record number of young people not in education, employment or training there will be a greater demand on prevention and treatment services. It is far easier to prevent young people from developing problems at an early stage that it is to treat adults with addiction issues. A considered assessment of the benefits to local communities of investment in drug and alcohol treatment services needs to be made to inform decisions on funding.”

Source: www.drugscope.org.uk 24 Feb 2011

Filed under: Treatment/Addiction,Youth :

Crystal Meth Detected In Newborns’ Hair

TORONTO, Nov. 2 — Methamphetamine can be detected in the hair of newborns whose mothers used the drug during pregnancy, researchers here have found.
Action Points

  • Note that this study shows that methamphetamine used during pregnancy can be found in the hair of neonates, suggesting it crosses the placental barrier with effects that are not completely understood.
  • Advise patients who ask that drug abuse during pregnancy can be detrimental to the fetus, with a range of physical and intellectual sequelae, as well as hazardous to the mother.

It represents the first direct evidence in humans that crystal meth, which is a growing drug-abuse problem in North America, can cross the placenta and affect the growing fetus, according to Facundo Garcia-Bournissen, M.D., of the Motherisk program at the Hospital for Sick Children.
Researchers at the program have been testing hair samples from parents and adults across Canada for several years, usually when there is clinical suspicion of drug abuse on the part of parents, Dr. Garcia-Bournissen and colleagues reported in the online issue of Archives of Disease in Childhood.
From June 1997 through December 2005, the database accumulated results of 34,278 tests for drugs in hair, representing 8,270 people. Nearly 60% (or 4,926) of these people were positive for at least one drug of abuse, the researchers said.
In a retrospective analysis, Dr. Garcia-Bournissen and colleagues examined the incidence of methamphetamine in hair samples:

  • The first methamphetamine was found in hair in 2003, when six samples tested positive, with a slight increase in 2004, with eight cases.
  • There were 372 cases in 2005 and the researchers said preliminary data for 2006 indicates that the surge has not stopped.
  • The study identified 11 mother-neonate pairs in which each was positive for methamphetamine.
  • Also, one newborn was negative, although the mother was positive.

The median methamphetamine values in the mother-baby pairs were 1.75 ng/mg for the mothers and 1.63 ng/mg for the newborns. Dr. Garcia-Bournissen and colleagues said.
The median concentrations were not significantly different, “suggesting that the transplacental transfer of methamphetamine is extensive,” the researchers said. On an individual level, maternal and neonatal drug levels correlated significantly (at P=0.003, using Spearman’s rho test, with r=0.8).
Interestingly, among the 171 subjects who were positive for methamphetamine and whose hair was tested for other drugs, 83.5% were positive for at least one other drug, usually cocaine, Dr. Garcia-Bournissen and colleagues found.
In contrast, among the 1,053 subjects negative for methamphetamine but positive for some other drug, only 38% were positive for more than one drug, they said.
“Positive exposure to methamphetamine strongly suggests that the person is a polydrug user, which may have important implications for fetal safety,” the researchers said.
The effects of the drug on the exposed child remain unclear, Dr. Garcia-Bournissen and colleagues noted, although there is some evidence that “children exposed in utero to methamphetamine are at risk of developmental problems, because of either the effect of direct exposure to the drug during pregnancy or growing in the environment associated with parental methamphetamine misuse, or probably both.”
Because the study was retrospective and anonymous, clinical information on the exposed infants is not available, the researchers said.

Source: www.medpage.today.com 2nd Nov. 2006

Comprehensive gene atlas underlying drug addiction

Using an integrative meta-analysis approach, researchers from the Center for Bioinformatics at Peking University in Beijing have assembled the most comprehensive gene atlas underlying drug addiction and identified five molecular pathways common to four different addictive drugs.
This novel paper appears in PLoS Computational Biology on January 4, 2008.
Drug addiction is a serious worldwide problem with strong genetic and environmental influences. So far different technologies have revealed a variety of genes and biological processes underlying addiction. However, individual technology can be biased and render only an incomplete picture. Studying individual or a small number of genes is like looking at pieces of a jigsaw puzzle – only when you gather most of the pieces from different places and arrange them together in an orderly fashion do interesting patterns emerge.
The team, led by Liping Wei, surveyed scientific literature published in the past 30 years and collected 2,343 items of evidence linking genes and chromosome regions to addiction based on single-gene strategies, microarray, proteomics, or genetic studies. They made this gene atlas freely available in the first online molecular database for addiction, named KARG (http://karg.cbi.pku.edu.cn), with extensive annotations and friendly web interface.
Assembling the pieces of evidence together, the authors identified 18 molecular pathways that are statistically enriched in the addiction-related genes. They then identified five pathways that are common to addiction to four different substances. These common pathways may underlie shared rewarding and response mechanisms and may be targets for effective treatments for a wide range of addictive disorders.

http://www.plos.org/

Source:News-Medical.net 7th Jan.2008

Filed under: Addiction :

Chronic cannabis abuse raises nerve growth factor serum concentrations in drug-naive schizophrenic patients

Chronic cannabis abuse raises nerve growth factor serum concentrations in drug-naive schizophrenic patients
Maria C. Jockers-Schertibi, Uta Matthies. Heidi Danker-Hopfe, Undine E. Lang Richard
Ivlahlberg and Rainer heliweg
Department of Psychiatry and Psychotherapy, Char ftc-University Medicine Berlin Campus Benjamin F,thjkiin. Berth,. German
Long-term cannabis abuse may increase the risk of schizophrenia. Nerve growth factor (NGF) is a pleiotropic neurotrophic prOtein that is implicated in development, protection and regeneration of NFG sensitive neurones. We tested the hypothesis that damage to neuronal cells in schizophrenia is precipitated by the consumption of cannabis and other neurotoxic substances, resulting in raised NGF serum concentrations and a younger age for disease onset. The NGF serum levels of 109 consecutive drug-naive schizophrenic patients were measured and compared with those of healthy controls. The results were correlated with the long-term intake of cannabis and other illegal drugs. Mean (± SD) NGF serum levels of
61 control persons (33.1 ± 31.0 pg and 76 schizophrenics who did not consume illegal drugs (26.3 ± 19.5 pg/mi) did not differ significantly, Schizophrenic patients with regular cannabis intake (> 0.5 g on average
per day for at least 2 years) had significantly raised NGF serum levels of 412.9 ± 288.4 pg/mI Cu 21) compared to controls and schizophrenic patients not consuming cannabis (p c 0001). In schizophrenic patients who abused not only cannabis, but also additional substances, NGF concentrations were as high as 2336.2 ± 1711.4 pg C = 12). On average, heavy cannabis consumers suffered their first episode of schizophrenia 3.5 years (n = 21) earlier than schizophrenic patients who abstained from cannabis. These results indicate that cannabis is a possible risk factor for the development of schizophrenia. This might be reflected in the raised NGF-serum concentrations when both schizophrenia and long-term cannabis abuse prevail.
Discussion
These results demonstrate that serum NOF concentrations in untreated schizophrenic patients differed greatly depending on their long-term intake of drugs of abuse. Whereas he drug-naive schizophrenic patients who had not consumed illegal substances n the past showed no significant difference in senim NGF concentrations, those abusing cannabis for longer than 2 years showed significantly elevated N compared to healthy controls. This has been shown unequivocally not only by a descriptional data analysis, but also by a confirmatory study design (Table 2). Schizophrenic patients with long-term abuse of multiple substances showed an even greater increase in their serum NGF concentrations up to 90-fold above non-abusing schizophrenic patients (Fig. I).
NGF-plasma le ‘els in 26 male schizophrenic patients who had been kept free of neuroleptics for 14 days were reported to be significantly lower than those observed in controls (Bersani er a!., 1999 By contrast, in our much larger sample of patients, we found no significant differences with respect to senim NGF concentrations between schizophrenic patients and controls. However, our patients were comp!etely drug-naive whereas the patients of the formerly cited study previously had been treated with antipsvchotics for various time spans. It is known that haloperidol can remain in the cerebral tissue for as long as year after application (Konihuber et at, 1999) thereby possibly modulating and influencing NGF values by its antidopaminergic properties. For this reason, a drug-free period of l days might be too short to rule out the pharmacologEca effects of footer antipsychotic medication on the NOF concentration. Haloperidol reduces the basal tTGF plasma levels in eight formerly neuroleptic’ free schizophrenic patients (ALoe et at. 1997). One explanation could he cosecretion of ‘1GF with prolactin. with both being contro by activation of the dopamirie D: receptor subtype Missale er a!.. L 996) that, in turn, can be blocked by the antidopaminer dnig haloperidol. Moreover brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF). another NGF-re]ated neurotrophin. was 1-cc shown to be decreased in he serum of chronic schizophrenic patients who were already treated with neuroleptics Tovooka ci at. 2002). However. we demonstrated highly signLticant elevations ot he NOF serum levels in schizophrenic patients who had consumed significant amounts of cannabis in the past i more than 0.5 per day over at least 2 years). There’s strong circumstantial evidence for neuronal damage by toxic drugs, but only a few { neurochenhical) studies to supporr this. Schizophrenia. a disease of alleged neurodevelopmental origin. o begins in M. C. JOCKERS-SCHERCJBL ETAL.: SCHIZOPHRENIA! CANNABIS AND NERVE GROWTH FACTOR 443 1 I
adolescence at age 6—24 years and is thought to coincide with increased vulnerability to cannabinoids. sometimes avert triggered by them (Andreasson era!.. 1987: Linszen eta!.. 994). In analogy to the situation in neurodegenerative disease (for reviews, see Heliweg et a!, 1998; Siegel and Chauhan, 2000). the high levels of NOF observed in our study might reflect the assumed adverse effects induced by cannabis consumption in schizophrenia development.
At present, the causes and mechanisms of the observed rise in NGF serum concentrations in schizophrenia following long-term cannabis abuse remain speculative. Similarly, from the present data, it is not possible to establish whether the rise in NGE levels is due to disease development (enhanced by cannabis) as a stale marker or whether NOF was even already high before disease onset. Theoretically, patients at risk for an unfavourable outcome of schizophrenia due to repeated cannabis consumption could be assumed to be a different patient population altogether and show premorbid rises in NOF concentrations as a risk-trait variable. 1 a small sample (n = I of subjects without schizophrenia, but regular cannabis consumption of at least 0.5 g per day for longer than 2 years. we found no such elevation of NOF measurements in the serum. The same was true when serum NGF concentrations were measured in otherwise healthy controls acutely intoxicated with cannabis ( 5; Anders and He unpublished data), These findings indicate that the rise in NOF concentrations is not an effect of chronic cannabis consumption per Se but rather reflects the combined damaging effects of cerebral vulnerability in schizophrenia and the chronic toxicity of long-term cannabis abuse. The earlier onset of schizophrenia in the cannabis consum ing patients (Table I) further substantiates this hypothesis.
Greatly raised NGF serum concentrations have been demon strated hi chronic diseases such as alcohol dependence (Aloe a at.. 1996) or Behcet’s disease (lockers-Scherlibi C a 1996). They are not specific for a certain diagnosis. but rather are a marker for chronicity of disease, and possibly for poor prognosis as seen in Behcet’s disease. Our finding of even greater serum NOF concen [ in schizophrenic patients with a long-terni consumption of additional substances with neuroroxic effects is consistent with the hypothesis of an NOF correlation with the cumulative dose and toxicity of drugs. The rise was up to 90-fold of the mean NGF serum concentrations of schizophrenic patients without drug consumption, which corresponds to the highest endogenous ?TGF concentrations reported for man to date. Accordingly, cumulative doses of ecstacy have been demonstrated to be neurotoxic and exert delayed and/or chronLc cerebral alterations (Ricaurte and \lcCann. 992). showing altered glucose metabolism in Positrone emission tomography studies in the hippocampus and amygdala of seven chronic ecstacy users (Obrocki er a!,. 1999). Previous magnetic resonance imaging studies with chronic drug abusers of various drugs including cocaine, amphetamines and psvchedelics. also showed minor structural brain changes (Aasley et at.. 1993). However, the investigators did note that the study probands had also been consuming alcohol, Therefore, the structural central nervous system changes did not clearly reflect those effects exclusively attributable to illegal drugs, but possibly also those due at least in part to alcohol. To avoid such confounding factors in our study, we excluded those patients who consumed alcohol on a re basis, This explains the lack of a control group vith polvsubstance abuse but no schizophrenia because we were unable to find probands that were otherwise reasonably healthy and
consumed no alcohol. Certainly, this remains a field for future mse arch.
The origin of the NOF measured in serum is speculative: On the one hand, serum NGF could well stem from a central source and reflect the contral neurotrophin state, especially in pathological conditions such as preclinical Alzheimer’s disease (Schaub er a!.. 2002). On the other hand, it could retlect a peripheral immun ological reaction in terms of a cytokine released from peripheral immune cells (for reviews, see Levi-Montalcini el c 1996; Hel er a!.. 1998). Schizophrenia has been connected to autoimmune disease (Ganguli er aI.. 1994; Jones and Cannon. 1998) and to inflammatory disease (Lin eLa!.. 199B). both possibly resulting in central or peripheral immune responses. An argument could be made about the principal evidence for a role of the neurotrophins NOF or BDNF in conjunction with schizophrenia. In the meantime, there are a number of experiments indicating a connection between BDNF and schizophrenia (Toyooka et at 2002) and some indicating NOF as not only having a role as a peripheral cytokine. but also as a factor relevant to schizophrenia (for a review, see Aloe et ci., 2000).
In summary, we suggest that the raised NOF serum concentrations found in schizophrenics with long-term cannabis abuse, and more so in schizophrenics with long-term abuse of additional drugs, reflect the amount of cerebra! damage by the combined effects of a primary cerebral vulnerability resulting from schizophrenia and the supposed additional drug-neurotoxicity. Apart from the biochemical evidence of an additive effect of schizophrenia and cannabis consumption on NGF serum concen ations in our confirmatory study design, we also demonstrated an earlier ons of disease in schizophrenic patients consuming cannabis chronically, thereby underlining a precipitating effect of the drug on disease onset. Those two findings am suggestive of a correlation but further studies are required to confirm this hypo thesis. Thus, cannabis use may be a risk factor in schizophrenia development, but a predisposition to schizophrenia and cannabis use combined (but neither one independently) appears to be linked to increased NOR production.
Acknowledgement
We would like to thank Dr Hans Scherubl manuscript and giving valuable advice.
Address for correspondence
darth C Jockers-Scherubi Department of Psychiatry and Psychotherapy C h an re-University
‘ledicine Berlin Eschenn 3 :4050 Berlin Germany
Email: mar i .joc ke rs @ med i zi ii. fu—be ri in. de
References
for looking over the
Aasley .1 Storsaeter 0, tqilsen C, Smevik 0, Rinck P (1993) Minor structural brain changes in young drug abusers. Acta Neurol Scand 87:210-214

Source:
Journal of Psychopharmacology 17(4) (2 439—445
V2003 British Aisociatlon For Psychopharmacology (ISSN Oz I
SAGE PublicaUons. London. Thousand Oaks. CA and Naw Delhi
0269—08111200312117:4: 439—445; O38O3

Filed under: Cannabis,Health :

One-Third of Fatally Injured Drivers with Known Test Results

The percentage of fatally injured drivers testing positive for drugs increased over the last five years, according to data from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA). Each year between 56% and 65% of drivers fatally injured in motor vehicle crashes were tested for the presence of drugs in their systems. In 2009, 33% of the 12,055 of drivers fatally injured in motor vehicle crashes with known test results tested positive* for at least one drug, compared to 28% in 2005 (see figure below). The drugs tested for included both illegal substances as well as over-the counter and prescription medications, (which may or may not have been misused). In 2009, marijuana was the most prevalent drug found in this population—approximately 28% of fatally injured drivers who tested positive were positive for marijuana1. The authors caution that “drug involvement rates among those with unavailable drug test results may be similar to those for whom results are available, or there may be a systematic bias that could influence the unavailable rates in a positive or negative direction.”

*Nicotine, aspirin, alcohol, and drugs administered after the crash are excluded. Testing positive for drugs only means that the drugs were found in the driver’s system and does not imply impairment or indicate that drug use was the cause of the crash or the fatality.

SOURCE: Adapted by CESAR from National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA),
drug Involvement of Fatally Injured Drivers,” Traffic Safety Facts, November 2010.
Available online at http://www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/Pubs/811415.pdf

CESAR Study Finds 9 Warning Signs of Early Marijuana Use

Vol. 13, Issue 26
Distribution: 6,606
U n i v e r s i t y o f M a r y l a n d , C o l l e g e P a r k

A Weekly FAX from the Center for Substance Abuse Research
Nine behaviors and attitudes differentiate students who used marijuana before age 15 from those who had not, according to an analysis of data from the 2002 Maryland Adolescent Survey (MAS). Overall, one-fifth of Maryland12th grade students reported using marijuana before age 15.

A scale of 9 warning signs of early marijuana use among 12th graders was developed from an analysis of the MAS data (see below). The scale also detected early use among 8th and 10th graders. The more warning signs a student had, the more likely he or she was to have used marijuana early (see Figure 1). For example, approximately three-fourths of 12th graders with 6 or more warning signs were early marijuana users, compared to 3% of 12th graders with no warning signs.
Students with more warning signs also reported using a greater number of other illegal drugs* and experiencing a greater number of serious problems resulting from drug and alcohol use (see Figure 2). The report, “Warning Signs for Early Marijuana Users Among Maryland’s Public School Students,” discusses the implications of these findings for intervening with youth and
implementing prevention programs. Complimentary copies of the report can be ordered by contacting CESAR at cesar@cesar.umd.edu or 301-405-9770.

Behaviors
• Cigarette use before age 15
• Alcohol use before age 15
• 20 or more unexcused absences
• Drug arrest
• Alcohol arrest

Attitudes/Opinions

• Smoking marijuana is safe
• Smoking cigarettes is safe
• My parents think it’s okay to smoke marijuana
• My parents think it’s okay to smoke cigarettes
The 9 Warning Signs for Early Marijuana Use

0 1 2 3 4 5 6+
Number of Warning Signs
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
0.3 0.9 1.8
3.4
5.0
6.4
9.1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6+
Number of Warning Signs
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
0.1 0.5 1.3
2.4
3.5 4.4
6.7
Alcohol & Drug Problems Other Illegal Drugs Used
Figure 1: Percentage of Maryland
12th Grade Students Reporting
Marijuana Use Before Age 15
0 1 2 3 4 5 6+
Number of Warning Signs
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
3%
18%
40%
54%59%
73%76%
*Other illegal drugs were inhalants, nitrates, crack, cocaine, LSD, PCP, other hallucinogens, methamphetamines, designer drugs, heroin, amphetamines,
barbiturates, narcotics, and Ritalin®.
Figure 2: Mean Number of Other Illegal Drugs* Used
in Lifetime and Alcohol and Drug Problems**
by Maryland 12th Graders
**Alcohol and drug problems were school absences, health problems, family problems, being high/drunk at school, poor school performance, inability to stop
using drugs/alcohol, and driving while under the influence of alcohol/drugs.
301-405-9770 (voice) 301-403-8342 (fax) CESAR@cesar.umd.edu www.cesar.umd.edu
CESAR FAX is supported by BYRN 2003-1006, awarded by the U.S. Department of Justice through the Governor’s Office of Crime Control and Prevention.

SOURCE: Maryland Drug Early Warning System (DEWS), CESAR, “Warning Signs for Early Marijuana Users Among Maryland’s Public School Students,” DEWS Investigates, June 2004. For more information, contact Dr. Eric Wish at ewish@cesar.umd.edu.

Source: CesarFax June 28, 2004

CASA Columbia Releases 2011 Teen Survey: National Survey of American Attitudes on Substance Abuse XVI: Teens and Parents

This week, The National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse at Columbia University released the National Survey of American Attitudes on Substance Abuse XVI: Teens and Parents. This year’s survey reveals that teens who regularly use social networking sites are at increased risk of smoking, drinking and using drugs. The survey finds that compared to teens who in a typical day do not spend any time on a social networking site, those who do are five times likelier to use tobacco, three times likelier to use alcohol, and twice as likely to use marijuana.

The CASA Columbia survey also reveals that 40 percent of all teens surveyed have seen pictures on Facebook, Myspace or other social networking sites of kids getting drunk, passed out, or using drugs and kids who have seen such pictures at also at increased substance abuse risk.

This year’s survey explored teen TV viewing habits in relation to teen substance abuse and found that compared to teens that do not watch suggestive teen programming, those who do are likelier to smoke, drink and use drugs.

According to Joseph A. Califano, Jr., CASA Columbia’s Founder and Chairman and Former U.S. Secretary for Health, Education, and Welfare: “The relationship of social networking site images of kids drunk, passed out, or using drugs and of suggestive teen programming to increased teen risk of substance abuse offers grotesque confirmation of the adage that a picture is worth a thousand words. The time has come for those who operate and profit from social networking sites like Facebook to deploy their technological expertise to curb such images and to deny use of their sites to children and teens who post pictures of themselves and their friends drunk, passed out or using drugs. Continuing to provide the electronic vehicle for transmitting such images constitutes electronic child abuse.”
Source: www.CADCA.org Aug. 2011

Concern over rise in deaths among addicts

BRIAN DONNELLY

THE controversial heroin substitute methadone was implicated in more deaths than the drug itself in two areas of Scotland last year.
The figures for the Lothians show methadone was implicated in 33 deaths, while the comparable figure for heroin was 26. In Grampian, another historical centre of drug abuse, the substitute was a factor in 19 deaths, set against 14 for heroin.
The Scottish Drugs Forum (SDF), the national non- government drugs policy and information agency, said the prevalence of the substitute was “concerning”, while Tory health spokesman Murdo Fraser MSP said the figures showed there was a clear breakdown in the support system.

Source: www.Herald Scotland.com 17th Aug. 2011

Drug Courts Can Reduce Substance Use and Crime, Five-Year Study Shows, But Effectiveness Hinges on the Judge

ABSTRACT

The most extensive study of drug courts—a five-year examination of 23 courts and six comparison jurisdictions in eight states—found that these court programs can significantly decrease drug use and criminal behavior, with positive outcomes ramping upward as participants sensed their judge treated them more fairly, showed greater respect and interest in them, and gave them more chances to talk during courtroom proceedings.
WASHINGTON, D.C., July 18, 2011—Proponents of the adage that one person can change the world need look no farther than the country’s nearly 1,400 adult drug courts, which couple substance-abuse treatment with close judicial supervision in lieu of incarceration.
The most extensive study of drug courts—a five-year examination of 23 courts and six comparison jurisdictions in eight states—found that these court programs can significantly decrease drug use and criminal behavior, with positive outcomes ramping upward as participants sensed their judge treated them more fairly, showed greater respect and interest in them, and gave them more chances to talk during courtroom proceedings.
“Judges are central to the goals of reducing crime and substance use. Judges who spend time with participants, support them, and treat them with respect are the ones who get results,” said the Urban Institute’s Shelli Rossman, who led the research team from the Institute’s Justice Policy Center, the Center for Court Innovation, and RTI International.
Drug court participants who had more status hearings with the judge and received more praise from the judge later reported committing fewer crimes and using drugs less often than those who had less contact and praise. Court programs whose judges exhibited the most respectfulness, fairness, enthusiasm, and knowledge of each individual’s case prevented more crimes than other courts and prevented more days of drug use. And, when drug court participants reported more positive attitudes toward their judge, they cut drug use and crime even more.
While drug court costs are higher than business-as-usual case processing, they save money, the study determined, by significantly reducing the number of crimes, re-arrests, and days incarcerated. Drug courts save an average of $5,680 per participant, returning a net benefit of $2 for every $1 spent.

The Study

Drug courts emerged in the late 1980s and early 1990s as drug arrests and prosecutions exploded, overwhelming traditional courts’ capacity to process cases expeditiously.
The Multi-Site Adult Drug Court Evaluation, funded by the U.S. Department of Justice’s National Institute of Justice, was conducted in two phases. The first, in 2004, surveyed 380 drug courts, more than half of which required both an eligible charge and a clinical assessment for offenders to enrol. Few courts allowed participants with prior convictions for violent misdemeanour or felony offences. More than a third of courts served only those who were diagnosed as addicted to or dependent on drugs; others also served regular users or those with any level of use.
In the study’s second phase, researchers selected 23 drug courts in Florida, Georgia, Illinois, New York, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, and Washington, and six comparison sites in Florida, Illinois, North Carolina, and Washington. Between March 2005 and fall 2009, the team visited each location multiple times to document program characteristics and operations; interviewed a sample of 1,156 drug court participants and 625 comparison group members as many as three times (baseline interview and interviews 6 and 18 months later); administered a drug test at the 18-month mark; and obtained criminal histories, recidivism data, and budget information from state agencies and the FBI.

More Key Findings

Drug court participants who perceived the consequences of failing the program as more undesirable engaged in less substance use and crime. And those who received more judicial supervision and drug testing, or who attended more than 35 days of substance abuse treatment, reported fewer crimes and fewer days of drug use.
Drug court participants, compared to similar offenders processed through standard dockets, reported fewer days of drug use (2.1 vs. 4.8 days per month) and fewer crimes committed (52.5 vs. 110.1) when questioned about the past year at the 18-month interview.
Relative to similar offenders in the comparison group, those initially reporting more frequent drug use showed a larger reduction in drug use at the 18-month interview. Offenders with violent histories had a greater reduction in crime than others.
Although drug courts prevent a great deal of small-cost crime, overall savings are driven by a reduction in the most serious offending by relatively few individuals. Drug courts are especially likely to save money, therefore, if they enrol serious offenders.
The Takeaways: Implications for Policy and Practice
The researchers recommend that
judges hold frequent judicial status hearings, especially for high-risk participants;
administrators assign judges who are committed to the drug court model;
judges get training on best practices regarding judicial demeanour and effective communication with participants;
courts broaden participant eligibility, particularly to include those with mental health problems and histories of violent offences;
programs include sufficient drug treatment; and
courts administer drug tests more than once a week during the program’s initial phase

Source: http://www.urban.org/url.cfm?ID=901438 July 18th 2011

Long-term effects of a parent and student intervention on alcohol use in adolescents: a cluster randomized controlled trial.

In this Dutch study, promoting parental rule setting and classroom alcohol education together nearly halved the proportion of adolescents who went on to drink heavily. Rarely have such strong and sustained drinking prevention impacts been recorded from these types of interventions.

Summary

This Dutch study tested the long-term impact of the Örebro intervention (first developed and tested in Sweden) targeting parental rule-setting in relation to the drinking of their adolescent children, allied with classroom alcohol education. The parenting element entailed a brief presentation from an alcohol expert at the first parents’ meeting at the start of each school year on the adverse effects of youth drinking and the negative effects of permissive parental attitudes towards children’s alcohol use. After this parents of children from the same class were meant to meet to agree a shared set of rules about alcohol use. In fact, only half the schools did this; the remainder used the later mailing to send a checklist of candidate rules to parents for them to select from and return to the school. Three weeks after this meeting, a summary of the presentation and the result of the classroom discussion was sent to parents’ home addresses. Classroom alcohol education consisted of four lessons from trained teachers at the schools plus a booster a year later, using mainly computerised modules to foster a healthy attitude to drinking and to train the pupils in how to refuse offers of alcohol.
The 19 schools which joined the study were randomly allocated to the parenting intervention alone, to classroom alcohol education alone, to the combination of both, or to act as control schools which carried on with alcohol education as usual.
An earlier paper from the same study reported that relative to education as usual, among the 2937 (of 3490) 12–13-year-olds not already drinking weekly and who met other criteria for the study, the combined parenting and education intervention curbed the initiation of weekly drinking and heavy weekly drinking over the next 22 months (and reduced the frequency of drinking). In contrast, on their own, neither the parenting elements nor the lessons made any significant difference when the whole sample of children not yet drinking weekly at the start were included in the analyses.

Main findings

The featured report tested whether these effects were still apparent a year later, 34 months after the start of the study and when the pupils averaged just over 15 years of age, a time when two thirds of Dutch youngsters are already drinking weekly and will soon (age 16) be able to legally buy alcohol. Of the 2937 in the initial sample of non-weekly drinkers, 2533 (86%) completed the follow-up assessment. The probable responses of the remainder were estimated on the basis of prior assessments and other data. As before, the parenting elements or alcohol education alone had made no statistically significant differences to drinking, but the impacts of both together in retarding uptake of weekly and heavy weekly drinking were greater than a year before chart. Compared to 59% and 27% in education-as-usual control schools, after the combined intervention 49% and 15% of pupils were drinking weekly or drinking heavily each week. After adjusting for other factors, the results meant that in combined intervention schools, the odds of these patterns of drinking versus less extreme drinking had been reduced to 0.69 relative to education as usual, highly statistically significant findings. Put another way, for every four pupils allocated to parenting plus alcohol education, one was prevented from drinking weekly and also one from drinking heavily each week at age 15.

The authors’ conclusions

In a liberal drinking culture where adolescent and underage drinking is common, targeting both parents and young adolescent pupils (but not either on their own) exercises a sustained and substantial restraining influence on the development of regular and regular heavy drinking as the youngsters approach the legal alcohol purchase age. The findings underline the need to target adolescents as well as their parents and of targeting adolescents at an early age, before they start to drink regularly and when family factors are a major influence on youth drinking. Doing so has the potential to create appreciable public health gains.

Source: Koning I.M., van den Eijnden R.J., Verdurmen J.E. et al.
American Journal of Preventive Medicine: 2011, 40(5), p. 541–547.

Study Links Smoking With Brain Changes and Memory Decline

Smoking is an important risk factor in brain shrinkage and a decline in brain function in later years, a new study suggests. The study found smoking, along with high blood pressure, diabetes and excess weight, all contributed to potentially dangerous changes in the brain that could lead to a decline in mental functioning as soon as 10 years later. The study appears in the journal Neurology.
HealthDay reports the study included 1,352 people without dementia whose average age was 54. Each person was weighed, measured, given blood pressure, cholesterol and diabetes tests and underwent brain MRI scans over 10 years. The researchers found smokers lost brain volume overall and in the hippocampus—the part of the brain which converts short-term memory into long-term memory—at a faster rate than nonsmokers. They were also more likely to have a rapid increase in small areas of damage to the brain’s blood vessels.
Study author Charles DeCarli, M.D., of the University of California at Davis Alzheimer’s Disease Center, said in a journal news release, “Our findings provide evidence that identifying these risk factors early in people of middle age could be useful in screening people for at-risk dementia and encouraging people to make changes to their lifestyle before it’s too late.”

Source: ThePartnership @drugfree.org. Aug.2011

Marijuana Linked with Testicular Cancer

Men who use marijuana may increase their risk for developing testicular cancer. A
recent study of several hundred Washington State men with testicular cancer showed an association between current marijuana use and the more aggressive of the two types of the disease. Moreover, the association was strongest among men with a long history of regular marijuana use.

To firmly link marijuana use and the cancer, however, scientists will need to replicate the findings among large groups of men across many geographical regions and identify the underlying biological mechanisms, says NIDA-funded researcher Dr. S. K. Dey of the Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center, who collaborated on the study with Drs. Janet Daling and Stephen M. Schwartz and colleagues at the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center and the University of Washington.

During the past 50 years, the number of new cases of testicular cancer reported annually in the United States has nearly doubled. So has the percentage of the general population who report having smoked marijuana at least once. Dr. Dey suspected that the two trends might be related, although exposure to various environmental factors may also be involved. Along with the simultaneous rise in rates, there are biological reasons to hypothesize a connection between the drug and the cancer. Research has shown that marijuana smoking reduces sperm production and male fertility, and other work has linked diminished fertility to increased risk of testicular cancer. Cannabinoid receptors— the cell-membrane proteins that bind to a component of marijuana as well as to the naturally occurring compounds known as endocannabinoids—occur on the cell
membranes of sperm, the testes (see photograph), the uterus, and embryos, as well as on brain neurons. Marijuana smoking causes widespread effects in the endocrine and reproductive systems and might alter the growth of somatic and germ cells in the testes, resulting in testicular cancer.

The research team interviewed 369 men who were diagnosed with testicular cancer between 1999 and 2006 and 979 men who never had the disease. They recruited all of the study participants from three counties in Washington State and controlled statistically for smoking, drinking, and other testicular cancer risk factors. Approximately 70 percent of each group reported smoking marijuana at least once. The researchers found that the odds of having testicular cancer were 70 percent higher among men who reported current marijuana use compared with nonusers. In addition, the researchers observed 80 percent higher odds of testicular cancer among men who started to use marijuana before age 18 compared with nonusers. They also found that the odds for testicular cancer among men who used marijuana at least weekly were twice that of nonusers.

Of the two categories of testicular cancer, nonseminomas and seminomas, the former was strongly associated with a history of marijuana smoking, but the latter had little or no association, Dr. Dey says. Nonseminomas occur in younger men, grow more rapidly, and have lower survival rates. While a man diagnosed with seminomas is 98 percent as likely as someone without the disease to still be alive 10 years later, the figure for someone diagnosed with a nonseminoma ranges from 46 percent to 92 percent, depending on the tumor subtype.
The association between marijuana smoking and nonseminomas, but not seminomas, is difficult to explain, says Dr. Dey. The rates for both types of cancer have been rising, and subnormal fertility and certain environmental exposures during puberty—such as chemicals that affect estrogen and androgen production—are risk factors for both.
“My colleagues and I hope our study sparks similar epidemiological investigations of the relationship between testicular cancer and marijuana abuse around the world,” says Dr. Dey. “These results may also spur animal research, which is essential for interpreting our findings.” Animal research, he says, will be required to determine whether marijuana’s psychoactive ingredient, delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), or its other components increase the risk of testicular cancer. Studies with animals may also search for molecular pathways connecting marijuana and testicular cancer. Such studies would probably focus
on marijuana’s activation of the neurotransmitter system that underlies its psychoactive, endocrine, and reproductive effects.
“If these interesting findings are replicated in a large, nationally representative group of participants, then future research should delve into the molecular mechanism underlying the association,” says Dr. Vishnudutt Purohit of NIDA’s Division of Basic Neuroscience and Behavioral Research. He notes that the study by Drs. Dey, Daling, and Schwartz is part of NIDA-supported research to determine how drugs of abuse affect the cardiovascular, pulmonary, reproductive, and immune systems of the body.
(For more information on these cancers, see http://seer.cancer.gov/publications/survival/surv_testis.pdf.)

SOURCE
Daling, J.R., et al. Association of marijuana use and the incidence of testicular germ cell tumors. Cancer 115(6):1215–1223, 2009.
December 2010 NIDA Notes/ Volume 23, Number 3

Tobacco, alcohol and pharmaceutical industries must love this campaign

Celebrities and millionaires with no history of addiction research or helping addicts to reclaim destroyed lives campaigned globally in June to make drugs even more available – citing reasons based on theory not fact. David Raynes tells the truth

COMPARE STATISTICS: HARMS OF LEGAL vs ILLEGAL DRUGS

• “More deaths are caused each year by tobacco use than by all deaths from HIV, illegal drug use, alcohol use, motor vehicle injuries, suicides, and murders combined,” states the US Centre for Disease Control (www.cdc.gov/tobacco/data_ statistics/fact_sheets/health_effects/tobacco_related_
mortality). UK figures are below.

• 880 deaths/year involve heroin or morphine
(latest figures from the Office of National Statistics at http://www.statistics.gov.uk/pdfdir/poi0311.pdf)

• 8,664 deaths/year involve alcohol (http://www.statistics.gov.uk/cci/nugget.asp?id=1091

• 81,400 deaths of people in England alone aged 35+ were attributable to tobacco (http://www.ic.nhs.uk/pubs/smoking10)

• An estimated 462,900 hospital admissions in England alone of people aged 35+ were attributable to smoking (ibid).

Source: Addiction Today July/August 2011

Increased risk of Parkinson’s disease in methamphetamine users, CAMH study finds

People who abused methamphetamine or other amphetamine-like stimulants were more likely to develop Parkinson’s disease than those who did not, in a new study from the Centre for Addiction and Mental Health (CAMH).
The researchers examined almost 300,000 hospital records from California covering 16 years. Patients admitted to hospital for methamphetamine or amphetamine-use disorders had a 76 per cent higher risk of developing Parkinson’s disease compared to those with no diagnosis. Globally, methamphetamine and similar stimulants are the second most commonly used class of illicit drugs.
“This study provides evidence of this association for the first time, even though it has been suspected for 30 years,” said lead researcher Dr. Russell Callaghan, a scientist with CAMH. Parkinson’s disease is caused by a deficiency in the brain’s ability to produce a chemical called dopamine. Because animal studies have shown that methamphetamine damages dopamine-producing areas in the brain, scientists have worried that the same might happen in humans.
It has been a challenge to establish this link, because Parkinson’s disease develops in middle and old age, and it is necessary to track a large number of people with methamphetamine addiction over a long time span. The CAMH team took an innovative approach by examining hospital records from California – a state in which methamphetamine use is prevalent – from 1990 up to 2005. In total, 40,472 people, at least 30 years of age, had been hospitalized due to a methamphetamine- or amphetamine-use disorder during this period.
These patients were compared to two groups: 207,831 people admitted for appendicitis with no diagnosis of any type of addiction, and 35,335 diagnosed with cocaine use disorders. A diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease was identified from hospital records or death certificates. Only the methamphetamine group had an increased risk of developing Parkinson’s disease.
While the appendicitis group served as a comparison to the general population, the cocaine group was selected for two reasons. Because cocaine is another type of stimulant that affects dopamine, this group could be used to determine whether the risk was specific to methamphetamine stimulants. Cocaine users also served as a control group to account for the health effects or lifestyle factors associated with dependence on an illicit drug.
“It is important for the public to know that our findings do not apply to patients who take amphetamines for medical purposes, such as attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), since these patients use much lower doses of amphetamines than those taken by patients in our study,” said Dr. Stephen Kish, a CAMH scientist and co-author.
To put the study findings into numbers, if 10,000 people with methamphetamine dependence were followed over 10 years, 21 would develop Parkinson’s, compared with 12 people out of 10,000 from the general population. “It is also possible that our findings may underestimate the risk because in California, methamphetamine users may have had less access to health-care insurance and consequently to medical care,” said Dr. Callaghan.
The current project is significant because it is one of the few studies examining the long-term association between methamphetamine use and the development of a major brain disorder. “Given that methamphetamine and other amphetamine stimulants are the second most widely used illicit drugs in the world, the current study will help us anticipate the full long-term medical consequences of such problematic drug use,” said Dr. Callaghan.
Media Contact: Michael Torres, Media Relations, CAMH; 416-595-6015

Source: www.camh.net 26th July 2011

Heroin vaccine works for lab rats

A new study by a team of researchers in California shows it is possible to vaccinate laboratory animals against the effects of heroin. The vaccine not only blunted the painkilling action of heroin, it also prevented rats from becoming addicted to the drug. It didn’t keep the animals from gaining pain relief from many other opiates, suggesting the vaccine targets just heroin and a few related compounds. The experiments at the Scripps Research Institute in La Jolla, reported in the current edition of the Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, are the latest effort to bring the power of the immune system to bear against addictive substances. The next task is to see whether the vaccine prevents relapse in previously addicted and then detoxified rats.

Source: Reported in St.Petersburg Times July 28th 2011

The perils of drug use in the Internet age

The story that broke one afternoon in mid-March was startling, even to editors who have been around for a while.
A 19-year-old man had died and 10 others were sickened in a mass overdose after experimenting with a synthetic drug during a party in Blaine.
We have written before about the problems of designer synthetic drugs, which are molecularly different from illegal drugs and sometimes can be acquired legally in shops or over the Internet. But this was the first time we had seen such deadly ramifications. After covering the case in Blaine, which resulted in one man being charged with third-degree murder, we set out to discover just how big a problem these drugs are posing in society. Our preliminary research revealed that this was a growing problem nationally, with devastating consequences across the country.
In the months since, we have researched or acquired dozens of these synthetic drugs, to discover how easy they are to buy and whether consumers are given any warnings at all when they buy the drugs.
We have talked to users, victims and witnesses across the country about some of the unintended consequences of ingesting synthetic drugs. And we have enlisted a number of experts, researchers and businesses in the greater Twin Cities community to help us identify what exactly is in the most common compounds so we can pinpoint the true risk to consumers. For example, Internet Exposure, a web development and marketing firm, is conducting research for us on how people are using the Internet to research and buy drugs, while MedTox Laboratories in St. Paul is testing chemicals for us.
The results of our investigation will unfold in stories that we will publish over the next few months, with the first appearing online today. It is a tragic story of a party that went wrong in a small town in Oklahoma, with eerie similarities to the party in Blaine earlier this year. We went to Oklahoma to illustrate that if synthetic drugs are a problem in such a small, tight-knit community like Konawa, they can create trouble anywhere in Middle America.
Police officer Kat Green, who arrives at the party in Oklahoma to find her own son nearly incapacitated, repeatedly wonders why her son would put something in his body without knowing exactly what it was.
Why indeed, would anyone?
The answer to that question seems to be that these partygoers are taking synthetic drugs because they think it will be fun, the drugs are often touted as legal, and the drugs are easily acquired, making them seem less dangerous than illegal drugs like marijuana, cocaine or hallucinogens. (Some people also take synthetic drugs because they may not show up on drug tests. )
Pamela Louwagie, who has been one of the primary reporters on this investigation, said that some of the partygoers in both Blaine and Oklahoma had researched the drugs they thought they were acquiring, while others “simply seemed to trust that their friends had done enough research to be safe.
“It was striking that, in each case, they didn’t get what was ordered,” Louwagie said. “That showcases the true danger in these things. Many of these substances, while they have been around … for a while, are truly untested. And if you buy them, you don’t know what they have been mixed with and, in some cases, whether you’re even getting the right thing.”
What’s also striking is the trust buyers put in the notion that it is safe to acquire a synthetic drug over the Internet, from an unproven source.
We hope that when we have finished our investigation, we will have helped parents, teenagers and other adults truly understand the risk that synthetic drugs pose — as well as the dangers of buying substances from some unknown source somewhere around the globe who just happens to advertise on the Internet.
I’ll be sharing this story with my own daughters; I urge others to share it with friends and family as well.

Source: Nancy Barnes, Editor, www. StarTribune.com 24th July 2011

Prescription Drug Abuse Gateway to Injected Drugs, Study Suggests

A new study suggests that abuse of prescription opioids may be a first step on the path toward misuse of heroin and other injected drugs.
Science Daily reports that the researchers found four out of five injection drug users misused an opioid drug before they injected heroin. They also found that almost one out of four young injection drug users first injected a prescription opioid, and most later switched to injecting heroin.
The study, published in the International Journal of Drug Policy, found that risk factors for misusing opioid drugs include family history of drug misuse, and a past history of receiving prescriptions for opioids.
“Participants were commonly raised in households where misuse of prescription drugs, illegal drugs, or alcohol, was normalized,” lead researcher Dr. Stephen Lankenau, from Drexel University in Philadelphia, said in a news release. “Access to prescription medications – either from a participant’s own source, a family member, or a friend – was a key feature of initiation into prescription drug misuse.”
The study included 50 injection drug users between the ages of 16 to 25. They had all misused a prescription drug at least three times in the past three months. Nearly three-fourths of participants had been prescribed an opioid, often for dental procedures or sports injuries. Most had family members who misused one or more substances. The authors called on parents to carefully monitor and safeguard prescription drugs, especially opioids, in their home

Source: International Journal of Drug Policy June 2011

Experts Question Safety of E-Cigarettes

Electronic cigarettes, or “e-cigarettes,” are crude drug delivery systems for refined nicotine that pose unknown risks, two experts write in this week’s New England Journal of Medicine. Researchers from the American Legacy Foundation’s Steven A. Schroeder National Institute for Tobacco Research and Policy Studies write that e-cigarettes have more in common with asthma inhalers than with cigarettes, according to Science Daily.
E-cigarettes are designed to deliver nicotine in the form of a vapor, which is inhaled by the user. They usually have a rechargeable, battery-operated heating element, a replaceable cartridge with nicotine or other chemicals and a device called an atomizer that converts the contents of the cartridge into a vapor when heated. E-cigarettes often are made to look like regular cigarettes.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) announced in April that it would regulate e-cigarettes as tobacco products, not as drug-delivery devices.
Last year, the FDA lost a court case after it tried to treat e-cigarettes as drug-delivery devices, which must satisfy stricter requirements than tobacco products, including clinical trials to prove they are safe and effective. FDA tests found that the liquid in some e-cigarettes contained toxins besides nicotine, as well as cancer-causing substances found in tobacco. Some public health experts say the level of the cancer-causing agents is similar to those found in nicotine replacement therapy, which contains nicotine extracted from tobacco.
The authors list several safety concerns about e-cigarettes. They note that the devices do not reliably deliver nicotine, and have not been sufficiently studied in the same way the FDA requires other smoking-cessation drugs and devices to be evaluated. Therefore, smokers who try to use e-cigarettes to help them quit smoking are likely to find them ineffective because of their variable nicotine content and unreliable delivery, they say.
They also note that smokers may use e-cigarettes in places where traditional tobacco smoking is not allowed, thus encouraging them to keep smoking instead of quitting. E-cigarettes also may become a smoking “starter” product for young people. E-cigarette cartridges can be bought over the Internet with flavors such as chocolate and grape, they write.

Source: DrugFreee.org 21st July 2011

Smoking during pregnancy raises ‘birth defect risk’

Women who smoke while pregnant should be aware that they are increasing the chance their baby will be born malformed, say experts.
The risk for having a baby with missing or deformed limbs or a cleft lip is over 25% higher for smokers, data show. Along with higher risks of miscarriage and low birth weight, it is another good reason to encourage women to quit, say University College London doctors.
In England and Wales 17% of women smoke during pregnancy. And among under 20s the figure is 45%. Although most will go on to have a healthy baby, smoking can cause considerable damage to the unborn child.
Missing limbs
Researchers now estimate that each year in England and Wales several hundred babies are born with a physical defect directly caused by their mother’s smoking. Every year in England and Wales around 3,700 babies in total are born with such a condition. The experts base their calculations on 172 research papers published over the last 50 years, which looked at maternal smoking and birth defects.
The findings, from 174,000 cases of malformation and 11.7 million healthy births, revealed that smoking increased the risk of many abnormalities. The chance of a baby being born with missing or deformed limbs is 26% higher, and cleft lip or palate is 28% more likely.
Similarly, the risk of clubfoot 28% greater, and gastrointestinal defects 27% more. Skull defects are 33% more likely, and eye defects 25% more common. The greatest increase in risk – of 50% – was for a condition called gastroschisis, where parts of the stomach or intestines protrude through the skin. Professor Allan Hackshaw, who led the research, suspects many women who smoke while pregnant do not know about these risks.
“There’s still this idea among some women that if you smoke the baby will be small and that will make it easier when it comes to the delivery. “But what is not appreciated is that smoking during pregnancy increases the risk of defects in the child that are life-long.”
Women should quit smoking before becoming pregnant, or very early on, to reduce the risks
He said very few public health educational policies mention birth defects when referring to smoking and those that do are not very specific – this is largely because of past uncertainty over which ones are directly linked. “Now we have this evidence, advice should be more explicit about the kinds of serious defects such as deformed limbs, and facial and gastrointestinal malformations that babies of mothers who smoke during pregnancy could suffer from,” he said.
Of the 700,000 babies born each year in England and Wales, around 120,000 babies are born to mums who smoke. Amanda Sandford of Action on Smoking and Health said: “This study shows some of the worst outcomes of smoking during pregnancy. Pregnant smokers will be shocked to learn that their nicotine habit could cause eye or limb deformities in their baby.
“There is clearly a need to raise awareness of these risks among girls and to ensure pregnant women are given all the support they need to help them quit smoking and to stay stopped after the birth.” Basky Thilaganathan of the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists said women who struggled to quit should at least cut down on how much they smoke.
Professor Hackshaw said the risk was likely dose-related – meaning the more a woman smokes, the bigger the risk to her unborn child.

Source: www.bbc.co.uk 12th July 2011

Excess alcohol could damage our DNA

Researchers from the Medical Research Council (MRC) have uncovered for the first time how excess alcohol can cause irreparable damage to our DNA. In a new study published in the journal Nature today, MRC scientists also discovered a two-tier defence system in our cells that limits the threat of permanent genetic damage.
Scientists at the MRC’s Laboratory of Molecular Biology (LMB) have discovered that an overload of a toxic chemical called acetaldehyde, a by-product from the breakdown of alcohol in our body, can cause damage to DNA. They showed that our cells have two natural ways of protecting us against acetaldehyde. Firstly, this toxin can be removed by specialised enzymes. If this step fails, acetaldehyde builds up and damages DNA, but a second mechanism kicks in to repair the damaged DNA, using another set of enzymes known as the Fanconi proteins.
In pregnant mice which were genetically altered not to have these two defences, the equivalent of a single binge drinking session of alcohol caused catastrophic damage to the fetus. Not only did alcohol damage the fetus, but in the adult modified mice, this alcohol consumption damaged blood stem cells, obliterating the production of blood.
Dr KJ Patel, lead author of the paper from the MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology, said:
“The findings show how critically reliant we are on both these control systems to prevent alcohol from causing irreversible mutations to DNA, both in the fetus and in our own cells.
“The effects of alcohol in the modified pregnant mice resembled fetal alcohol syndrome, where excessive drinking by pregnant women causes permanent damage to the unborn child, leading to birth defects and learning difficulties. Our work suggests that binge drinking could generate enough acetaldehyde to overwhelm the body’s two natural defence mechanisms.
“This new knowledge transforms our view of precisely how excess alcohol causes damage – ultimately changing our DNA. Quite apart from this, our conclusions suggest potentially simple approaches to treat Fanconi anaemia – currently a terminal incurable illness in humans.”
The study highlights how two groups who have inherited failures of the natural control mechanisms are particularly at risk of severe DNA damage from alcohol. Individuals with a rare disease called Fanconi anaemia, which affects around 20,000 people worldwide, do not have the enzymes which repair DNA and are likely to be very sensitive to acetaldehyde. This could explain why such people are highly susceptible to both blood disorders and cancer. More commonly, around 500 million people from South East Asia with a condition called the ‘Asian alcohol flushing mutation’ have a greatly reduced capacity to break down acetaldehyde. This research suggests these individuals may be susceptible to lifelong DNA damage and could explain why alcohol consumption greatly increases their risk of gullet cancer.
Dr Hugh Pelham, director of the MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology, said:
“We know that there’s a complex interplay between genetics, our body’s natural resilience to disease and our environment. By determining the molecular reason behind the toxic effects of alcohol to our DNA, our researchers have shown how vulnerable we can be to DNA damage from excess alcohol and even more so in the womb. Despite the existence of protective mechanisms, long-term genetic damage must be added to the risks of excessive alcohol consumption.”
The research was also funded by the Children’s Leukaemia Trust UK and the Fanconi Anaemia Research Fund USA.

Source: www.mrc.ac.uk 6th July 2011

Scripps Research scientists find key mechanism in transition to alcohol dependence

Finding could lead to development of drugs that decrease heavy alcohol consumption.

A team of Scripps Research Institute scientists has found a key biological mechanism underpinning the transition to alcohol dependence. This finding opens the door to the development of drugs to manage excessive alcohol consumption.
“Our focus in this study, like much of our lab’s research, was to examine the role of the brain’s stress system in compulsive alcohol drinking driven by the aversive aspects of alcohol withdrawal,” said Scripps Research Associate Professor Marisa Roberto, Ph.D., senior author of the study.
“A major goal for this study,” added Research Associate Nicholas Gilpin, Ph.D., the paper’s first author, “was to determine the neural circuitry that mediates the transition to alcohol dependence.”
In the new research, published in the June 1, 2011 issue of the journal Biological Psychiatry, the Scripps Research scientists demonstrated the key role of a receptor —a structure that binds substances, triggering certain biological effects—for neuropeptide Y in a part of the brain known as the central amygdala. The amygdala, a group of nuclei deep within the medial temporal lobes, performs an important role in the processing and memory of emotional reactions.
“We’ve known for quite some time that neuropeptide Y is an endogenous [naturally occurring] anti-stress agent,” says Markus Heilig, clinical director of the National Institute of Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA). “We’ve also known that development of alcohol dependence gives rise to increased sensitivity to stress. This paper elegantly and logically brings these two lines of research together. It supports the idea that strengthening neuropeptide Y transmission in the amygdala would be an attractive treatment for alcoholism. The challenge remains to develop clinically useful medications based on this principle.”
Discovering the Circuitry
Building on Gilpin’s previous work on neuropeptide Y, in the new project, Gilpin, Roberto, and colleagues observed the effects of the administration neuropeptide Y in the central amygdala on alcohol drinking in rats. Alcohol-dependent rats were allowed to press levers for ethanol and water during daily withdrawal from chronic alcohol exposure.
“Normally, the transition to alcohol dependence is accompanied by gradually escalating levels of alcohol consumption during daily withdrawals,” Gilpin explained. “The aim of this protocol was to examine whether neuropeptide Y infusions during daily withdrawals would block this escalation of alcohol drinking.”
The scientists report a suppression of alcohol consumption with chronic neuropeptide Y infusions and detailed some of the neurocircuitry involved. Ethanol normally produces robust increases in inhibitory GABAergic transmission—GABA is another neurotransmitter—in the central amygdala, but this effect is blocked and reversed by neuropeptide Y.
Gilpin notes the scientists were surprised at one aspect of the findings—the role of a subset of neuropeptide Y receptors known as Y2 receptors. “Previous behavioral evidence suggested that antagonism of Y2 receptors in whole brain suppresses alcohol drinking, similar to the effects of neuropeptide Y,” he said. “However, our data suggest that Y2 receptor blockade in central amygdala might actually increase alcohol drinking, presumably by affecting pre-synaptic release of GABA. These data also suggest that antagonism of post-synaptic Y1 receptors in central amygdala provides a viable pharmacotherapeutic strategy, a hypothesis supported by previous work from other labs.”
Two additional aspects of the findings are worth noting, Roberto says. First, repeated neuropeptide Y administration not only blocked the development of excessive alcohol consumption in dependent rats, but also tempered the moderate increase in alcohol consumption following periods of abstinence in non-dependent rats. Second, neuropeptide Y exhibited long-term efficacy in suppressing alcohol self-administration, highlighting the potential of neuropeptide Y treatments for a clinical setting.

Source: “Neuropeptide Y Opposes Alcohol Effects on GABA Release in Amygdala and Blocks the Transition to Alcohol Dependence” June 1, 2011 print edition of Biological Psychiatry. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21459365

Prenatal alcohol exposure and childhood behavior at age 6 to 7 years.

Abstract

OBJECTIVE:

Moderate to heavy levels of prenatal alcohol exposure have been associated with alterations in child behavior, but limited data are available on adverse effects after low levels of exposure. The objective of this study was to evaluate the dose-response effect of prenatal alcohol exposure for adverse child behavior outcomes at 6 to 7 years of age.

METHODS:

Beginning in 1986, women attending the urban university-based maternity clinic were routinely screened at their first prenatal visit for alcohol and drug use by trained research assistants from the Fetal Alcohol Research Center. All women reporting alcohol consumption at conception of at least 0.5 oz absolute alcohol/day and a 5% random sample of lower level drinkers and abstainers were invited to participate to be able to identify the associations between alcohol intake and child development. Maternal alcohol, cigarette, and illicit drug use were prospectively assessed during pregnancy and postnatally. The independent variable in this study, prenatal alcohol exposure, was computed as the average absolute alcohol intake (oz) per day across pregnancy. At each prenatal visit, mothers were interviewed about alcohol use during the previous 2 weeks. Quantities and types of alcohol consumed were converted to fluid ounces of absolute alcohol and averaged across visits to generate a summary measure of alcohol exposure throughout pregnancy. Alcohol was initially used as a dichotomous variable comparing children with no prenatal alcohol exposure to children with any exposure. To evaluate the effects of different levels of exposure, the average absolute alcohol intake was relatively arbitrarily categorized into no, low (>0 but <0.3 fl oz of absolute alcohol/day), and moderate/heavy (>/=0.3 fl oz of absolute alcohol/day) for the purpose of this study. Six years later, 665 families were contacted. Ninety-four percent agreed to testing. Exclusions included children who missed multiple test appointments, had major congenital malformations (other than fetal alcohol syndrome), possessed an IQ >2 standard deviations from the sample mean, or had incomplete data. The Achenbach Child Behavior Checklist (CBCL) was used to assess child behavior. The CBCL is a parent questionnaire applicable to children ages 4 to 16 years. It is widely used in the clinical assessment of children’s behavior problems and has been extensively used in research. Eight syndrome scales are further grouped into Externalizing or undercontrolled (Aggressive and Delinquent) behavior and Internalizing or overcontrolled (Anxious/Depressed, Somatic Complaints, and Withdrawn) behaviors. Three syndromes (Social, Thought, and Attention Problems) fit neither group. Higher scores are associated with more problem behaviors. Research assistants who were trained and blinded to exposure status independently interviewed the child and caretaker. Data were collected on a broad range of control variables known to influence childhood behavior and/or to be associated with prenatal alcohol exposure. These included perinatal factors of maternal age, education, cigarette, cocaine, and other substances of abuse and the gestational age of the baby. Postnatal factors studied included maternal psychopathology, continuing alcohol and drug use, family structure, socioeconomic status, children’s whole blood lead level, and exposure to violence. Data were collected only from black women as there was inadequate representation of other racial groups.

STATISTICAL ANALYSES:

Statistical analyses were performed using the SPSS statistical package. Frequency distribution, cross-tabulation, odds ratio, and chi(2) tests were used for analyzing categorical data. Continuous data were analyzed using t tests, analyses of variance (ANOVAs) with posthoc tests, and regression analysis.

RESULTS:

Testing was available for 501 parent-children dyads. Almost one fourth of the women denied alcohol use during pregnancy. Low levels of alcohol use were reported in 63.8% and moderate/heavy use in 13% of pregnancies. Increasing prenatal alcohol exposure was associated with lower birth weight and gestational age, higher lead levels, higher maternal age, and lower education level, prenatal exposure to cocaine and smoking, custody changes, lower socioeconomic status, and paternal drinking and drug use at the time of pregnancy. Children with any prenatal alcohol exposure were more likely to have higher CBCL scores on Externalizing (Aggressive and Delinquent) and Internalizing (Anxious/Depressed and Withdrawn) syndrome scales and the Total Problem Score. The odds ratio of scoring in the clinical range for Delinquent behavior was 3.2 (1.3-7.6) in children with any prenatal exposure to alcohol compared with nonexposed controls. The threshold dose was evaluated with the 3 prenatal alcohol exposure groups. One-way ANOVA revealed a significant between group difference for Externalizing (Aggressive and Delinquent) and the Total Problem Score

Source: Pediatrics. 2001 Aug;108(2):E34.PMID: 11483844 [PubMed - indexed for MEDLINE]

Exposure leads to more aggressive behavior and attention problems in 18-month-old girls.

Abstract

BACKGROUND:

The development of the fetal endocannabinoid receptor system may be vulnerable to maternal cannabis use during pregnancy and may produce long-term consequences in children. In this study, we aimed to determine the relationship between gestational cannabis use and childhood attention problems and aggressive behavior.

METHODS:

Using a large general population birth cohort, we examined the associations between parental prenatal cannabis and tobacco use and childhood behavior problems at 18 months measured using the Child Behavior Checklist in N=4077 children. Substance use was measured in early pregnancy.

RESULTS:

Linear regression analyses demonstrated that gestational exposure to cannabis is associated with behavioral problems in early childhood but only in girls and only in the area of increased aggressive behavior (B=2.02; 95% CI: 0.30-3.73; p=0.02) and attention problems (B=1.04; 95% CI: 0.46-1.62; p<0.001). Furthermore, this study showed that long-term (but not short term) tobacco exposure was associated with behavioral problems in girls (B=1.16; 95% CI: 0.20-2.12; p=0.02). There was no association between cannabis use of the father and child behavior problems.

CONCLUSIONS:

Our results suggest that intrauterine exposure to cannabis is associated with an increased risk for aggressive behavior and attention problems as early as 18 months of age in girls, but not boys. Further research is needed to explore the association between prenatal cannabis exposure and child behavior at later ages. Our data support educating future mothers about the risk to their babies should they smoke cannabis during pregnancy.

Source: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21470799 4th April 2011

Review Finds Some School-Based Programs Curb Alcohol Misuse

Reports that school prevention programs aimed at curbing alcohol misuse in children are somewhat helpful, enough so to deserve consideration for widespread use, according to a large, international systematic review.

The most significant program effects were reductions in episodes of drunkenness and binge drinking, reviewers found.

“School-based prevention programs that take a social skills-oriented approach or that focus on classroom behavior management can work to reduce alcohol problems in young people,” David Foxcroft, lead review author said. “However, there is good evidence that these sorts of approaches are not always effective.”

The reasons for inconsistent results with these programs are unclear, said Foxcroft, from Great Britain’s Oxford Brookes University.

Foxcroft and co-author Alexander Tsertsvadze, at the University of Ottawa Evidence-Based Practice Center, in Canada, analyzed 53 randomized controlled trials done in a wide range of countries with youth ages 5 to 18 when studies began.

Forty-one studies took place in North America, six in Europe and six in Australia. One was conducted in India and one in Swaziland. Two studies transpired in multiple locations.

Most studies assessed generic prevention programs that targeted several risky behaviors, such as drinking, smoking and drug abuse, while the rest focused on alcohol-specific programs.

The researchers compared drinking among the youngsters who took part in various school-based programs to the drinking done by students who were not. The youngsters in the comparison groups might have participated in other alcohol-prevention programs, such as family-based ones, or they might have just experienced the ordinary school curriculum.

The authors concluded that their evidence supported the use of certain generic prevention programs over alcohol-specific ones. They cited the Life Skills Training Program, the Unplugged Program and the Good Behavior Game as particularly effective interventions.

The review appears in the May 2011 issue of The Cochrane Library, a publication of The Cochrane Collaboration, an international organization that evaluates medical research. Systematic reviews draw evidence-based conclusions about medical practice after considering both the content and quality of existing medical trials on a topic.

“These findings are important,” David Jernigan, Ph.D., director of the Center on Alcohol Marketing and Youth at the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, said. “Efforts to reduce young people’s drinking through school-based programs are legion. A $300 million federal program supporting school-based prevention ended last year, partly based on research findings that these programs do not work. This review does not find that. Instead it indicates that there is something in certain school-based programs that in fact can work.”

Jernigan emphasizes that “school-based programs are so often expected to do the whole job of prevention, and this is an unfair expectation.” He describes school-based programs functioning as “lonely voices” in an environment saturated with marketing messages promoting youthful drinking. The amount of drinking in a youngster’s home and community and the price of alcohol are other major influences that need addressing, he said. Until then, “we can’t expect large effects from school-based programs alone.”

Health Behavior News Service is part of the Center for Advancing Health.

Source: www.cadca.org 12th May 2011

Treating heavy smokers in primary care with the nicotine nasal spray: randomized placebo-controlled trial

This study sets out to broaden the evidence base by running a trial, based in UK general practice, where only brief support was available for participants while they compared nicotine nasal spray to placebo. It was based in 27 general practices and there was a total of 761 heavy smokers (at least 15 cigs/day for at least 3 years) who received brief support and 12 weeks of treatment with either nicotine nasal spray or placebo. The primary outcome was biochemically-verified complete abstinence from smoking throughout weeks 3-12.

The results showed that nicotine nasal spray more than doubled the number who successfully stopped smoking (15.4% vs 6.7%) from weeks 3-12 giving an odds ratio of 2.6 (95% CI 1.5-4.4). Although many reported minor irritant adverse effects it was noted to be particularly effective amongst those who were highly dependent on nicotine.

SMMGP comment: Tobacco harm reduction strategies is a neglected area although we know
that replacing smoking with a smokeless delivery system for the primary drug, nicotine, can reduce risks by about 99%, about the same as abstinence. Because smoking is so popular, the total health benefits from tobacco harm reduction dwarf those from any other area of HR.
There is an increasing array of nicotine replacement therapy options and this study shows one effective way of delivery. One interesting facet was the tiny number (0.2%) that went on to achieve abstinence if they were still smoking at one week. This infers that it may be worth prescribing a single week of nicotine nasal spray and reassessing abstinence. It?s a relatively small, inexpensive punt and it can double the chance of abstinence for that individual – even without the more comprehensive smoking cessation services which some prescribing is based around.

Source: Stapleton JA, Sutherland G. Addiction 2011;106:824-832

Prenatal Exposure to Nicotine Affects Stem Cells in Hippocampus

Prolonged prenatal exposure to nicotine decreases the number of newborn cells in the hippocampus, a brain area important in learning and memory, according to preliminary research presented at Neuroscience 2010, the annual meeting of the Society for Neuroscience, held in San Diego. The study offers a neurobiological explanation for why the children of women who smoke during pregnancy are at an increased risk of developing learning disabilities.

“Previous research has shown that nicotine, cocaine, and other addictive drugs decrease the number of newborn cells in adults. Our research suggests that these effects may be even more dramatic in newborn animals,” said Robin Lester, PhD, of the University of Alabama at Birmingham, who directed the study. “These findings provide further warnings to expectant mothers that they should seek help in refraining from smoking during pregnancy,” Lester said.
To mimic the conditions of moderate to heavy smoking in a pregnant mother, Lester and his colleagues treated pregnant rats with nicotine through an implanted mini-pump, which acts similarly to a nicotine patch. The researchers then counted the number of newborn cells in the offsprings’ dentate gyrus, a section of the hippocampus known to contain neuronal stem cells. They also monitored synaptic plasticity — the reorganization of neural pathways considered essential to learning.
“We found a reduced number of dividing stem cells and altered plasticity in the newborn animals exposed to nicotine,” Lester said. These findings may lead to new approaches to treating learning disabilities and other behavior deficits associated with prenatal nicotine exposure.

Source: Society for Neuroscience (2010, November 15). Prenatal exposure to nicotine affects stem cells in hippocampus. ScienceDaily. Retrieved May 8, 2011, from http://www.sciencedaily.com¬ /releases/2010/11/101115155215.htm

Nicotine and Cocaine Leave Similar Mark on Brain After First Contact

A single 15-minute exposure to nicotine caused a long-term increase in the excitability of neurons involved in reward, according to a study published in The Journal of Neuroscience. The results suggest that nicotine and cocaine hijack similar mechanisms of memory on first contact to create long-lasting changes in a person’s brain.
“Of course, for smoking it’s a very long-term behavioral change, but everything starts from the first exposure,” said Danyan Mao, PhD, postdoctoral researcher at the University of Chicago Medical Center. “That’s what we’re trying to tackle here: when a person first is exposed to a cigarette, what happens in the brain that might lead to a second cigarette?”
Learning and memory are thought to be encoded in the brain via synaptic plasticity, the long-term strengthening and weakening of connections between neurons. When two neurons are repeatedly activated together, a stronger bond forms between them, increasing the ability of one to excite the other.
Previous research in the laboratory of Daniel McGehee, PhD, neuroscientist and associate professor in the Department of Anesthesia & Critical Care at the Medical Center, discovered that nicotine could promote plasticity in a region of the brain called the ventral tegmental area (VTA). Neurons that originate in the VTA release the neurotransmitter dopamine, known to play a central role in the effects of addictive drugs and natural rewards such as food and sex.
“We know that a single exposure to physiologically relevant concentrations of nicotine can lead to changes in the synaptic drive in the circuitry that lasts for several days,” said McGehee, senior author of this study. “That idea is very important in how addiction forms in humans and animals.”
In the new experiments, Mao monitored the electrical activity of VTA dopamine neurons in slices of brain dissected from adult rats. Each slice was bathed for 15 minutes in a concentration of nicotine similar to the amount that would reach the brain after smoking a single cigarette. After 3-5 hours, Mao conducted electrophysiology experiments to detect the presence of synaptic plasticity and determine which neurotransmitter receptors were involved in its development.
Mao discovered that nicotine-induced synaptic plasticity in the VTA is dependent upon one of the drug’s usual targets, a receptor for the neurotransmitter acetylcholine located on the dopamine neurons. But another element found necessary for nicotine’s synaptic effects was a surprise: the D5 dopamine receptor, a component previously implicated in the action of cocaine. Blocking either of these receptors during nicotine exposure eliminated the drug’s ability to cause persistent changes in excitability.
“We found that nicotine and cocaine employ similar mechanisms to induce synaptic plasticity in dopamine neurons in VTA,” Mao said.
While the subjective effects of nicotine and cocaine are very different in humans, the overlapping effects of the two drugs on the reward system of the brain may explain why both are highly addictive substances, the researchers said.
“We know without question that there are big differences in the way these drugs affect people,” McGehee said. “But the idea that nicotine is working on the same circuitry as cocaine does point to why so many people have a hard time quitting tobacco, and why so many who experiment with the drug end up becoming addicted.”
The overlap between nicotine and cocaine effects at the D5 receptor may also offer a novel strategy for preventing or treating addiction. However, currently-known blockers of the receptor also block another dopamine receptor, D1, that is important for normal, healthy motivation and movement.
“This dopamine receptor is attractive as a potential target,” McGehee said. “The real challenge is to tweak the addictive effect of drugs like nicotine or other psychostimulants without totally crushing the person’s desire to pursue healthy behavior.”
Future research will also focus on whether repeated exposure to nicotine, as would occur in a regular smoker, changes the drug’s effects on synaptic plasticity in the VTA. In the meantime, the current study builds evidence that addictive drugs appropriate the neurobiological tools of learning and memory to create long-term changes in brain reward pathways.
“It’s all fitting with the overriding idea that changes in synaptic strength are part of the way these drugs motivate behavior in a persistent way,” McGehee said.
The study, “Nicotine Potentiation of Excitatory Inputs to Ventral Tegmental Dopamine Neurons,” will be published May 4, 2011 by The Journal of Neuroscience. In addition to Mao and McGehee, Keith Gallagher of the University of Chicago is a co-author.
The research was supported by grants from the Women’s Council of the Brain Research Foundation and the National Institutes of Health.

Source: University of Chicago Medical Center (2011, May 4). Nicotine and cocaine leave similar mark on brain after first contact. ScienceDaily. Retrieved May 8, 2011, from http://www.sciencedaily.com¬ /releases/2011/05/110503171745.htm

Study Finds Moderate Levels of Secondhand Smoke Deliver Nicotine to the Brain

Exposure to second hand smoke has a direct, measurable impact on the brain—and the effect is similar to what happens in the brain of the person doing the smoking. In fact, exposure to this secondhand smoke evokes cravings among smokers, according to a study funded by the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA), part of the National Institutes of Health.

The study, published in Archives of General Psychiatry, used positron emission tomography to demonstrate that one hour of secondhand smoke in an enclosed space results in enough nicotine reaching the brain to bind receptors that are normally targeted by direct exposure to tobacco smoke. This happens in the brain of both smokers and non-smokers.

Previous research has shown that exposure to secondhand smoke increases the likelihood that children will become teenage smokers and makes it more difficult for adult smokers to quit. Such associations suggest that secondhand smoke acts on the brain to promote smoking behavior.

“This study gives concrete evidence to support policies that ban smoking in public places, particularly enclosed spaces and around children,” said Arthur Brody, M.D., of the University of California at Los Angeles Department of Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences and corresponding author for the article

Source: www.cadca.org 5th May 2011

Scientists are first to study toxic effects of BZP

Scientists at Anglia Ruskin University have revealed for the first time the serious long-term health risks associated with Benzylpiperazine (BZP), dubbed the “new ecstasy”.
BZP was a popular legal high before it was reclassified as a controlled substance in December 2009. According to Dean Ames, the Forensic Science Service’s drugs intelligence adviser, the designer drug has replaced MDMA as the main ingredient in ecstasy tablets.
Dean Ames said:
“It’s a rare drug now, MDMA. There are hundreds of thousands of tablets in circulation in the UK that look like ecstasy tablets, but which actually contain piperazines (a class of compounds that includes BZP).

The tablets are still being sold as ecstasy and because they have an effect, young people may think they are taking ecstasy.”
Anglia Ruskin’s research, led by Professor Mike Cole and Dr Beverley Vaughan, is the first of its kind to examine the health implications of taking piperazines and will help to educate medical staff as to the most serious symptoms associated with their ingestion, namely liver and kidney damage.
“The market for and abuse of clandestinely synthesised designer drugs has increased significantly over the last decade and this has been accompanied by an increase in the number of reports of death and serious illnesses related to the ingestion of these substances,” said Professor Cole, whose preliminary findings were presented at the American Academy of Forensic Sciences’ annual conference.

“Before our research there had been no systematic study of the toxicity of these drugs and this is needed if we are to treat drug users effectively and inform people of the potential hazards associated with taking them.”
The data produced by Professor Cole and Dr Vaughan provides clear evidence of the cellular cytotoxicity of BZP and its synthetic by-products at levels likely to occur following their ingestion. It also indicates that in general the liver, the site of detoxification for the body, is most sensitive to the actions of these drugs.
“Cells derived from the liver and kidney were exposed to BZP – its starting materials and its impurities – at concentrations which reflected a dose for a user of these drugs. The cells were examined to determine whether significant changes had occurred, including apoptosis (cell suicide) and necrosis (cell murder),” explained Professor Cole.

“It was found that BZP itself is toxic to the kidney whilst the starting material, piperazine hexahydrate, showed toxicity in only the liver. In general the study showed that water soluble drugs, impurities and mixtures were toxic to liver cells, whilst compounds and mixtures which are fat soluble are toxic to the kidney.

“Mixtures of drugs and impurities, synthesised to reflect street samples, produced a variety of toxic effects depending upon the composition of the mixture – but all were significantly toxic. The work is important because it begins to provide an explanation of why people who have taken these drugs exhibit the symptoms that they do in A&E rooms.

“It also shows that different batches of drugs will have different effects because of the different proportions of drug and impurity in the material, and that users are exposed to toxic mixtures of drugs for which both the short and longer-term effects will not be known and cannot easily be predicted.”

Addictions expert Sarah Graham, who is a spokesperson for the Government drugs helpline FRANK, said: “BZP is not safe – it is an entirely synthetic party drug which mimics the effects of ecstasy and speed. It is a stimulant which can raise your blood pressure and may lead to a fit or heart attack. You never know what you are getting because the chemical make up continually changes and mixing the drug with alcohol can increase the risks.”

Source: www.anglia.ac.uk May 2011

Quit drinking to cut cancer risk

May 2, 2011

CANCER COUNCIL AUSTRALIA has revised dramatically upwards its estimate of alcohol’s contribution to new cancer cases and issued its strongest warning yet that people worried by the link should avoid drinking altogether.
New evidence implicating alcohol in the development of bowel and breast cancer meant drinking probably caused about 5.6 per cent of cancers in Australia, or nearly 6500 of the 115,000 cases expected this year, a review by the council found. This was nearly double the 3.1 per cent figure it nominated in its last assessment, in 2008.
The council’s chief executive, Ian Olver, said the updated calculations revealed breast and bowel cancer accounted for nearly two-thirds of all alcohol-related cancers, overtaking those of the mouth, throat and oesophagus.
”The public really needs to know about it because it’s a modifiable risk factor,” said Professor Olver, calling for awareness campaigns to alert people to the link. ”You might not be able to help your genes but you can make lifestyle choices.”
Professor Olver said public advice should not conflict with the National Health & Medical Research Council’s 2009 recommendation people should drink no more than two standard alcohol units daily, already half the previous safe threshold for men.
But people should also be told there was no evidence of a safe alcohol dose below which cancer-causing effects did not occur – either from direct DNA damage, increased oestrogen levels or excessive weight gain. ”If you want to reduce your cancer risk as far as possible [abstinence] would be the option you have,” he said.
Public advice was especially important, Professor Olver said, because studies that suggested alcohol could protect against heart disease were increasingly being challenged by new findings that people gave up drinking when they became ill or old – meaning any potential benefits of moderate alcohol use for cardiovascular health had probably been oversold.

Source: : http://www.theage.com.au/lifestyle/wellbeing/quit-drinking-to-cut-cancer-risk-20110501-1e38g.html#ixzz1LTPjlgEi May 2011

Environmental costs of cannabis

It requires 70 gallons of diesel fuel to produce one indoor Cannabis plant, or 140 gallons with smaller, less-efficient gasoline generators. In California, the top-producing state, indoor cultivation is responsible for about 3% of all electricity use or 8% of household use, somewhat higher than estimates previously made
for British Columbia.17 This corresponds to the electricity use of 1 million average
California homes, greenhouse-gas emissions equal to those from 1 million average cars, and energy expenditures of $3 billion per year. Due to higher electricity prices and cleaner fuels used to make electricity, California incurs 70% of national energy costs but contributes only 20% of national CO2 emissions from indoor Cannabis cultivation.

From the perspective of individual consumers, a single Cannabis cigarette represents 2 pounds of CO2 emissions, an amount equal to running a 100-watt light bulb for 17 hours assuming average U.S. electricity emissions (or 30 hours on California’s cleaner grid).

The emissions associated with one kilogram of processed Cannabis are equivalent to those of driving across country 5 times in a 44-mpg car. One single production module doubles the electricity use of an average U.S. home and triples that of an average California home. The added electricity use is equivalent to running about 30 refrigerators.

Producing one kilogram of processed Cannabis results in 3,000 kilograms of CO2 emissions. The energy embodied in the production of inputs such as fertilizer, water, equipment, and building materials is not estimated here and should be considered in future assessments.

Source: http://evan-mills.com/energy-associates/Indoor.html April 2011

Supervised drinking at home can lead to alcohol problems as a teenager

Many mothers and fathers think that allowing their children to have a supervised drink is a good way of exposing them to alcohol safely and taking away its illicit thrill. But new research suggests it sends mixed signals that result in them being more likely to abuse alcohol as they enter their core teenage years.
A joint American-Australian study of more than 1,900 12 and 13-year-olds found that those whose parents took such a “harm minimisation” approach were more likely to have experienced “alcohol-related consequences” – such as not being able to stop drinking, getting into fights, or having blackouts – two years later than those whose parents had a “zero-tolerance” strategy.
A year into the study, almost twice as many Australian teenagers (67 per cent) had drunk alcohol in the presence of an adult than their American counterparts (35 per cent), reflecting general attitudes in Australia and the US when it comes to supervised underage drinking.
The following year, just over a third (36 per cent) of the Australians had experienced alcohol-related consequences compared to only a fifth (21 per cent) of the Americans.
While cultural differences alone could feasibly account for the disparity, the results also found that teens who had been allowed to drink while supervised were more likely to have had such experiences regardless of which country they were from.
The results of the study, conducted by the Centre for Adolescent Health in Melbourne, Australia, and the Social Development Research Group in Seattle, USA, are published today in the Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs.
British attitudes to teenage drinking are more similar to those in Australia than America, a matter reflected in law. While in the UK and Australia one can buy an alcoholic drink in a pub or off-licence from the age of 18, in the US the minimum age is 21. However, two years ago Sir Liam Donaldson, then England’s chief medical officer, said children under 15 should never be given alcohol, even though it is legal for parents to give a child over five alcohol in the home.
A separate Dutch study of 500 12-to-15-year-olds, also published in the JSAD today, found that it was the amount of alcohol available at home, and not how much parents drank, that determined teenage drinking habits – suggesting parents should keep their drinks cabinets locked.
Dr Barbara McMorris, of Minnesota University, who led the first study, said: “Both studies show that parents matter. “Despite the fact that peers and friends become important influences as adolescents get older, parents still have a big impact.” She added: “Kids need parents to be parents and not drinking buddies. Adults need to be clear about what messages they are sending. Kids need black and white messages early on. “Such messages will help reinforce limits as teens get older and opportunities to drink increase.”

Source: www.telegraph.co.uk/health 28th April 2011

Prescription Narcotics kill more than heroin and cocaine combined

Prescription narcotics were involved in more drug overdose deaths in 2007 than heroin and cocaine combined, according to a new article. And in some states, the number of deaths from prescription painkiller overdose is higher than suicide or car crashes.
Approximately 27,500 people died from unintentional prescription narcotics overdoses in 2007, driven to a large extent by prescription narcotics overdoses, said researchers from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Duke University and the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Narcotics pain medications were also involved in about 36 percent of all poisoning suicides in the U.S. in 2007.
many deaths from both Operation Iraqi Freedom and Operation Enduring Freedom in Afghanistan, from the beginning of both wars through Feb. 20, 2011, said study researcher Dr. Richard H. Weisler, an adjunct professor of psychiatry at UNC Chapel Hill and Duke University.
Alternatively, the drug overdose deaths would be equivalent to losing an airplane carrying 150 passengers and crew every day for six months, researchers said.
The study findings come on the tail of another article published this month in the Journal of the American Medical Association, which showed that the risk of fatal overdose increases with the dose of drugs taken (though taking the medications as needed or as prescribed was not associated with overdose risk).
In 2009, the CDC’s National Youth Risk Behavior Survey revealed that 1 in 5 high school students in the United States have abused prescription drugs, including the narcotics painkillers OxyContin, Percocet and Vicodin. Narcotics, also called opioids, are synthetic versions of opium that are used to treat moderate and severe pain.
And in June last year, the CDC reported that visits to hospital emergency departments involving nonmedical use of prescription narcotic pain relievers has more than doubled, rising 111 percent, between 2004 and 2008.
Researchers said one of the key reasons for the increase in prescription drug overdose deaths is increased nonmedical use of narcotics without a prescription because of the feeling it produces. They also said that medical providers, psychiatrists and primary care physicians may fail to anticipate the extent of overlap between chronic pain, mental illness and substance abuse among their patients.
For example, 15 percent to 30 percent of people with unipolar, bipolar, anxiety, psychotic, non-psychotic and attention deficit/hyperactivity disorders will also have substance abuse problems, said study researcher Dr. Ashwin A. Patkar, associate professor of psychiatry and behavioral sciences at Duke University.
“Similarly, people with substance abuse are more likely to have another mental illness and a significant number of patients with chronic pain will have mental illness or substance abuse problems,” Patkar said in a statement.
Moreover, narcotics, benzodiazepines, antidepressants and sleep aids are commonly prescribed even though they are harmful and addictive when abused, researchers said. It’s the combinations of these drugs that are frequently found in the toxicology reports of people dying of overdoses.
Researchers suggest that before prescribing narcotics, doctors should try non-narcotic medications as well as — when possible — physical therapy, psychotherapy, exercise and other nonmedicinal methods.
The study was published last week in the Journal of Clinical Psychiatry.
Pass it on: Overdosing on narcotic painkillers accounts for more deaths than from heroin and cocaine combined.

Source:www.myhealthnewsdaily.com 27th April 2011

Systems-Scale Analysis Reveals Pathways Involved in Cellular Response to Methamphetamine

Background

Methamphetamine (METH), an abused illicit drug, disrupts many cellular processes, including energy metabolism, spermatogenesis, and maintenance of oxidative status. However, many components of the molecular underpinnings of METH toxicity have yet to be established. Network analyses of integrated proteomic, transcriptomic and metabolomic data are particularly well suited for identifying cellular responses to toxins, such as METH, which might otherwise be obscured by the numerous and dynamic changes that are induced.

Methodology/Results

We used network analyses of proteomic and transcriptomic data to evaluate pathways in Drosophila melanogaster that are affected by acute METH toxicity. METH exposure caused changes in the expression of genes involved with energy metabolism, suggesting a Warburg-like effect (aerobic glycolysis), which is normally associated with cancerous cells. Therefore, we tested the hypothesis that carbohydrate metabolism plays an important role in METH toxicity. In agreement with our hypothesis, we observed that increased dietary sugars partially alleviated the toxic effects of METH. Our systems analysis also showed that METH impacted genes and proteins known to be associated with muscular homeostasis/contraction, maintenance of oxidative status, oxidative phosphorylation, spermatogenesis, iron and calcium homeostasis. Our results also provide numerous candidate genes for the METH-induced dysfunction of spermatogenesis, which have not been previously characterized at the molecular level.

Conclusion

Our results support our overall hypothesis that METH causes a toxic syndrome that is characterized by the altered carbohydrate metabolism, dysregulation of calcium and iron homeostasis, increased oxidative stress, and disruption of mitochondrial functions.

Source: . PLoS ONE 6(4): e18215. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0018215. (2011)
Sun L, Li H-M, Seufferheld MJ, Walters KR Jr, Margam VM, et al. Sun L, Li H-M, Seufferheld MJ, Walters KR Jr, Margam VM, et al.

Public Smoking Bans May Increase Smoking at Home

A public-smoking ban in Australia has led more parents to smoke at home, raising health risks for kids, researchers say.
The research from the Australian National University’s Research School of Social Sciences concluded that “bans in recreational public places can perversely increase tobacco exposure of nonsmokers … Children seem to be particularly affected. The level of cotinine (a nicotine by product measurable in saliva) in children considerably increases as a result of bans in public places.”
Public smoking bans tend to “displace smokers to private places where they contaminate nonsmokers,” said authors Jerome Adda, Ph.D., and Francesca Cornaglia, Ph.D., visiting scholars from University College London.

Source: Medical Post April 4 2006

Long-term ecstasy use ‘raises risk of brain damage and Alzheimer’s’

Dutch researchers find that the hippocampus of long-term ecstasy users is 10.5% smaller than peers who don’t use drugs.
Dutch researchers found that long-term ecstasy users had an increased risk of hippocampal damage, which can contribute to the eventual onset of Alzheimer’s.
Long-term Ecstasy users risk brain damage, memory loss and an increased chance of developing Alzheimer’s disease, new research suggests.
Dutch researchers used MRI scans to study the brains of 10 men in their mid-20s who had taken an average of 281 ecstasy tablets over the previous six and a half years, and seven peers who had taken other drugs.
They found that the hippocampus – the part of the brain controlling memory – was 10.5% smaller among the ecstasy users, and their overall grey matter 4.6% less.
“These data provide preliminary evidence that Ecstasy users may be prone to incurring hippocampal damage”, and may help explain the memory loss witnessed among such people in previous studies, the co-authors wrote in the Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry.
“Hippocampal atrophy is a hallmark for disease of progressive cognitive impairment in older patients, such as Alzheimer’s disease”, they added.
Professor David Nutt, the government’s former lead adviser on drugs misuse, said, however, that the “interesting pilot study … is underpowered to provide definitive evidence of an effect of ecstasy”. Evidence suggests that many drugs, including alcohol, can damage someone’s memory, Nutt added.

Source: guardian.co.uk, Wednesday 6 April 2011

New Cannabis-Like Drugs Could Block Pain Without Affecting Brain, Says Study

The research demonstrates for the first time that cannabinoid receptors called CB2, which can be activated by cannabis use, are present in human sensory nerves in the peripheral nervous system, but are not present in a normal human brain.
Drugs which activate the CB2 receptors are able to block pain by stopping pain signals being transmitted in human sensory nerves, according to the study, led by researchers from Imperial College London.
Previous studies have mainly focused on the other receptor activated by cannabis use, known as CB1, which was believed to be the primary receptor involved in pain relief. However, as CB1 receptors are found in the brain, taking drugs which activate these receptors can lead to side-effects, such as drowsiness, dependence and psychosis, and also recreational abuse.
The new research indicates that drugs targeting CB2 receptors offer a new way of treating pain in clinical conditions where there are currently few effective or safe treatments, such as chronic pain caused by osteoarthritis and pain from nerve damage. It could also provide an alternative treatment for acute pain, such as that experienced following surgical operations.

The new study showed that CB2 receptors work to block pain with a mechanism similar to the one which opiate receptors use when activated by the powerful painkilling drug morphine. They hope that drugs which target CB2 might provide an alternative to morphine, which can have serious side effects such as dependency, nausea and vomiting.

Praveen Anand, Professor of Clinical Neurology and Principal Investigator of the study from the Division of Neurosciences and Mental Health at Imperial College London, said: ”Although cannabis is probably best known as an illegal recreational drug, people have used it for medicinal purposes for centuries. Queen Victoria used it in tea to help with her period pains, and people with a variety of conditions say that it helps alleviate their symptoms.

“Our new study is very promising because it suggests that we could alleviate pain by targeting the cannabinoid receptor CB2 without causing the kinds of side-effects we associate with people using cannabis itself.”
The researchers reached their conclusions after studying human sensory nerve cells in culture with CB2 receptor compounds provided by GlaxoSmithKline, and also injured nerves from patients with chronic pain.
The researchers are now planning to conduct clinical trials of drugs which target CB2 in patients with chronic pain at Imperial College Healthcare NHS Trust, which has integrated with Imperial College London to form the UK’s first Academic Health Science Centre.

Source: Anand et al. Cannabinoid receptor CB2 localisation and agonist-mediated inhibition of capsaicin responses in human sensory neurons. Pain, 2008; 138 (3): 667 DOI: 10.1016/j.pain.2008.06.007

Separating The Therapeutic Benefits Of Cannabis From Its Mood-Altering Side-Effects

Cannabis contains a chemical called THC, which binds to, and activates, proteins in the brain known as ‘CB1 cannabinoid receptors’. Activating these receptors can relieve pain and prevent epileptic seizures; but it also causes the mood-altering effect experienced by people who use cannabis as a recreational drug.

Now, Professor Maurice Elphick and Dr Michaela Egertová from Queen Mary’s School of Biological and Chemical Sciences may have found a way of separating out the effects of cannabis – a discovery which could lead to the development of new medicines to treat conditions such as epilepsy, obesity and chronic pain. The research is described in the December issue of the journal Molecular Pharmacology.

Working in collaboration with scientists based in the USA*, they have identified a protein that binds to the CB1 receptors in the brain. But unlike THC, this ‘Cannabinoid Receptor Interacting Protein’ or CRIP1a, suppresses the activity of CB1 receptors.

Professor Elphick explains: “Because CRIP1a inhibits the activity of the brain’s cannabinoid receptors, it may be possible to develop drugs that block this interaction, and in turn enhance CB1 activity. This may give patients the pain relief associated with CB1 activity, without the ‘high’ that cannabis users experience.”

Leslie Iversen FRS, Professor of Pharmacology at the University of Oxford and author of The Science of Marijuana, commented on the new findings: “This interesting discovery provides a completely new insight into the regulation of the cannabinoid system in the brain – and could offer a new approach to the discovery of cannabis-based medicines in the future.”

“CB1 Cannabinoid Receptor Activity Is Modulated by the Cannabinoid Receptor Interacting Protein CRIP1a” is published online in the December issue of Molecular Pharmacology.
The Elphick laboratory in the School of Biological & Chemical Sciences at Queen Mary is supported by grants from UK research councils (BBSRC, MRC) and the Wellcome Trust.

Source:
The above story is reprinted (with editorial adaptations by ScienceDaily staff) from materials provided by Queen Mary, University of London. April 2011

Cerebrovascular perfusion in marijuana users during a month of monitored abstinence

Ronald I. Herning, PhD, Warren E. Better, MS, Kimberly Tate, BS and Jean L. Cadet, MD

From the Molecular Neuropsychiatry Branch, National Institute on Drug Abuse, National Institutes of Health,Baltimore,MD.

Address correspondence and reprint requests to Dr. Ronald I. Herning, Molecular Neuropsychiatry Branch, National Institute on Drug Abuse, PO Box 5180, Baltimore, MD21224; e-mail: rherning@intra.nida.nih.gov

Objective: To determine possible effects of prolonged marijuanause on the cerebrovascular system during a month of monitoredabstinence and to assess how the intensity of current use mighthave influenced cerebrovascular perfusion in these marijuanausers.

Method: The authors recorded blood flow velocity in the anteriorand middle cerebral arteries using transcranial Doppler sonographyin three groups of marijuana users who differed in the intensityof recent use (light: n = 11; moderate: n = 23; and heavy: n= 20) and in control subjects (n = 18) to assess the natureand duration of any potential abnormalities. Blood flow velocitywas recorded within 3 days of admission and 28 to 30 days ofmonitored abstinence on an inpatient research unit in orderto evaluate subacute effects of the drug and any abstinence-generatedchanges.

Results: Pulsatility index, a measure of cerebrovascular resistance,and systolic velocity were significantly increased in the marijuanausers vs control subjects. These increases persisted in theheavy marijuana users after a month of monitored abstinence.

Conclusions: Chronic marijuana use is associated with increasedcerebrovascular resistance through changes mediated, in part,in blood vessels or in the brain parenchyma. These findingsmight provide a partial explanation for the cognitive deficitsobserved in a similar group of marijuana users.

Source:  NEUROLOGY 2005;64:488-493

Cannabis use before age 15 and subsequent

Background

Many studies have suggested that adolescence is a period of particular vulnerability to neurocognitive effects associated with substance misuse. However, few large studies have measured differences in cognitive performance between chronic cannabis users who started in early adolescence(before age 15) with those who started later.

 Aims

To examine the executive functioning of individuals who started chronic cannabis use before age 15 compared with those who started chronic cannabis use after 15 and controls.

Method

We evaluated the performance of 104 chronic cannabis users (49 early-onset users and 55 late-onset users) and 44 controls who undertook neuropsychological tasks, with a focus on executive functioning. Comparisons involving neuropsychological measures were performed using generalised linear model analysis of variance (ANOVA).

 Results

The early-onset group showed significantly poorer performance compared with the controls and the late-onset group on tasks assessing sustained attention, impulse control and executive functioning.

Conclusions

Early-onset chronic cannabis users exhibited poorer cognitive performance than controls and late-onset users in executive

functioning. Chronic cannabis use, when started before age 15, may have more deleterious effects on neurocognitive functioning.

Source:  The British Journal of Psychiatry (2011) 198, 442–447. doi: 10.1192/bjp.bp.110.077479

Cannabis Use and Earlier Onset of Psychosis – A Systematic Meta-analysis

“Many studies have linked marijuana use with early onset of psychosis. The question is, does smoking marijuana cause earlier psychosis? A new review of 83 studies involving more than 22,000 participants seeks an answer.

The meta-analysis found that people who smoked marijuana developed psychotic disorders an average 2.7 years earlier than people who did not use cannabis
Context  A number of studies have found that the use of cannabis and other psychoactive substances is associated with an earlier onset of psychotic illness.
Objective  To establish the extent to which use of cannabis, alcohol, and other psychoactive substances affects the age at onset of psychosis by meta-analysis.
Data Sources  Peer-reviewed publications in English reporting age at onset of psychotic illness in substance-using and non–substance-using groups were located using searches of CINAHL, EMBASE, MEDLINE, PsycINFO, and ISI Web of Science.
Study Selection  Studies in English comparing the age at onset of psychosis in cohorts of patients who use substances with age at onset of psychosis in non–substance-using patients. The searches yielded 443 articles, from which 83 studies met the inclusion criteria.
Data Extraction  Information on study design, study population, and effect size were extracted independently by 2 of us.
Data Synthesis  Meta-analysis found that the age at onset of psychosis for cannabis users was 2.70 years younger (standardized mean difference = –0.414) than for nonusers; for those with broadly defined substance use, the age at onset of psychosis was 2.00 years younger (standardized mean difference = –0.315) than for nonusers. Alcohol use was not associated with a significantly earlier age at onset of psychosis. Differences in the proportion of cannabis users in the substance-using group made a significant contribution to the heterogeneity in the effect sizes between studies, confirming an association between cannabis use and earlier mean age at onset of psychotic illness.
Conclusions  The results of meta-analysis provide evidence for a relationship between cannabis use and earlier onset of psychotic illness, and they support the hypothesis that cannabis use plays a causal role in the development of psychosis in some patients. The results suggest the need for renewed warnings about the potentially harmful effects of cannabis.
Matthew Large, BSc(Med), MBBS, FRANZCP; Swapnil Sharma, MBBS, FRANZCP; Michael T. Compton, MD, MPH; Tim Slade, PhD; Olav Nielssen, MBBS, MCrim, FRANZCP
Source: Arch Gen Psychiatry. Published online February 7, 2011. doi:10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2011.5

Cannabis affects driving skills

Abstract

Delta (9)-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the most important psychoactive substance in cannabis, is frequently detected in blood from apprehended drivers suspected for drugged driving. Both experimental and epidemiological studies have demonstrated the negative effects of THC upon cognitive functions and psychomotor skills. These effects could last longer than a measurable concentration of THC in blood. Culpability studies have recently demonstrated an increased risk of becoming responsible in fatal or injurious traffic accidents, even with low blood concentrations of THC. It has also been demonstrated that there is a correlation between the degree of impairment, the drug dose and the THC blood concentration. It is very important to focus on the negative effect of cannabis on fitness to drive in order to prevent injuries and loss of human life and to avoid large economic consequences to the society.

 Source:  Tidsskr Nor Laegeforen. 2007 Mar 1;127(5):583-4.

Brain Scans Show Danger of Meth Exposure During Pregnancy

A new study suggests that the brain damage suffered by children whose mothers used metamphetamine during pregnancy may be even worse than the effects that alcohol has on a fetus.

Researchers at the University of California, Los Angeles, found that some of the brain regions of meth-exposed children were even smaller than in alcohol-exposed children. One such region is the caudate nucleus, which plays a role in learning, memory, motor control, and motivation.

“Our findings stress the importance of drug abuse treatment for pregnant women,” said research team leader Elizabeth Sowell.

According to Sowell and her colleagues, being able to identify which brain structures are affected in meth-exposed children may help predict the specific types of leaning and behavioral problems that will afflict these children.

 Source:  The Journal of Neuroscience. March 17 2011

Brain abnormalities could be key to understanding cocaine dependency

Brain abnormalities could be help explain why certain people could have a pre-disposition to cocaine dependency, according to research published today.

In a report in The Herald newspaper today, researchers at theUniversity of Cambridge have identified the abnormalities in the frontal lobe of cocaine users’ brains which are linked to their compulsive cocaine-using behaviour. Scientists think these abnormalities could help explain why some people are more prone to drug dependency.

The researchers, led by Dr Karen Ersche of the University’s Behavioural and Clinical Neuroscience Institute,  scanned the brains of 120 people, half of whom had a dependence on cocaine.   They found that the cocaine users had widespread loss of grey matter which was directly related to the duration of their cocaine use and that this reduction in volume was associated with greater compulsivity to take cocaine.

The scientists also found that parts of the brain reward system where cocaine exerts its actions were significantly enlarged in cocaine users. This was not linked to the duration of the user’s habit.

The researchers believe this may suggest that alterations in the brain’s reward system predate cocaine use, possibly making these individuals more vulnerable to the effects of the drug.

The Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs is currently carrying out a review of the harms associated with cocaine.

Source:  www.heraldscotland.com  11th June 2011

Boozy kids as young as 10 are blocking hospital beds after being admitted for alcohol problems.

The number of under-16s arriving drunk at accident and emergency inAberdeenhas soared by a shocking 60 per cent.

And health chiefs have warned that more and more vital hospital beds are now being filled up with booze-binge schoolchildren.

Alarming statistics reveal the number of people treated for alcohol-related emergencies by NHS Lothian has soared by 68 per cent.

There were 4,751 cases in 2008/09, up from 2,823 in 2006/07. And inAberdeen, the number has risen from 1,712 people five years ago to 2,220 in 2008/09.

The figure for the same period in Aberdeenshire increased from 900 to 1,051.

The numbers were only topped by Greater Glasgow andClyde, with 13,592 alcohol-related discharges in 2008/09.

Worried politicians last night called for urgent action to tackleScotland’s underage drinking shame.

MSP Murdo Fraser, the Tory shadow health secretary, said: “These are frightening figures that show just how deep the problem is. We have to target problem drinks and problem drinkers, give better education on the dangers of alcohol abuse, and crack down on those who sell to children.”

A Labour spokesman called the new statistics “highly alarming”.

He added: “The SNP Government has to bring forward measures that actually work. They need to crack down on the rogue shops that openly sell booze to kids.”

And north-east MSP Maureen Watt said: “The scale of the increase inAberdeenis deeply alarming.

“It is the second largest increase acrossScotlandand more than three times the national average.”

The Nats MSP added: “Aberdeen Royal Infirmary is not the only hospital in which, on any night of the week, beds and trolleys are blocked by people sleeping off the effects of drink.

“Do taxpayers think that is a good use of their money and health professionals’ time? I do not think so.”

Dr Pauline Strachan, director of acute services at NHS Grampian, told a Holyrood committee: “If we look at accident and emergency attendance it was traditionally 20 to 30-year-olds.

“Now we see children as young as 10, 11 or 12 being presented in a drunken state.

“There had been a 60 per cent increase in children under 16 being admitted drunk at accident and emergency.

“Also about 20 or 25 years ago, it tended to be 50 or 60-year-olds who had chronic liver disease.

“Now it’s not unusual for people in their 20s.”

Ambulance chiefs inAberdeenrecently revealed they dealt with more than 6,000 calls during popular drinking times last year.

NHS Grampian said: “Alcohol misuse places an unnecessary burden on emergency services.”

Source:scottish-sun@the-sun.co.uk   15th June 2010

Filed under: Alcohol,Health,Youth :

Binge drinking ‘can damage memory skills’ in teen girls

Teenagers – especially girls – who binge drink could be damaging the part of their brain which controls memory and spatial awareness, say Californian researchers.

Young women’s brains are particularly vulnerable to harm from alcohol because they develop earlier than men’s.  Tests on 95 adolescents aged 16 to 19 were carried out by researchers at severalUSuniversities.

The study is published in Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research.

Researchers recruited 27 binge-drinking males and 13 females and gave them neurophsychological tests and “spatial working memory” tests to complete.

Binge-drinking young women were defined as those drinking more than three pints of beer or more than four glasses of wine at one sitting. Binge-drinking men drank four pints of beer or a bottle of wine.   The same tests were then carried out on 31 males and 24 females who did not have episodes of drinking heavily and the results compared.

Using MRI scans, the study team found that female teenage heavy drinkers had less brain activation in several brain regions than female non-drinking teens when doing the same spatial task.  They suggested that this could cause problems when driving, playing sports involving complex moves, using a map or remembering how to get somewhere.

Susan Tapert, professor of psychiatry at theUniversityofCaliforniaand lead study author, said these differences in brain activity negatively affected other functions, like concentration and “working memory”.

The study describes “working memory” as using and working with information that is in your mind, like adding up numbers. It is also critical to logical thinking and reasoning.  But the young men studied were not affected to the same extent, Dr Tapert said.   “Male binge drinkers showed some, but less, abnormality as compared to male non-drinkers. This suggests that female teens may be particularly vulnerable to the negative effects of heavy alcohol use.”

Fluctuations

Previous research has shown that among adult alcoholics, women are more vulnerable to the damaging effects of alcohol on the brain than men.

Edith Sullivan, a professor in psychiatry and behavioural sciences atStanfordUniversity, said that the brains of adolescent boys and girls appear to be affected differently by alcohol.  “Females’ brains develop one to two years earlier than males, so alcohol use during a different developmental stage – despite the same age – could account for the gender differences.

“Hormonal levels and alcohol-induced fluctuations in hormones could also account for the gender differences. Finally, the same amount of alcohol could more negatively affect females since females tend to have slower rates of metabolism, higher body fat ratios, and lower body weight.”

Don Shenker, from Alcohol Concern, said the research demonstrates why reducing binge drinking among young people must be an urgent priority. “Ministers should go much further to clamp down on off-licence promotions which are driving under-age drinking and reviewing the extent of alcohol marketing which young people are exposed to and which makes drinking appear attractive.

“We have to also look at intervening as early as possible so that when teenagers go to A&E as a result of drinking or in trouble with the police or at school, they are provided with the right advice and support to reduce their risky drinking and make healthier choices.”

A Department of Health spokeswoman said “We are already taking action to tackle problem drinking, including plans to stop supermarkets selling below cost alcohol and working to introduce a tougher licensing regime.   ”Our recent white paper set out our plan to ring-fence public health spending and give power to local communities to improve the health of local people and this includes improving alcohol treatment services through a greater focus on outcomes and payment by results.   We will also be publishing a new alcohol strategy later this year to follow on from the public health white paper.”

Source: www.bbc.co.uk  16th July 2011

Teacher-assessed behavior of children prenatally exposed to cocaine.

Abstract

OBJECTIVE:

Prenatal cocaine exposure has been associated with alterations in neonatal behavior and more recently a dose-response relationship has been identified. However, few data are available to address the long-term behavioral effects of prenatal exposures in humans. The specific aim of this report is to evaluate the school-age behavior of children prenatally exposed to cocaine.

METHODS:

All black non-human immunodeficiency virus-positive participants in a larger pregnancy outcomes study who delivered singleton live born infants between September 1, 1989 and August 31, 1991 were eligible for study participation. Staff members of the larger study extensively screened study participants during pregnancy for cocaine, alcohol, cigarettes, and other illicit drugs. Prenatal drug exposure was defined by maternal history elicited by structured interviews with maternal and infant drug testing as clinically indicated. Cocaine exposure was considered positive if either history or laboratory results were positive. Six years later, 665 families were contacted; 94% agreed to participate. The child, primary caretaker (parent), and, when available, the biologic mothers were tested in our research facilities. Permission was elicited to obtain blinded teacher assessments of child behavior with the Achenbach Teacher’s Report Form (TRF). Drug use since the child’s birth was assessed by trained researchers using a structured interview.

RESULTS:

Complete laboratory and teacher data were available for 499 parent-child dyads, with a final sample size for all analyses of 471 (201 cocaine-exposed) after the elimination of mentally retarded subjects. A comparison of relative Externalizing (Aggressive, Delinquent) to Internalizing (Anxious/Depressed, Withdrawn, Somatic Complaints) behaviors of the offspring was computed for the TRF by taking the difference between the 2 subscales to create an Externalizing-Internalizing Difference (T. M. Achenbach, personal communication, 1998). Univariate comparisons revealed that boys were significantly more likely to score in the clinically significant range on total TRF, Externalizing-Internalizing, and Aggressive Behaviors than were girls. Children prenatally exposed to cocaine had higher Externalizing-Internalizing Differences compared with controls but did not have significantly higher scores on any of the other TRF variables. Additionally, boys prenatally exposed to cocaine were twice as likely as controls to have clinically significant scores for externalizing (25% vs 13%) and delinquent behavior (22% vs 11%). Gender, prenatal exposures (cocaine and alcohol), and postnatal risk factors (custody changes, current drug use in the home, child’s report of violence exposure) were all related to problem behaviors. Even after controlling for gender, other prenatal substance exposures, and home environment variables, cocaine-exposed children had higher Externalizing-Internalizing Difference scores. Prenatal exposure to alcohol was associated with higher total score, increased attention problems, and more delinquent behaviors. Prenatal exposure to cigarettes was not significantly related to the total TRF score or any of the TRF subscales. Postnatal factors associated with problem behaviors included both changes in custody status and current drug use in the home. Change in custody status of the cocaine-exposed children, but not of the controls, was related to higher total scores on the TRF and more externalizing and aggressive behaviors. Current drug use in the home was associated with higher scores on the externalizing and aggressive subscales.

CONCLUSIONS:

Results of this study suggest gender-specific behavioral effects related to prenatal cocaine exposure. Prenatal alcohol exposure also had a significant impact on the TRF. Postnatal exposures, including current drug use in the home and the child’s report of violence exposure, had an independent effect on teacher-assessed child behavioral problems.

Source:  Pediatrics. 2000 Oct;106(4):782-91.

Tool May Allow Doctors to Assess Meth Impact on Babies Exposed Before Birth

A new assessment tool may allow doctors to evaluate the impact of methamphetamine on babies exposed in the womb. The tool may help identify which babies will go on to develop problems due to exposure to the drug, according to a new study.

Medical News Today reports that doctors at the Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University andWomen & InfantsHospital inProvidence,RI, looked at the effects of prenatal exposure to methamphetamine in 185 newborns and compared them with 195 newborns who were not exposed to meth, but were exposed to alcohol, tobacco or marijuana before birth.

They reported at the Pediatric Academic Societies meeting inDenver that an assessment tool called the NICU Network Neurobehavioral Scale (NNNS) was used to evaluate the babies during the first four days of life and again when they were one month old.  The tool evaluates the babies’ muscle tone, reflexes, behavior, motor development and stress.

The researchers said that the tests could help identify which babies are doing well and which are the ones who could benefit from intervention and prevention services.

Source: www.drugfree.org/join-together  3rd May 2011

Animal Study Suggests Blood Pressure Drug May Help Treat Cocaine Addiction

The blood pressure drug propranolol may help treat cocaine addiction, a new animal study suggests. The study investigated the behavior of rats repeatedly given injections of cocaine in a particular cage. The rats learned to associate the positive feelings of cocaine with the cage, much as humans associate the high of cocaine with the environment in which they use the drug, Time reports.

The researchers found that rats given propranolol before they were allowed to enter the cocaine cage, no longer showed a preference for it over any other cage. Rats who were given shots of saline instead of the blood pressure drug continued to seek out the cocaine cage for at least two weeks.

In humans, propranolol might dull the pleasant associations of cocaine, the article says. The cravings that accompany those feelings might also dissipate, and that in turn could reduce the risk of a relapse. The article notes that propranolol has been studied as a treatment for post-traumatic stress disorder, with mixed results.

The new study appears in the journal Neuropsychopharmacology

Source:www.drugfree.org.  July 2011

Filed under: Cocaine,Health :

£60,000 cost of keeping an addict on drugs

The true cost of Scotland’s drug habit has been set out by a leading academic, who says a single addict sets the country back more than £60,000 a year.

Professor Neil McKeganey, director of the Centre for Drug Misuse Research at the University of Glasgow, has criticised Scottish Government policy and said the nation is “paying a massive price” for its drugs problem.  Scotland has some 55,000 addicts, so the annual bill in health care, criminal activity, drug driving and other social costs comes to almost £3.5 billion.

Writing in today’s Scotsman, Prof McKeganey argues Scottish society has grown too accepting of all forms of drug abuse and needs instead to preach a doctrine of abstinence. He questions the Scottish Government’s reliance on methadone as a substitute for heroin abusers and argues more effort is required to get addicts off drugs through abstinence.

“At the moment, we have about 22,000 addicts on methadone in Scotland,” he says. “When Scottish ministers are asked whether they have any plans for reducing that number, the typical answer is to say that prescribing methadone is the responsibility of individual doctors.  “Our political leaders, surrounded by those who counsel them on the benefits of methadone, find themselves passing responsibility for our national methadone programme on to the shoulders of those who are prescribing the drug in the first place. This situation is going to get worse.”

Prof McKeganey says Scotland’s drug problem is “virtually without equal anywhere in Europe” and that concern over “legal high” mephedrone, a substance sold as plant food which has become popular as a recreational drug and has been linked to a number of deaths, is just another symptom of the “culture of addiction”.

“What… should we make of a situation in Scotland where young people are prepared to consume plant food to obtain a desired high?” he says.

The Centre for Drug Misuse Research has estimated each problem drug user costs £60,703 a year, while a recreational drug user costs the state only £134.  The costs were calculated by considering the addict’s actions in terms of health, work, driving, crime and other social consequences, such as children in care and even addicts’ deaths.

In 2007, for example, problem drug users made 45,034 visits to accident and emergency departments at a total cost of £9,804,388, while the annual shoplifting bill is £50,611,921.

Prof McKeganey believes that key to tackling Scotland’s drug problem lies in a greater focus on abstinence. “If we are going to change the culture of acceptance around drugs, we need to do something that is almost beyond comprehension – we need to normalise abstinence,” he says.

The growing culture of middle-class drug use, where users argue it is a just reward for personal success, must he tackled, he argues, and there should be more visits to schools by drug addicts and their families to highlight the consequences of addiction.

Last night, a spokeswoman for the Scottish Drugs Forum defended the use of methadone for drug addicts and the necessity for support systems to help drug addicts, even during times of financial hardship.  “Methadone – along with psycho-social support to supplement the pharmaceutical prescription – has an important part to play in helping many people stabilise chaotic drug use, but other approaches must be available, including abstinence-based treatment, for people who want them and who could benefit from them,” she said.  “What matters most is having a range of high-quality and readily accessible treatment which best meets the needs of each individual at each stage of their journey away from harmful drug use.”

Tim Richley, of offenders’ charity Sacro, supported Prof McKeganey’s long-term goal, but said it would require gradual change. “I do understand the argument he is making and I would come down on the side of total abstinence as a good goal that we are trying to achieve, but other factors can help,” he said. “If they were to ditch methadone overnight, there would be a huge rise in criminal activity as addicts seek the money to buy heroin.”

A spokesman for the Scottish Government said it had invested a record £28.6 million in drug treatment and services. He went on:  “It is for individual clinicians to decide on the most appropriate medical treatment for any person, taking into account their lifestyle and what stage they are on the road to recovery.

“The Scottish Government’s new drugs strategy offers a blueprint for all our drug treatment and rehabilitation services based on the principle of recovery, not extending addiction, tailored to the personal needs of individuals.”
Source:  www.scotsman.com 29th March 2010

 

Adult Consequences of Late Adolescent Alcohol Consumption: A Systematic Review of Cohort Studies

Background

Alcohol is responsible for a significant portion of the global burden of disease. There is widespread concern reported in the media and other sources about drinking trends among young people, particularly heavy episodic or “binge” drinking. Prominent among policy responses, in theUKand elsewhere, have been attempts to manage antisocial behaviour related to intoxication in public spaces. Much less attention has been given to the longer term effects of excessive drinking in adolescence on later adult health and well-being. Some studies suggest that individuals “mature out” of late adolescent drinking behaviour, whilst others identify enduring effects on drinking and broader health and social outcomes in adulthood.

If adolescent drinking does not cause later difficulties in adulthood then intervention approaches aimed at addressing the acute consequences of alcohol, such as unintentional injuries and anti-social behaviour, may be the most appropriate solution. If causal relationships do exist, however, this approach will not address the cumulative harms produced by alcohol, unless such intervention successfully modifies the long-term relationship with alcohol, which seems unlikely. To address this issue a systematic review of cohort studies was conducted, as this approach provides the strongest observational study design to evaluate evidence for causal inference.

Methods

A systematic review was undertaken of the available literature using relevant online databases and standard systematic review literature search techniques. The search parameters included database articles from 1964 to 2008. This approach was supplemented through the use of hand searching of key journals, citation searching and contact with the primary authors of relevant studies. A data collection protocol was developed and the entire process was undertaken independently on two occasions by different researchers. All subsequent study tasks were also duplicated. Only peer-reviewed published data were used and further unpublished information was not sought from authors.

Studies of drinking behaviour were included if they collected data on at least two points in time, were at least 3 years apart, and from the same cohort. Cohorts formed from general population sources, including college students and military conscripts, were included. Studies based on selected or special populations such as children of alcoholics, mental health patients, and offenders were excluded.

We evaluated the strength of causal inference possible in these studies by assessing whether all possible contributing factors (confounders) had been taken into account. We also gave greater weight to studies that had follow-up rates of 80% or greater, and which had sample sizes of 1,000 participants or more.

Results

Fifty-four studies were eligible for inclusion in this review. Approximately half of all reports (n = 26) were from US studies, ten were fromSweden, eight fromBritain, four fromNew Zealand, three fromAustralia, two fromFinland, and one from theNetherlands. More than half (n = 30) originated from school-based cohorts. Birth cohorts were more likely to be the subject of multiple studies (n = 11/14). Nineteen (35%) studies, based on eight different cohorts, were assessed as having stronger capacity for causal inference), and we focussed primarily on these studies.

The main results were as follows –

  • The majority of the studies provided evidence for a link between adolescent drinking and drinking behaviour in later adulthood.
  • All studies assessing alcohol problems or dependence in adulthood found statistically significant associations with late adolescent drinking.
  • Mortality was examined in only one cohort; the Swedish Conscript Study. It found that late adolescent heavy drinkers were twice as likely to have died compared to moderate drinkers by the mid-thirties. The majority of these deaths were due to car crashes and suicides. The risk of death due to alcohol specific causes (e.g. alcohol intoxication, liver cirrhosis) was also higher for this group.
  • One study found no effect of adolescent drinking on court convictions or property offences by age 21, however one other study found that adolescent alcohol problems were predictive of official recorded criminal convictions by the mid-thirties.
  • There was no effect of adolescent drinking on any of the mental health outcomes included in the studies, apart from the study noted above which did find that heavier adolescent drinkers had a higher risk of suicide in adulthood.
  • One of the studies identified a small but significant effect of adolescent alcohol use on later tobacco use, however a similar relationship was not observed in other studies once confounding factors present in late adolescence were controlled.
  • The majority of studies found that there was no association between adolescent drinking and drug use or dependence, after controlling for confounding.
  • One study found a link between adolescent drinking at age 16 and educational attainment at age 42, however this effect was only evident in men.

Discussion

This systematic review investigated whether late adolescent alcohol consumption is a time-limited activity without significant longer term consequences or whether it impacts upon adult health and well being. It is clear that the evidence base on long-term consequences is not as extensive nor as compelling as it could be. There is a large evidence base attesting to the ongoing impacts of late adolescent drinking on adult drinking behaviours, though most studies cannot strongly support causal inferences because of their designs. There is robust evidence from one US National school cohort that apparent effects on later alcohol consumption persist beyond the age of 30, which is longer than had previously been understood. Possible effects on subsequent alcohol problems including dependence are somewhat more complex than effects upon subsequent alcohol consumption per se. Evidence from multiple well-designed cohort studies indicates that other factors indicative of heightened psychosocial risk more broadly are also implicated. It is nonetheless striking that effects on alcohol problems assessed at ages in the mid 30s appear to have been produced by elevated consumption in late adolescence. Findings from a rigorousNew Zealandbirth cohort study on nonalcohol outcomes, however, demonstrate that many apparent effects of late adolescent drinking are actually due to other factors. Certainty about the long-term consequences of late adolescent drinking is thus not easily achieved.

Notwithstanding the limitations of the evidence base and of this review, and attenuations over time in the strength of the direct effects, late adolescent alcohol consumption appears a probable cause of increased drinking well into adulthood, through to ages at which adult social roles have been achieved. Heavier drinking seems most likely, however, to be only one component in a complex causal process. The contribution of adolescent drinking has probably been overestimated in previous studies through not taking accouint of other possible explanations. There are also uncertainties induced by self-reported data. The importance of these findings is highlighted in the context of work showing strong stability of drinking patterns through the fourth and fifth decades of life. A wide range of health and other harms, such as liver cirrhosis, are caused by alcohol at middle and older ages. Late adolescent drinking, by virtue of its probable effect on long-term adult alcohol consumption is likely to contribute to the burden of alcohol-related disease. Continuities from adolescence to adulthood in drinking patterns have been observed across a range of measures including frequency of consumption and heavy drinking.

In this study it seems that alcohol consumption confers additional risk of alcohol problems both on those who are already more vulnerable in various ways to poorer health and psychosocial outcomes, and strikingly also among those who are not otherwise vulnerable. Possible effects on adult alcohol problems and dependence including hospitalisation identified here result from heavier drinking in adolescence without necessarily involving problems at younger ages. If these effects are confirmed, there are two important implications: (1) Reducing late adolescent alcohol consumption in the general population may be expected to make a long-term contribution to reducing the incidence of adult alcohol problems; (2) In more vulnerable populations, late adolescent drinking may be one cause among many of later difficulties, and its effects may be more severe and long-lasting than for other groups. Having relatively secure psychosocial resources may somewhat buffer these risks, and their consequent potential for adverse effects, but it does not remove them. These statements should be read with some caution given studies of mediators and moderators of these effects are lacking, limiting our understanding of their nature. Nevertheless, this systematic review affords more secure inference of the likely existence of these effects than has been possible previously. It is possible that relationships with alcohol forged during late adolescence may have cumulative lifetime drinking related consequences that are also simply not well captured by the existing literature.

In addition to making both alcohol and heavy drinking less available, less acceptable, and more expensive, these findings indicate a need for policy makers to encourage young people to be more cognisant of the long-term risks to adult health and well-being, and to act on this awareness in their decision making about whether and how much to drink. This encouragement requires much more than the provision of accurate information about risks if it is to have any real prospect of influencing actual behaviour. Alcohol harm reduction has largely been concerned with reducing various risks inherent in drinking situations and their immediate aftermaths. This study demonstrates the need to develop a longer term perspective on harm reduction.

Source:Alcohol Insights No.80

A systematic review of challenging behaviors in children exposed prenatally to substances of abuse.

Abstract

A review of the existing literature on the occurrence of challenging behavior among children with prenatal drug exposure was conducted. While a large number of studies were identified that evaluated various outcomes of prenatal drug exposure, only 37 were found that directly evaluated challenging behaviors. Of the 37 studies, 23 focused on prenatal cocaine exposure, and 14 focused on prenatal alcohol exposure; most studies relied on broadband measures such as the CBCL for the assessment of challenging behavior. Among the 37 studies, a clear role for the postnatal environment on developing challenging behaviors was evident; however, prenatal alcohol exposure showed a much clearer independent effect upon challenging behaviors than was noted in the prenatal cocaine studies. Additionally, only 3 of the 37 studies addressed interventions for challenging behaviors, each of which showed an improvement in child behavior or parent-child interactions. As researchers have continued to show the importance of the postnatal environment, it is likely that interventions addressing specific environmental risk factors will be helpful to reduce or prevent challenging behaviors among this population.

Source:  http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18037268  Dec. 2008

Gender Differences Emerge in Alcohol Use Disorder Treatment

 A growing body of research is showing that when it comes to treatments for alcohol use disorders, women’s needs are different from men’s. Scientists who recently presented studies at the Research Society on Alcoholism are exploring gender differences in alcohol treatment and moving beyond a one-size-fits-all strategy.

“Women have different barriers to treatment than men,” says Elizabeth Epstein, PhD, Research Professor in the Clinical Division of theCenterofAlcohol StudiesatRutgersUniversityinNew Brunswick,NJ. “They are less likely to seek alcohol treatment in a dedicated alcohol facility, and more likely to seek treatment with a general practitioner or psychiatrist for depression or fatigue.” However, many of these doctors don’t routinely screen for an alcohol or drug use problem, she explains.

“We know that 85 percent of people who have alcohol problems in their lifetime don’t seek treatment for it, so we are focusing most of our treatment research resources on the 15 percent who do,” according to Dr. Epstein. “We need to look beyond that, to who is struggling without treatment.” More training in alcohol use disorders is needed for emergency department physicians, obstetrician/gynecologists and family practitioners, she states. “We need to develop interventions that allow doctors to screen for alcohol use problems, since we know that women are not likely to come in and say they drink too much.”

Alcohol tends to affect women more than men for several reasons. Dr. Epstein explains, “A woman who weighs the same as a man and consumes the same amount of alcohol over the same length of time is likely to have a higher blood alcohol level. Women have less body water than men, leading to a higher blood alcohol concentration, and they also have less lean muscle mass and fewer enzymes in the stomach that break down alcohol. That means more ethanol is going into the bloodstream and directly to organs like the heart, brain and liver, and doing damage.”

She notes that women develop a host of alcohol-related health problems more quickly than men, even though they tend to start drinking later. “Older womens’ bodies are not processing anything as well as younger women, including alcohol,” she says. “And we are seeing younger women’s drinking patterns catching up with men’s, which is not a good thing. That means that as this generation progresses, we’ll see more and more older women with alcohol problems.”

Success With Individual Therapy

Dr. Epstein is leading the Rutgers Women’s Treatment Project at theCenter ofAlcohol Studies. This five-year clinical research study, funded by the National Institute of Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, is testing the effectiveness of therapies for women with drinking problems.

She and her colleague, Dr. Barbara McCrady, looked at marital therapy combined with alcohol therapy for women, testing it against individual alcohol therapy for women. “The women in both groups did very well, reducing their drinking days from an average of about 70 percent before the study, to 20-30 percent while in and after treatment,” states Dr. Epstein. The coupled treatment conferred a slight advantage in terms of maintaining the gains in the year following treatment. That study required women to be in a committed relationship or marriage to a male to be eligible. Many women didn’t want to sign up, because their spouse had to be involved.

Both doctors then offered a choice of either individual therapy or couples therapy in a two-armed clinical research study to treat alcohol use disorders. For that study, women had to be in a committed relationship, but did not need to bring their partner in if they chose individual therapy. Most women in that study chose individual therapy. Women who chose individual therapy were randomly assigned to regular cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) or female-specific CBT. In CBT, emphasis is placed on the importance of breaking the drinking habit and learning coping skills.

The female-specific treatment also emphasized womens’ rights to care for themselves, and helped them feel more self-confident and less sensitive to what other people thought about them. The treatment provided assertiveness training and helped women address how to deal with a partner who drinks heavily, and with anxiety and depression. Women learned about anger management and how to make connections with sober people who treat them well and don’t abuse them.

While women in both groups showed improvement in their drinking, Dr. Epstein and her colleagues found that women who chose individual therapy were more likely to stick with therapy than those who chose couples therapy.

Currently Dr. Epstein is investigating the effectiveness of female-specific-CBT treatment delivered in women-only groups. She explains, “We want to be able to develop treatments for a broad range of women, which could be integrated into community-based therapy.”

Trauma and Substance Abuse Linked

Many women with substance abuse disorders also suffer from post-traumatic stress syndrome (PTSD), resulting from interpersonal violence, says Denise Hien, PhD, ABPP, who presented data at the meeting about promising treatments for women who suffer from PTSD and substance use disorders. “They drink in response to trauma,” says Dr. Hien, Professor at the City University of New York, and Adjunct Senior Research Scientist at Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons inNew York.

Dr. Hien compared a type of CBT called “Seeking Safety” for substance abuse and PTSD with a relapse prevention treatment. “Seeking Safety” is a short-term treatment for both trauma and substance abuse in women. Both disorders are treated at the same time by the same clinician. Secondary analyses indicate that trauma therapy may be most effective for women who are also receiving some type of self-help, such as being part of a 12-step group. “If a person is not affiliated with a self-help group, she may actually get worse from trauma therapy alone,” Dr. Hien says.

Last year, she published a study in the American Journal of Psychiatry that found if you treat the PTSD symptoms first, in women who suffer from both substance abuse and PTSD, it led to a reduction in substance abuse. The study found little evidence that treating substance abuse first improved PTSD symptoms. Currently, patients who suffer from both disorders often are not treated for PTSD until they receive addiction treatment and stop using drugs and alcohol. This sequence is based on the assumption that addressing trauma could worsen a person’s substance abuse.

Dr. Hien is also conducting a clinical trial that is examining whether adding the antidepressant sertraline HCI (Zoloft) to trauma therapy benefits women with PTSD and alcohol misuse or alcohol use disorders.

Source: The Partnership@DrugFree.org  July 2011

Mother of tragic 24-year-old alcohol abuse victim warns that alcohol is as easy and cheap to buy as a packet of sweets

 

Lying in a hospital bed, 24-year-old Stacey Rhymes cuddles a childhood toy before putting out an arm to her mother.

‘Hold my hand, Mum,’ she whispers, then slips into a coma. A few hours later, on a spring afternoon earlier this year, the girl with a whole life ahead of her was dead.

The once radiantly pretty Stacey had drunk herself to death on cut-price bottles of wine bought from corner shops, supermarkets and local pubs. She had started drinking at 17 and seven years later her body simply gave up under the constant assault from alcohol.

 Her mother, Louise, says: ‘I now want the world to know exactly what happened to Stacey and why. It was a terrible way to go.   ‘Her stomach was like a balloon, as if she was nine months pregnant. Her long hair was falling out, her urine was coloured black and she could not eat. She was scared to look in the mirror because her eyes were canary yellow. The only way to stop the pain at the end was morphine.’

The story of Stacey Rhymes is a salutary one. She is one of the youngest people in modern Britain to die of alcohol abuse. And her mother, speaking for the first time, is determined that the loss of her daughter will not be in vain.
 
She has set up a Facebook website in memory of Stacey to highlight the dangers of alcohol – and particularly its increased availability following New Labour’s 24-hour drinking laws – which now kills more young women than cervical cancer, and more people, generally, than hard drugs.

A film clip about Stacey on YouTube, put there by her mother, has been watched by 16,000 people in a fortnight. It is now one of the most viewed in Britain by children and teenagers.

At the family’s terrace home, in Bramcote, on the outskirts of Nottingham, where Stacey grew up with her brother, Jay, now 19, sister Katie, 21, and stepfather, Terry, her mother says: ‘Alcohol is as treacherous as a Class A drug. Yet it’s available at all hours and at rock-bottom prices.

‘This morning, I saw a pack of four cans of lager at the supermarket for 92p. You can’t get four cans of children’s pop for that! Young children should be warned about alcohol in the way they are warned about drugs.  ‘I want them to be shown a photograph of Stacey’s face when she was dying. She was killed by alcohol – a drug that is as easy and cheap to buy as a packet of sweets.’

Since the relaxation of licensing laws in November 2005 – which allowed round-the-clock sales of drink in pubs, clubs, shops and supermarkets – the cost to the nation both socially and financially has been huge. Coupled with low prices for alcohol, there is now an orgy of drunkenness that rivals the gin epidemic of early Victorian times.

The facts are stark. The numbers dying from alcohol-related health problems is rising. In 1999, there were 4,000 deaths. Today, the figure has doubled, with the age of the victims going down, too. Hospitals admit for emergency treatment more than 9,000 drunken teenagers every year.

According to Alcohol Concern, 800,000 children below the age of 15 drink regularly in Britain. Nearly two-thirds of them will have had alcohol in the past month – with one in seven consuming enough to make them sick. One in three think, it is acceptable to get drunk once a week.

Campaigners say that one in ten eight-year-old boys (double the figure ten years ago) and a quarter of 11-year-old girls (ten per cent more than in 1995) have also experimented with alcohol.    Staff at the casualty department of Alder Hey Children’s Hospital in Liverpool will not be surprised by these statistics. A survey by the hospital – which admits only under-17s – showed that more than half the children treated after binge-drinking had bought their alcohol from a pub or a shop.

Nearly three-quarters of patients are girls, and the favourite tipple is vodka. Every week, seven or eight drunken youngsters are treated at the hospital – a quarter so ill that they have to be put on a ward or go into intensive care.

According to Pat McLaren, an Alder Hey spokeswoman: ‘They come in on a Friday and Saturday night in particular. Some are found unconscious on the street or even beaten up. We get them sober and contact their parents. We try to get them to change their ways.’

Alder Hey and Liverpool are not alone. Cases of liver cirrhosis in 20 to 30-year-olds – who often started drinking as children – have doubled in less than a decade.  Eight women in Britain die each day from liver disease – often at ages younger than men with the same condition because their bodies are more sensitive to alcohol poisoning.

As Professor Ian Gilmore, President of the Royal College of Physicians, warns: ‘The damage to society from alcohol is greater than from drugs.’   Dr Gray Smith-Laing, a gastroenterologist at Medway Maritime Hospital in Gillingham, Kent, says: ‘The young of all social backgrounds think it is cool to get completely legless, yet nothing could be more uncool. This is a classless and sexless phenomenon. We have not seen the peak yet.’

Young women such as Stacey Rhymes make up half his caseload. Some have irreversible liver damage from drinking. One woman of 26 he treated recently died of liver cirrhosis.  Dr Smith-Laing says: ‘We need a dramatic rise in the price of alcohol so it is no longer affordable for the young.’
 
It is against this frightening background that Stacey’s mother has bravely decided to speak out.

She reaches for a pile of treasured childhood photographs. They show Stacey on her first birthday; at eight in a white hat at a family wedding. There is one of her with bright, clear eyes and long thick hair smiling at the camera  - she is just 17, and it is a few months before she began to drink.

Louise, 43, says: ‘Stacey had a wonderful childhood and we were a close family. There wasn’t a lot of money, but we did old-fashioned things. We went to the park for picnics and walks around Nottingham.  ‘She had lots of friends and when she left school at 16, she got a job in a local pub as a waitress. She met a boy, and there was even talk of an engagement.’

But things were soon to change. ‘For no apparent reason, Stacey began to drink. She had arguments with the boyfriend about it. She lost the job she loved and her boyfriend, too. She was just drinking all the time. She became foul-mouthed. She stole money from us, her family, to buy the alcohol,’ says Louise. ‘Stacey would go out drinking at night then lie in bed all day. I couldn’t get her up, even though I tried before I left for work.

‘In the end, we found her a housing association flat in Nottingham, where she moved. We thought it would be a fresh start.’ Nothing could be further from the truth.

‘Stacey then got in with a bad crowd. Her friends were all drinkers, too. She would lie in bed with a bottle. A few times, she burned the bedclothes with her cigarettes. She got involved in a serious brawl, and was sent to prison for eight weeks.

‘We were horrified, but she came out looking far better. She had not been able to drink while inside. We took her back to her flat where there were eight weeks – £800-worth – of giro cheques from the benefits’ office. Stacey spent every penny on drink. She was evicted from her flat due to debts on the rent.’   Stacey wouldn’t move back home because her mother and stepfather, a self-employed builder, refused to allow her to drink. Revolted by what alcohol had done to their daughter, they are now teetotal.   Instead, Stacey found a place at a hostel in Derby, five miles from Nottingham. ‘That lasted five days before she was thrown out for drinking,’ recalls her mother.

By now, her life was out of control. For a time, Stacey lost contact with her family. She lived rough in Derby. In desperation, Louise tried to get her daughter sectioned under the mental health laws so she would be taken into hospital. ‘But the authorities said she was quite normal, just an alcoholic.’ she recalls today.   Stacey was now drinking five litres of wine a day and some cider, too. She no longer dressed fashionably, put on weight and didn’t eat properly. ‘Her stomach was huge and she was very ill,’ her mother says.

On March 28 this year, Stacey was admitted to Derby Hospital – to Ward 308 which deals with alcohol-induced liver problems. She had been to her GP because her face had gone yellow and she was having trouble walking because her limbs were swollen. The doctor told her to go to hospital immediately  -  it took her a week to do so.

Dr Jan Freeman, a consultant in whose care she was put, says: ‘Stacey was at the end of the road. She could have been saved only by a liver transplant. Like lots of young people, she never thought it would happen to her. Well, Stacey’s death shows it can happen to some.’    There is no doubt that Stacey was well looked after in the hospital but, during the next seven weeks, until her death on May 22, she managed to discharge herself three times and return to drinking.

Once, she walked out in her pyjamas, hailed a taxi then disappeared. Derby police put out appeals for the public to look for her. Her parents searched, too.    He mother recalls: ‘We got her back to the hospital on each occasion. The last time was on May 17. She had been staying with a drinking buddy. She rang up saying she was being sick and it was streaked with blood. Her skin was itching, a symptom of alcohol poisoning.

‘I knew that we would lose her, because of her colour. I thought she wouldn’t make it over the weekend. But three days later, she had picked up and told us she was scared of dying. I told her that if she stopped drinking, she would live.’    It was, of course, a white lie. The next day, the hospital rang Louise to say Stacey had a hole in her stomach, caused by acid from a ruptured peptic ulcer. There was nothing more the doctors could do.   Within 24 hours, the family were called to the hospital for the final time. Stacey died in her mother’s arms of abdominal bleeding and alcohol-related liver disease.

As confirmation of Stacey’s tragic story, Nick Sheron, a liver specialist at Southampton General Hospital and secretary of campaign group, Alcohol Health Alliance, says drink-induced liver disease – once the preserve of middle-aged men – is affecting all ages and both sexes.

He explains: ‘If they are alive, it is never too late to stop drinking. But, often the symptoms show up so late that half the patients die before they have a chance to change their ways.

‘In the Sixties and Seventies, wine used to be nine percent proof, now it is 13 percent. Beer was 3.2 percent, now a lager is five percent. The size of a wine glass is bigger, too  -  from 125ml to 175ml, and in some cases 250ml. That is a third of a bottle.’

Dr Sheron warns that alcohol is being used as a drug, instead of a part of a social event or accompaniment to a meal. ‘The young drink to get wasted as quickly as possible. They think if they can remember the night before it is not a good night out, and 24-hour licensing is one of the problems,’ he cautions.

With prices so low, Professor Mark Bellis, director of the Department of Public Health at John Moores University in Liverpool, adds: ‘A young person with £10-a-week to spend can get drunk three times a week.’   The scale of the crisis cannot be over-stated. Alcohol abuse, leading to either injury or disease, now costs the NHS £1billion annually with 40 per cent of casualty departments’ admissions being drink-related.

Significantly, the London Ambulance Service says that alcohol-related emergency calls have increased by 12 per cent since 24-hour drinking laws were introduced.   As spokeswoman Anna Lowman says: ‘One of the aims of the new laws was to eradicate the 11pm to 2am disorder flashpoint when the pubs and off-licences used to close. But this is still our busiest period. Fourteen per cent of all calls during these hours are linked to drinking.’

Yet this is not the only catastrophic side-effect. The Cabinet Office admits the real cost of drinking is £20billion a year if you include suicides, alcohol-fuelled crime, anti-social behaviour, depressive illness, family breakdown and domestic violence.

Only this month, the Local Government Association – representing councils – warned the 24-hour drinking plan to emulate a European style cafe-culture in Britain had failed miserably. It costs £100 million a year to oversee the late licensing system, provide staff to clean town centres of vomit or urine (often both) and help for the ‘walking wounded’ at the end of a night’s hard drinking.

At Stacey Rhymes’ funeral in Bramcote, held near the park where the family used to picnic, there were 150 mourners – some were her old school friends. As her mother says: ‘Stacey chose her way – and they theirs. They have got married, have children and careers. They are enjoying life. My daughter drank herself to death.   ‘She never had any problems getting her hands on another bottle. In many ways, she was a victim of our times.’

 Source  Newspaper cutting  – sent to NDPA not identified.

Filed under: Addiction,Alcohol,More :

New Medications May Offer Hope To Drinkers Battling Alcohol Dependence

 

 

New Medications May Offer Hope To Drinkers Battling Alcohol Dependence

Individuals who experience the physical, mental and social symptoms associated with alcohol dependence are offered hope through the results of two recent studies by researchers at the Medical University of South Carolina (MUSC). In separate investigations, researchers found favorable results for a medication to help heavy drinkers who are trying to modify their consumption, as well as a medication to reduce alcohol withdrawal symptoms and prevent relapse.

In a landmark study, MUSC researchers working with investigators at the University of Virginia Health System and elsewhere have found that topiramate, an effective therapeutic medication, not only decreases heavy drinking, but it also lowers all liver enzymes, plasma cholesterol, body mass index (BMI), and systolic and diastolic blood pressure all of which tend to increase with heavy drinking and pose such serious health risks as heart disease and cirrhosis. Notably, these combined effects suggest that topiramate may decrease the risk of heart disease in alcohol dependent individuals.

“These findings add growing data indicating that heavy drinkers who modify their drinking with the help of medication and supportive counseling may see an improvement in health and well-being, as well as a potential reduction of risk for the development of heart and liver diseases. This shows that treatment of alcoholism has potential health benefits beyond the immediate behavioral and emotional improvement caused by a reduction in drinking” said Raymond Anton, M.D., distinguished university professor.

By decreasing liver enzymes and cholesterol levels, topiramate also may reduce the risk of fatty liver disease, which leads to cirrhosis – a common consequence to end-stage liver disease leading to death in some alcoholics.

Additionally, topiramate significantly contributed to a decline in obsessive thoughts and compulsions, components of alcohol craving, and also had a greater improvement in their “overall quality of life,” and specifically an improvement in general and leisure activities and household duties, as well as a reduction in sleep disturbances.

The Food and Drug Administration has approved topiramate for seizures and migraine headaches, but it is not currently approved for treating alcohol dependence. Ortho-McNeil Neurologics, Inc., manufactures topiramate and provided study funding.

Results from the nationwide 14-week trial involving 371 male and female diagnosed alcoholics was published in the June 9 issue of the Archives of Internal Medicine.

Source:www.medicalnewstoday.com  July 2008

 


 

 

 

Filed under: Alcohol,Health,Research :

Drug ‘Rewards’ Given to Addicts

 

The NDPA have encouraged many individual users to get into treatment for their addiction. In some cases they have had to ‘fight’ for funding to get into residential rehab – with a further fight to stay for secondary treatment, i.e. 24 weeks instead of 12. The best chance for long term drug dependent users is a minimum of 6 months residential rehab. We can guarantee that no users in a residential rehab would ever be rewarded with drugs.

Heroin and cocaine addicts on the government’s treatment programme are being given drugs as a reward for clean urine samples, the BBC has learned. The National Treatment Agency (NTA), which runs the £500m-a-year scheme, admits the practice is “unethical”. Its own survey of almost 200 clinics in England found users were being offered extra methadone, a heroin substitute, or anti-depressants for good behaviour. Health Minister Dawn Primarolo has asked for a report into the survey. She said the survey had raised “very serious issues”. She said, “It is unacceptable, unethical, it should not happen that prescription drugs and doses are used, or suggested that they should be used, as either incentives or withheld as sanctions as part of a treatment programme.”

Best principles

A third of clinics in the survey said users who produced a drug-free urine sample may be offered increased doses of heroin substitute as a reward – known as “contingency management”. A quarter admits that clients can choose the type of substitute drugs they want. The survey also found clinicians offering anti-depressants, cash vouchers or access to detox as a reward. The NTA said offering drugs for anything other than clinical need was wrong and it wanted certain practices “squeezed out of the system”.

The agency’s chief executive Paul Hayes told the BBC, “One of the things that’s important before we start rewarding people through things like contingency management is to make sure that we’re doing it according to the best principles for drug treatment.”

“There are a range of practices associated with drug misuse in this country that are not what we would want them to be.”  He said the NTA was set up to not only expand the provision of drug treatment, but also to improve its quality.

Very different

He added, “It is entirely appropriate to prescribe other drugs alongside prescription drugs that are to deal with withdrawal. Not as a reward, which is why we wouldn’t advocate it.”

“What we would say is the dose people get ought to be determined by the individual’s needs, not by whether or not they’re co-operating with the regime. That’s why the contingency management programme that we’re thinking of introducing, based on American research, is going to be very different to the ad hoc rewards that operate in not very well managed services in this country at the moment.”

Martin Barnes, chief executive of drug information charity DrugScope, said it was “appalling” to offer drugs as a reward. “It is a complete distortion of the principles of ‘contingency management’,” he said. “The practice is unethical, contrary to official guidance and creates potentially serious risks for the drug user.”

Matthew Taylor, of the Royal Society of Arts, a think tank looking at how best to get addicts off drugs, said an overhaul of current policies was needed.

General problem

“I think the reality is that our drug strategy just isn’t working,” he told BBC One’s Breakfast.

“Only a very small proportion of those people who are put through drug detoxification successfully complete the programme, and even when people do successfully complete the programme they revert to drug use very quickly.”

“So we need a different approach, and the fact that some people feel that they need to incentivise drug users with other drugs in order to keep them off illegal drugs is, I think, part of that general problem.”

Dr Michael Ross, former clinical director of Bradford’s drug dependency service, said drug addicts needed to be self-motivated to achieve results. “The idea of bribing the patient to achieve a result which wasn’t actually something they felt important is quite abhorrent.” he said.

The drugs treatment project is the centrepiece of government strategy. Only about 6% of users on the programme leave free of drugs each year. However, there is evidence that giving addicts access to services can reduce crime and improve health even if they continue to take drugs.

Source: Daily Dose. Oct. 18th, 2007

Filed under: Education,Health,More :

Cannabis affects driving skills

Abstract

Delta (9)-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the most important psychoactive substance in cannabis, is frequently detected in blood from apprehended drivers suspected for drugged driving. Both experimental and epidemiological studies have demonstrated the negative effects of THC upon cognitive functions and psychomotor skills. These effects could last longer than a measurable concentration of THC in blood. Culpability studies have recently demonstrated an increased risk of becoming responsible in fatal or injurious traffic accidents, even with low blood concentrations of THC. It has also been demonstrated that there is a correlation between the degree of impairment, the drug dose and the THC blood concentration. It is very important to focus on the negative effect of cannabis on fitness to drive in order to prevent injuries and loss of human life and to avoid large economic consequences to the society.

Source:  Tidsskr Nor Laegeforen. 2007 Mar 1;127(5):583-4.

Cannabis Use and Psychosis

There has been much debate about whether cannabis might cause or exacerbate psychotic illnesses or whether characteristics of persons who tend to develop these conditions make them more likely to use the drug.

Authors of a new meta-analysis that found that earlier use of cannabis may trigger earlier onset of psychotic disorders say that their study supports a causative role.

Source: JAMA, March 2, 2011 – Vol. 305, No. 9

Association of active and passive smoking with risk of breast cancer among postmenopausal women: a prospective cohort study

Abstract

Objective To examine the association between smoking and risk of invasive breast cancer using quantitative measures of lifetime passive and active smoking exposure among postmenopausal women.

Design Prospective cohort study. Setting 40 clinical centres in the United States. Participants 79?990 women aged 50–79 enrolled in the Women’s Health Initiative Observational Study during 1993–8. Main outcome measures Self reported active and passive smoking, pathologically confirmed invasive breast cancer.

Results In total, 3520 incident cases of invasive breast cancer were identified during an average of 10.3 years of follow-up. Compared with women who had never smoked, breast cancer risk was elevated by 9% among former smokers (hazard ratio 1.09 (95% CI 1.02 to 1.17)) and by 16% among current smokers (hazard ratio 1.16 (1.00 to 1.34)). Significantly higher breast cancer risk was observed in active smokers with high intensity and duration of smoking, as well as with initiation of smoking in the teenage years. The highest breast cancer risk was found among women who had smoked for =50 years or more (hazard ratio 1.35 (1.03 to1.77) compared with all lifetime non-smokers, hazard ratio 1.45 (1.06 to 1.98) compared with lifetime non-smokers with no exposure to passive smoking). An increased risk of breast cancer persisted for up to 20 years after smoking cessation. Among women who had never smoked, after adjustment for potential confounders, those with the most extensive exposure to passive smoking (=10 years’ exposure in childhood, =20 years’ exposure as an adult at home, and =10 years’ exposure as an adult at work) had a 32% excess risk of breast cancer compared with those who had never been exposed to passive smoking (hazard ratio 1.32 (1.04 to 1.67)). However, there was no significant association in the other groups with lower exposure and no clear dose response to cumulative passive smoking exposure.

Conclusions Active smoking was associated with an increase in breast cancer risk among postmenopausal women. There was also a suggestion of an association between passive smoking and increased risk of breast cancer.

Source: BMJ 2011; 342:d1016

Opioid Use in Pregnancy Linked to Birth Defects

Opioid use just before conception or in early pregnancy has been associated with an increased risk for birth defects, including hypoplastic left heart syndrome, one of the most critical heart defects.
According to an ongoing, population-based study conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), women receiving opioid analgesic treatment in early pregnancy had a 2- to 3-fold increased risk of delivering infants with conoventricular septal defects, atrioventricular septal defects, hypoplastic left heart syndrome, spina bifida, or gastroschisis.
“It’s important to acknowledge that although there is an increased risk for some types of major birth defects from an exposure to opioid analgesics, that absolute risk for any individual woman is relatively modest,” principal investigator Cheryl S. Broussard, PhD, from the CDC’s National Center on Birth Defects and Developmental Disabilities, said in a news release.
“However, with very serious and life-threatening birth defects like hypoplastic left heart syndrome, the prevention of even a small number of cases is very important,” she said.

Source: The study was published online February 24 in the American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology.

Cannabis use ‘doubles risk of psychosis for teenagers’

• Those who started smoking the drug at college were 90 per cent more likely to have psychotic symptoms in their mid-20s
• Some users suffered psychotic symptoms including hallucinations, delusions and disordered thoughts
Young people who use cannabis are doubling their risk of developing psychotic symptoms, experts warn. And mental health problems persist among those who continue using it compared with those who stop, according to research by an international team of scientists.
Their study adds to mounting evidence that smoking cannabis can trigger psychotic illnesses such as schizophrenia in vulnerable youngsters. It appears to demolish counter-arguments that cannabis does not cause symptoms of mental illness, or that some turn to the drug as a form of self-medication to deal with them.
The research also shows a link with psychosis at a very early stage of use among young people who previously never experienced such symptoms. They include paranoid ideas, hallucinations, hearing voices or bizarre behaviour.
The study, by a team from Germany, the Netherlands and the Institute of Psychiatry in London, focused on more than 1,900 volunteers aged 14 to 24 living in Germany. It followed up with the group after three years and eight years.
Those who had not previously used cannabis but began to during the study had double the risk of developing psychotic symptoms, it found. If they carried on using it, they were at an increased risk of psychotic experiences compared with those who did not. There was also no evidence that suffering psychotic symptoms was likely to result in people turning to cannabis for relief.
Reporting on their findings in the British Medical Journal, the team concluded: ‘Cannabis use precedes the onset of psychotic symptoms in individuals with no history of them.’
Cannabis may also increase the risk of lasting harm to mental health by making such symptoms persist with continued use. Last month, Australian researchers found that cannabis use accelerates the onset of full-blown mental illness almost three years earlier in people at risk.
Sir Robin Murray, professor of psychiatric research at the Institute of Psychiatry, said of the latest study: ‘It is one of ten prospective studies all pointing in this same direction. In short, it adds a further brick to the wall of evidence showing that use of traditional cannabis is a contributory cause of psychoses like schizophrenia.
‘It adds new information by showing that it is those who show psychotic symptoms within a few years of initiating cannabis use who are especially likely to develop persistent psychotic symptoms if they persist in their use of cannabis.’
Previous research has shown that a quarter of the population has a genetic predisposition which makes them ten times more likely to develop psychosis and other schizophrenia-like symptoms after smoking cannabis. Experts warn that anyone with pre-existing mental health problems or family history is at increased risk of mental illness if they use cannabis.
In a BMJ commentary, Professor Wayne Hall, from the University of Queensland, and Professor Louisa Degenhardt, from the Burnet Institute in Melbourne, say the link is biologically plausible and more information should be given to young people about the risks. ‘The case is strengthened by evidence that regular cannabis use in adolescence predicts poorer educational outcomes, increased risk of using other illicit drugs, increased risk of depression and poorer social relationships in early adulthood’, they added.

Source: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/health/article 2nd March 2011

People who use marijuana for a long time can develop abnormalities in their brains

Although growing literature suggests that long-term marijuana use is associated with a wide range of adverse health consequences, many people believe it is relatively harmless and should be legalized, the researchers noted. “However, this study shows long-term, heavy cannabis use causes significant brain injury, memory loss, difficulties learning new information, and psychotic symptoms, such as delusions of persecution [paranoia], delusions of mind-reading, and bizarre social behaviors in even non-vulnerable users,” said lead researcher Murat Yucel, from the ORYGEN Research Centre and the Neuropsychiatry Centre at the University of Melbourne.
This new evidence plays an important role in further understanding the effects of marijuana and its impact on brain functioning, Yucel said. “The study is the first to show that long-term cannabis use can adversely affect all users, not just those in the high-risk categories such as the young, or those susceptible to mental illness, as previously thought,” he said.
The report was published in the June issue of the Archives of General Psychiatry.
In the study, Yucel’s team did high-resolution MRIs on 15 men who smoked more than five joints a day for more than 10 years. They compared those with scans of 16 men who did not In addition, all the men took verbal memory tests and were examined for symptoms of psychiatric disorders. “The more marijuana used, the more these individuals were likely to show reduced brain volumes in the hippocampus and amygdala, as well as being more likely to develop symptoms of psychotic disorders and to have significant memory impairment,” Yucel said.
In fact, the hippocampus of marijuana users was 12 percent smaller, and the amygdala was 7.1 percent smaller than among nonusers. In addition, men who used marijuana also had symptoms of psychiatric disorders, Yucel’s group found. The hippocampus is associated with the regulation of emotion and memory, while the amygdala controls fear and aggression.
“There is ongoing controversy concerning the long-term effects of cannabis on the brain,” Yucel said. “These findings challenge the widespread perception of cannabis as having limited or no harmful effects on brain and behavior. Although modest use may not lead to significant neurotoxic effects, these results suggest that heavy daily use might indeed be toxic

SOURCE: Murat Yucel, Ph.D., ORYGEN Research Centre, Melbourne Neuropsychiatry Centre, University of Melbourne, Australia; Adam Bisaga, M.D., assistant professor, psychiatry, Columbia University, and addiction psychiatrist, New York State Psychiatric Institute, New York City; June 2008, Archives of General Psychiatry

Drug addiction: the neurobiology of disrupted self-control

Abstract

The nature of addiction is often debated along moral versus biological lines. However, recent advances in neuroscience offer insights that might help bridge the gap between these opposing views. Current evidence shows that most drugs of abuse exert their initial reinforcing effects by inducing dopamine surges in limbic regions, affecting other neurotransmitter systems and leading to characteristic plastic adaptations. Importantly, there seem to be intimate relationships between the circuits disrupted by abused drugs and those that underlie self-control. Significant changes can be detected in circuits implicated in reward, motivation and/or drive, salience attribution, inhibitory control and memory consolidation. Therefore, addiction treatments should attempt to reduce the rewarding properties of drugs while enhancing those of alternative reinforcers, inhibit conditioned memories and strengthen cognitive control. We posit that the time has come to recognize that the process of addiction erodes the same neural scaffolds that enable self-control and appropriate decision making.

Source: Trends in Molecular Medicine, Volume 12, Issue 12, 559-566, 1 December 2006

Addiction: Pulling at the Neural Threads of Social Behaviors

Summary

Addiction coopts the brain’s neuronal circuits necessary for insight, reward, motivation, and social behaviors. This functional overlap results in addicted individuals making poor choices despite awareness of the negative consequences; it explains why previously rewarding life situations and the threat of judicial punishment cannot stop drug taking and why a medical rather than a criminal approach is more effective in curtailing addiction.

Source: Neuron, Volume 69, Issue 4, 599-602, 24 February 2011

Cannabis use and risk of psychotic or affective mental health outcomes: a systematic review

Summary

Background

Whether cannabis can cause psychotic or affective symptoms that persist beyond transient intoxication is unclear. We systematically reviewed the evidence pertaining to cannabis use and occurrence of psychotic or affective mental health outcomes.

Methods

We searched Medline, Embase, CINAHL, PsycINFO, ISI Web of Knowledge, ISI Proceedings, ZETOC, BIOSIS, LILACS, and MEDCARIB from their inception to September, 2006, searched reference lists of studies selected for inclusion, and contacted experts. Studies were included if longitudinal and population based. 35 studies from 4804 references were included. Data extraction and quality assessment were done independently and in duplicate.

Findings

There was an increased risk of any psychotic outcome in individuals who had ever used cannabis (pooled adjusted odds ratio=1•41, 95% CI 1•20—1•65). Findings were consistent with a dose-response effect, with greater risk in people who used cannabis most frequently (2•09, 1•54—2•84). Results of analyses restricted to studies of more clinically relevant psychotic disorders were similar. Depression, suicidal thoughts, and anxiety outcomes were examined separately. Findings for these outcomes were less consistent, and fewer attempts were made to address non-causal explanations, than for psychosis. A substantial confounding effect was present for both psychotic and affective outcomes.

Interpretation

The evidence is consistent with the view that cannabis increases risk of psychotic outcomes independently of confounding and transient intoxication effects, although evidence for affective outcomes is less strong. The uncertainty about whether cannabis causes psychosis is unlikely to be resolved by further longitudinal studies such as those reviewed here. However, we conclude that there is now sufficient evidence to warn young people that using cannabis could increase their risk of developing a psychotic illness later in life.

Source: The Lancet, Volume 370, Issue 9584, Pages 319 – 328, 28 July 2007

Promising Treatment for Heroin Dependency

Some 56 heroin-dependent patients who had undergone detoxification treatment and were particularly motivated to remain heroin-free took part in a research study. Half of the participants were implanted with a total of 20 subcutaneous pellets containing naltrexone, which was gradually released from a saline solution with the aim of producing a six-month blockage effect. All the participants continued their normal follow-up treatments while the study was ongoing.
After six months, over twice as many in the group receiving naltrexone as in the control group (11 out of 23 as opposed to 5 out of 26) managed to refrain from using heroin and other morphine substances. Heroin use among those patients receiving naltrexone who did not manage to discontinue using heroin altogether was more than halved compared with their level of heroin use before they started treatment. In the control group the majority of patients relapsed to daily heroin use.
Satisfaction with the naltrexone implants was high. On a scale from 0 to 100 the participants gave the capsules a score of 85.

Clear-cut findings

Helge Waal, Professor emeritus at SERAF, would like to see the naltrexone implant included as one of the treatment options offered to heroin-dependent patients in Norway.
“Although this is a relatively small-scale study, the findings are so clear-cut that we think this should become an important treatment option for substance abusers.”

Source: The Research Council of Norway (2011, February 17) Retrieved February 18, 2011, from http://www.sciencedaily.com

School-based prevention for illicit drugs’ use

Contact address: Fabrizio Faggiano, Department of Medical Sciences, University of Piemonte Orientale A. Avogadro, Via Santena 5 bis, Novara, 28100, Italy. fabrizio.faggiano@med.unipmn.it.
Editorial group: Cochrane Drugs and Alcohol Group.
Publication status and date: Edited (no change to conclusions), published in Issue 3, 2008.

Citation: Faggiano F, Vigna-Taglianti F, Versino E, Zambon A, Borraccino A, Lemma P. School-based prevention for illicit drugs’ use. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2005, Issue 2. Art. No.: CD003020. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD003020.pub2.

Copyright © 2008 The Cochrane Collaboration. Published by John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
________________________________________

Abstract

Background

Drug addiction is a chronic, relapsing disease. Primary interventions should be aimed to reduce first use, or prevent the transition from experimental use to addiction. School is the appropriate setting for preventive interventions.
Objectives
To evaluate the effectiveness of school-based interventions in improving knowledge, developing skills, promoting change, and preventing or reducing drug use versus usual curricular activities or a different school-based intervention .
Search strategy
We searched the Cochrane Drug and Alcohol Group trial register (February 2004), the Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (The Cochrane Library Issue 2, 2004), MEDLINE (1966 to February 2004) , EMBASE (1988 to February 2004), and other databases. We also contacted researchers in the field and checked reference lists of articles.
Selection criteria
Randomised controlled trials (RCT), case controlled trials (CCT) or controlled prospective studies (CPS) evaluating school-based interventions designed to prevent substance use.
Data collection and analysis
Two authors independently extracted data and assessed trial quality.
Main results
32 studies (29 RCTs and three CPSs) were included with 46539 participants. Twenty eight were conducted in the USA; most were focused on 6th-7th grade students, and based on post-test assessment.

RCTs

(1) Knowledge versus usual curricula
Knowledge focused programs improve drug knowledge (standardised mean difference (SMD) 0.91; 95% confidence interval (CI) 0.42 to 1.39).
(2) Skills versus usual curricula
Skills based interventions increase drug knowledge (weighted mean difference (WMD) 2.60; 95% CI 1.17 to 4.03), decision making skills (SMD 0.78; CI 95%: 0.46 to 1.09), self-esteem (SMD 0.22; CI 95% 0.03 to 0.40), peer pressure resistance (relative risk (RR) 2.05; CI 95%: 1.24 to 3.42), drug use (RR 0.81; CI 95% 0.64 to 1.02), marijuana use (RR 0.82; CI 95% 0.73 to 0.92) and hard drug use (RR 0.45; CI 95% 0.24 to 0.85).
(3) Skills versus knowledge
No differences are evident.
(4) Skills versus affective
Skills-based interventions are only better than affective ones in self-efficacy (WMD 1.90; CI 95%: 0.25 to 3.55).

Results from CPSs

No statistically significant results emerge from CPSs.
Authors’ conclusions
Skills based programs appear to be effective in deterring early-stage drug use.
The replication of results with well designed, long term randomised trials, and the evaluation of single components of intervention (peer, parents, booster sessions) are the priorities for research. All new studies should control for cluster effect.
________________________________________

Plain language summary

School-based prevention for illicit drugs’ use
Drug addiction is a long-term problem caused by an uncontrollable compulsion to seek drugs. People may use drugs to seek an effect, to feel accepted by their peers or as a way of dealing with life’s problems. Even after undertaking detoxification to reach a drug-free state, many return to opioid use. This makes it important to reduce the number of people first using drugs and to prevent transition from experimental use to addiction. For young people, peers, family and social context are strongly implicated in early drug use. Schools offer the most systematic and efficient way of reaching them. School programs can be designed to provide knowledge about the effects of drugs on the body and psychological effects, as a way of building negative attitudes toward drugs; to build individual self-esteem and self-awareness, working on psychological factors that may place people at risk of use; to teach refusal and social life skills; and to encourage alternative activities to drug use, which instil control abilities.
The review authors found 32 controlled studies, of which 29 were randomised, comparing school-based programs aimed at prevention of substance use with the usual curriculum. The 46,539 students involved were mainly in sixth or seventh grade. Programs that focused on knowledge improved drug knowledge to some degree, in six randomised trials. Social skills programs were more widely used (25 randomised trials) and effectively increased drug knowledge, decision-making skills, self-esteem, resistance to peer pressure, and drug use including of marijuana (RR 0.8) and hard drugs (heroin) (RR 0.5). The programs were mainly interactive and involved external educators in 20 randomised trials. Effects of the interventions on assertiveness, attitudes towards drugs, and intention to use drugs were not clearly different in any of the trials.
Most trials were conducted in the USA and, as a nation’s social context and drug policies have a significant influence on the effectiveness of the programs, these results may not be relevant to other countries. Measures of change were often made immediately after the intervention with very little long-term follow up or investigation of peer influence, social context, and involvement of parents.

Source: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com and www.cochranlibrary.com 2008

Filed under: Education,Prevention,Youth :

Substance use outcomes 5½ years past baseline for partnership-based, family-school preventive interventions.

Two of the most widely recommended US school and family prevention programmes retarded growth in some forms of substance use, especially among youngsters who had already used by their early teens, but there are some methodological concerns over the findings.
Summary 36 secondary schools in the rural US mid-west were randomly allocated to either carry on as normal (the control schools) or to one of two prevention programmes. Both were delivered primarily in the seventh grade (ages 12–13), and both featured the LifeSkills Training (LST) drug education curriculum consisting of fifteen classroom lessons with later ‘boosters’. In one set of schools, these lessons were supplemented by the Strengthening Families Program: for Parents and Youth 10-14. This entails seven two-hour evening sessions plus four booster sessions in the following year, during which groups of about six or seven families focus in turn on particular parenting issues and skills. In the first hour of each session, parents and children learn in parallel; in the second, they come together to practice these skills with each other. Only a quarter of the families allocated to these (and 38% of those actively recruited) attended any of the family sessions, but results are reported for all the families offered the intervention, regardless of attendance.
Questionnaire responses from 1677 pupils surveyed about six months before the grade seven lessons formed the baseline to assess changes in substance use among the same pupils over each of the five years following the lessons. Typically by then aged 17–18, about three quarters of the starting sample responded to the final assessments. For the featured report the sample was narrowed down slightly to pupils who had provided the relevant outcome measures at least three times: at baseline; about a month after the seventh grade interventions; and during at least one follow-up. For these pupils, the analysis tested whether over the five and a half years:
• trends in the growth of substance use differed between the three sets of schools; and
• whether by the end levels of substance use also differed.
First the study assessed how many pupils had started to use alcohol, cigarettes or cannabis. Most consistently positive results were found for cigarettes; growth in the proportion who had tried smoking, and the final proportion who had used by age 17–18, were significantly lower in intervention schools compared to control schools. For cannabis, only the final proportion was significantly lower, and for alcohol, only the growth trend, and then only when the family intervention had supplemented the lessons. When these measures were combined in an index representing experience of all three substances, both the growth trend and the final outcomes favoured the interventions. Experience of getting drunk was also measured and, like drinking itself, only the growth trend favoured the interventions.
Similar analyses for current use on at least a monthly basis and other more serious patterns of substance use found no results favouring the interventions. However, there were such results among the fifth of pupils considered at high risk of developing substance use problems. These were the pupils who at the first survey point at age 12–13 had already used two of the three substances. Compared to their lower risk peers, among these pupils both interventions had consistently greater effects on overall levels of use across the follow-up years. Further analysis showed that among lower risk pupils, the interventions made no significant difference. But among the higher risk fifth, growth in the average frequency of smoking cigarettes or using cannabis was less than in the control schools, and so too was final average frequency of use. This was not the case for the frequency of drinking or of getting drunk; for these measures only two of the eight outcomes significantly favoured the interventions. Among the same higher risk pupils, indices of serious use patterns combining measures of current or past use of all three substances consistently favoured the intervention schools.
Summarising their findings, the authors noted that for all substance initiation outcomes, one or both intervention groups showed significant, positive differences compared with the control group in the final follow-up year, and/or significant differences in growth trends over the five years since the interventions. In contrast, across all the pupils, more serious substance use outcomes reflecting mainly current and frequent use were not significantly affected. However, these forms of substance use were curbed when the analysis was restricted to higher risk pupils. Though the two interventions often bettered education-as-usual, in no case did one outperform the other. The authors speculated that less convincing initiation-prevention results than in earlier studies might have been due to the family intervention being delayed a year, when more pupils had already initiated substance use. In terms of affecting more serious forms of substance use, pupils already advanced in their substance use patterns responded relatively well, possibly because the messages were more ‘real’ for them and for their parents. Despite randomisation, there remained some significant baseline differences between control and intervention pupils which might also have obscured intervention impacts, though attempts were made to adjust for these in the analyses.
The two programmes tested in the study enjoy among the most widely respected research records in substance use prevention (LST SFP). The featured study’s strengths include large samples, reasonable follow-up rates, randomisation by school and an analysis controlling for the influence of the school itself, and outcome measures probing not just experience of the substances concerned, but how serious and lasting this was. Nevertheless the most which can be said is that the LifeSkills Training element probably retarded the initiation of smoking, possibly cannabis use, but not drinking, had no cross-sample benefits in respect of the forms of substance use of greatest concern, but may have had such benefits among the minority of pupils already relatively advanced in their substance use before the interventions started. Other LifeSkills Training studies have also most consistently found beneficial outcomes in respect of smoking, the programme’s original target.
Focusing on the featured study’s positive findings might give the impression of more all round success, but in respect of the full samples, these consisted of at most 13 out of 44 findings, and possibly (if arguably more appropriate methodological conventions had been followed) seven or fewer. Greater and more consistent success among the higher risk pupils is a tentative finding because of differences between intervention and control schools, because the study was not set up to test this subsample, and because of some methodological issues. Impacts on the forms of drug use of greatest concern emerged solely from this analysis, meaning that the interventions’ ability to reduce these cannot be considered to have been demonstrated, though the possibility that this might prove to be the case is encouraging. Importantly, though many tests did not show the interventions were superior to education-as-usual, none indicated that they were inferior; the only significant findings favoured the interventions. For more on all these issues see background notes.
Disappointingly, and despite earlier findings from the study, there was no real hint that adding the family programme improved on the school lessons in terms of the substance use measures reported in the study, though there may have been other benefits. Remaining support for the family programme comes mainly from a study whose findings (impressive as they were) derived from just over a third of the mainly white and rural families asked to participate in the study. A similar limitation applies to a later study of a substantially revised version among poor black families. Because of the way they were designed, these trials could establish benefits only among the minority of families prepared or able to participate in the interventions and complete the studies; they cannot be considered a secure indication of how the interventions would perform if applied across the board. So far in the UK a small pilot study has established the programme’s feasibility among a small set of families.
This leaves two of the most thoroughly researched universal prevention programmes for children of secondary school age with mixed findings of uncertain relevance to how they might perform if truly applied across the board. At least part of the problem lies in not in whether the benefits of these programmes are (or at least, can be) real, but in the difficulty of showing they are real. Verdicts in respect of drinking that public health strategies built on education and persuasion are relatively ineffective compared to measures such as restricting availability and raising price, would not be altered by the featured study. For smoking, the case for education in schools as a public health strategy is considerably stronger. Universal prevention programmes in general, and school-based programmes in particular, have greater impacts on tobacco use than on use of the other two substances featured in the study.
Some evidence supports the modest effectiveness of school programmes in preventing cannabis use. But of the four studies on which this verdict was based, one was a primary school programme not focused on substance use at all but on classroom management, education and parenting, another was conducted only among pupils for some reason excluded from mainstream education, and the programme studied in a third has since failed in a more real-world study conducted by researchers not associated with its development. The remaining study was conducted in secondary schools and concerned LifeSkills Training, but the impact on cannabis use was not statistically significant. This line up does not offer much support to drug education in mainstream secondary schools as a means of preventing cannabis use.
Mixed findings of a prevention impact from school programmes targeting substance use do not negate the possibility that general attempts to create schools conducive to healthy development will affect substance use along with other behaviours, nor do they relieve schools of the obligation to educate their pupils on this important aspect of our society. As much as the limited research, such considerations led the UK’s National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) to recommend that alcohol education should be an integral part of national science and health education curricula, in line with government guidance.
Thanks for their comments on this entry in draft to Richard Spoth of Iowa State University, Andrew Brown of the Drug Education Forum and David Foxcroft of Oxford Brookes University. Commentators bear no responsibility for the text including the interpretations and any remaining errors.
Last revised 02 July 2009

Source: Spoth R.L., Randall G.K., Trudeau L. et al.
Drug and Alcohol Dependence: 2008, 96(1–2), p, 57–68.

9% prevalence of hepatitis C co-infection among UK HIV patients

Just under 9% of HIV-positive individuals in the UK are co-infected with hepatitis C virus, investigators report in the Journal of Viral Hepatitis.
“In comparison with other large cohort studies, the overall HCV [hepatitis C virus] prevalence of 8.9% in the UK…is low,” comment the investigators. They believe that this is because of the low prevalence of HIV among injecting drug users in the UK. However, approximately 20% of HIV-positive patients in the UK have never been tested for hepatitis C, despite guidance that all patients should be screened annually.
Encouragingly, there was no evidence that co-infection resulted in a poorer response to antiretroviral therapy. Liver disease caused by hepatitis C is now a major cause of illness and death in HIV-positive patients. However, detailed information on the prevalence of hepatitis C among HIV-positive individuals in the UK is lacking. There is also little information on hepatitis C testing and the impact of co-infection on responses to HIV therapy
Therefore investigators from the UK Collaborative HIV Cohort (UK CHIC) undertook an observational study involving 31,765 patients provided with care at ten specialist HIV clinics between 1996 and 2007. Prevalence of co-infection (determined by a positive hepatitis C antibody result), trends in testing, and responses to HIV therapy were monitored. Overall, 64% of patients had been tested for hepatitis C at least once. The proportion of patients screened for the virus increased from 9% in 1996 to 80% in 2007.
“There has been a clear instruction that all HIV-positive patients should be screened since at least 2004,” write the investigators. Nevertheless, “20% of patients under follow-up in 2007 had not apparently ever been tested. The latest BHIVA [British HIV Association] guidelines recommend screening all HIV-positive patients at diagnosis, with annual repeat testing in those who are negative.”
Testing rates differed according to HIV risk group, and was highest for gay men (74%), followed by heterosexual men and women (63%). Although injecting drug use is a well-established risk factor for hepatitis C, only 50% of individuals with a history of injecting drug use had been tested for the virus.
However, the investigators think that the true prevalence of testing in this group is likely to be higher. They comment: “these patients may be more likely to have been tested previously.” The researchers also suggest that the higher rates of mortality and loss to follow-up among injecting drug users could also mean this group were less likely to be screened for hepatitis C.
Overall prevalence of hepatitis C was 9%, and prevalence was 8% among those who were receiving care in 2007. By contrast, prevalence in the general UK population is estimated to be 0.44%. The investigators suggest that the significantly higher prevalence of the infection among patients in the UK CHIC reflects “the shared transmission routes of HCV and HIV.”
Prevalence of hepatitis C differed between HIV risk groups. It was highest in injecting drugs users (84%), followed by gay men (7%), and heterosexual men and women. However, the investigators suggest that some hepatitis C infections in gay men may actually be due to injecting drug use, who suggest that this behaviour may be “underreported by some MSM [men who have sex with men], sufficient to place them at risk of HCV infection…underreporting of IDU as a risk for HCV transmission in MSM may also affect other cohorts.”
Most co-infected patients were men (80%), white (82%), and their median age was 37. The strongest independent risk factor for co-infection with hepatitis C was HIV transmission group. Injecting drug users were significantly more likely to be co-infected than all other risk groups (p < 0.0001).
The impact of co-infection on responses to antiretroviral therapy was analysed in the 9669 patients who started HIV treatment after 2000. A total of 4% of these patients were co-infected. Overall, 91% of patients achieved an undetectable viral load. Co-infected patients were just as likely as individuals who were only infected with HIV to achieve this outcome. There was no association between co-infection and subsequent rebound in viral load. In addition, CD4 cell count increases were comparable between co-infected and HIV-mono-infected patients.
“We found no association between HCV co-infection and either the initial virological response, the rate of viral rebound or the CD4 count response,” emphasise the investigators. They note that results from the Swiss HIV cohort study showed that co-infection did not have an impact on virological responses to therapy.
“The overall cumulative prevalence of HCV of 8.9% in UK CHIC is lower than other cohorts among whom the proportion of IDU is higher,” conclude the researchers. However, they emphasise that this rate of co-infection still “represents a substantial burden of disease.”

Source:www.aidsmap.com Feb 14th 2011

Teen Substance Abuse Often Continues into Middle Age

Young people who misuse drugs and alcohol are at a greater risk for continuing this behavior into their middle-aged years, according to research by Yasmina Molero Samuelson at Sweden’s Center for Psychiatric Research (CPF), Karolinska Institutet. They are also more likely to suffer from physical, financial and mental health problems and experience more accidents, suicide attempts and premature death.
“What we can see is that adolescent antisocial behavior, manifested through substance misuse and delinquency, significantly increases the risk of various types of psychosocial problems in adulthood, even into middle age,” said Samuelson.
Samuelson analyzed two large groups of adolescents who had been in treatment for drug use at a clinic in Stockholm, Sweden during the end of the 1960s and the beginning of the 1980s. The analysis ended in 2002, and the participants were compared to two matched samples from the average population.
The results revealed that teens treated for substance abuse continued to suffer from psychosocial problems well after treatment, even up to age 50, to a far greater extent than those in the matched samples. They also had a higher risk of experiencing several coexisting problems in adulthood.
Interestingly, females with substance abuse issues and delinquency showed an equal risk of developing psychosocial problems as adults as their male counterparts. A significant number of girls who were treated at the clinic committed crimes in both adolescence and adulthood. Overall, the crimes committed by both males and females included non-violent crimes, violent crimes, and substance-related crimes.
“This emphasizes the importance of early and effective interventions in order to prevent a negative development that risks being maintained for most of a person’s life,” said Samuelson.
The variety of problems still experienced well into adulthood suggests that treatment interventions during teen years should not only focus on the specific substance abuse or delinquency, but should also evaluate and treat problems in other areas of life as well.
“The results also clearly show the importance of not overlooking young girls in these types of contexts, since they too demonstrate severe antisocial behavior, and are equally at risk of developing problems throughout their lives as their male counterparts,” said Samuelson.

Source: www.psychcentral.com 11 Feb.2011

Cannabis Use and Earlier Onset of Psychosis: A Systematic Meta-analysis

Abstract:

Context A number of studies have found that the use of cannabis and other psychoactive substances is associated with an earlier onset of psychotic illness.
Objective To establish the extent to which use of cannabis, alcohol, and other psychoactive substances affects the age at onset of psychosis by meta-analysis.
Data Sources Peer-reviewed publications in English reporting age at onset of psychotic illness in substance-using and non–substance-using groups were located using searches of CINAHL, EMBASE, MEDLINE, PsycINFO, and ISI Web of Science.
Study Selection Studies in English comparing the age at onset of psychosis in cohorts of patients who use substances with age at onset of psychosis in non–substance-using patients. The searches yielded 443 articles, from which 83 studies met the inclusion criteria.
Data Extraction Information on study design, study population, and effect size were extracted independently by 2 of us.
Data Synthesis Meta-analysis found that the age at onset of psychosis for cannabis users was 2.70 years younger (standardized mean difference = –0.414) than for nonusers; for those with broadly defined substance use, the age at onset of psychosis was 2.00 years younger (standardized mean difference = –0.315) than for nonusers. Alcohol use was not associated with a significantly earlier age at onset of psychosis. Differences in the proportion of cannabis users in the substance-using group made a significant contribution to the heterogeneity in the effect sizes between studies, confirming an association between cannabis use and earlier mean age at onset of psychotic illness.
Conclusions The results of meta-analysis provide evidence for a relationship between cannabis use and earlier onset of psychotic illness, and they support the hypothesis that cannabis use plays a causal role in the development of psychosis in some patients. The results suggest the need for renewed warnings about the potentially harmful effects of cannabis.
(Full text available here) – http://archpsyc.ama assn.org/cgi/content/full/archgenpsychiatry.2011.5

Source: . Archives of General Psychiatry, 7th February 2011

Study Reveals New Strategy for Reducing Alcohol Craving

Research Summary

Researchers say that a drug that blocks a brain protein called NK1R (neurokinin-1 receptor) involved in stress response appears to reduce alcohol craving, ABC News reported Feb. 14.
Building on studies showing that mice lacking NK1R seemed to lose interest in alcohol, researchers from the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism gave NK1R-blocking drugs to a group of 25 alcoholics and compared their craving responses to those of 25 other alcoholics given a placebo. Those receiving the blocking drug reported about half the level of craving for alcohol as the control group.
Markus Heilig, NIAAA’s clinical director, said the study points to a new approach to addiction treatment by focusing on reducing craving rather than preventing the pleasurable effects of alcohol consumption. “We’re really trying to open up a new category of treatments that would help most people,” he said.
“This is a potentially important finding which indicates a novel mechanism for reducing craving in individuals who drink to reduce high anxiety,” said pharmacology expert Boris Tabakoff of the University of Colorado at Denver.
“It may be that this medication would help alcoholics who drink when stressed,” added Charles O’Brien of the Treatment Research Center for the University of Pennsylvania Health System, although he stressed: “It is wrong to think of all alcoholics as alike.”
The study was published online in the journal Science.

Source: Join Together Feb. 2008

Sleeping Problems Linger for Recovering Alcoholics

Research Summary
People in recovery from alcohol addictions can suffer sleep disruptions for months or years after they stop drinking,
Researchers at SRI International monitored the brain activity during sleep of a group of 42 people in recovery and compared the results to brain scans of nondrinkers. They found that men and women in recovery spent significantly less time in light, stage-one sleep and slow-wave sleep — the latter essential for memory — and somewhat more time in REM sleep, when dreaming normally occurs.
Researcher Ian Colrain and colleagues said the sleep disruptions probably worsen the mental problems associated with long-term drinking.

Source: Sleep. Oct. 1, 2009

Teenagers, Friends and Bad Decisions

Why do otherwise good kids seem to make bad decisions when they are with their friends? New research on risk taking and the teenage brain offers some answers.
In studies at Temple University, psychologists used functional magnetic resonance imaging scans on 40 teenagers and adults to determine if there are differences in brain activity when adolescents are alone versus with their friends. The findings suggest that teenage peer pressure has a distinct effect on brain signals involving risk and reward, helping to explain why young people are more likely to misbehave and take risks when their friends are watching.
To test how the presence of peers influences risk taking, the researchers asked 14 young teenagers (ages 14 to 18), 14 college students and 12 young adults to play a six-minute video driving game while in a brain scanner. Participants were given cash prizes for completing the game in a certain time, but players had to make decisions about stopping at yellow lights, and being delayed, or racing through yellow lights, which could result in a faster time and a bigger prize, but also meant a higher risk for crashing and an even longer delay. The children and adults played four rounds of the game while undergoing the brain scan. Half the time they played alone, and half the time they were told that two same-sex friends who had accompanied them to the study were watching the play in the next room.
Among adults and college students, there were no meaningful differences in risk taking, regardless of whether friends were watching. But the young teenagers ran about 40 percent more yellow lights and had 60 percent more crashes when they knew their friends were watching. And notably, the regions of the brain associated with reward showed greater activity when they were playing in view of their friends. It was as if the presence of friends, even in the next room, prompted the brain’s reward system to drown out any warning signals about risk, tipping the balance toward the reward.
“The presence of peers activated the reward circuitry in the brain of adolescents that it didn’t do in the case of adults,” said Laurence Steinberg, an author of the study, who is a psychology professor at Temple and author of “You and Your Adolescent: The Essential Guide for Ages 10 to 25.” “We think we’ve uncovered one very plausible explanation for why adolescents do a lot of stupid things with their friends that they wouldn’t do when they are by themselves.”
Dr. Steinberg notes that the findings give a new view of peer pressure, since the peers in this experiment were not even in the same room as the teenager in the scanner.
“The subject was in the scanner, so the friends were not able to directly pressure the person to take chances,” Dr. Steinberg said. “I think it’s helpful to understand because many parents conceive of peer pressure as kids directly coercing each other into doing things. We’ve shown that just the knowledge that your friends are watching you can increase risky behavior.”
Dr. Steinberg notes that the brain system involved in reward processing is also involved in the processing of social information, explaining why peers can have such a pronounced effect on decision making. The effect is believed to be especially strong in teenagers because brain changes shortly after puberty appear to make young people more attentive and aware of what other people are thinking about them, Dr. Steinberg said.
The study results are borne out in real-world data that show teenagers have a much higher risk of car accidents when other teenagers are in the car. More study is needed to determine if the effect shown in the game study is the same when teenagers are in the presence of an opposite-sex friend or romantic interest. In the study, there were no meaningful differences in risk taking among boys and girls. However, some real-world driving data suggests that teenage boys take more risks behind the wheel when one or more boys are in the car, but drive more carefully if they are with a girlfriend.
For parents, the study data reinforce the notion that groups of teenagers need close supervision.
“All of us who have very good kids know they’ve done really dumb things when they’ve been with their friends,” Dr. Steinberg said. “The lesson is that if you have a kid whom you think of as very mature and able to exercise good judgment, based on your observations when he or she is alone or with you, that doesn’t necessarily generalize to how he or she will behave in a group of friends without adults around. Parents should be aware of that.”

Source: New York Times 5 Feb 2011

Filed under: Brain and Behaviour,Youth :

Mephedrone

Individual health risks
The assessment of individual health risks includes consideration of mephedrone’s acute and chronic toxicity, its dependence potential, and similarities and differences to other reference stimulants.

Systematic data are not routinely collected in Europe on acute toxicity related to mephedrone or closely comparable recreational drugs. Therefore, information on these effects of mephedrone is limited to user reports and clinical data on individuals presenting with acute problems. The reported short-term effects of mephedrone use have much in common with those of other stimulants. Some self-reports from users favourably compare mephedrone’s effects, saying the high can be both better and longer lasting than cocaine.

The main routes of administration for mephedrone are reported as snorting (nasal
insufflation) and swallowing (oral ingestion), sometimes after dissolving with water. As mephedrone is primarily available in powder form, injecting use is reported but appears to be rare.

Adverse effects reported by users include sweating, headaches, tachycardia, palpitations, nausea, chest pain, bruxism (teeth grinding), agitation/aggression and paranoia. In addition, nasal insufflation of mephedrone is reported to be associated with significant nasal irritation and pain which has led to some users switching to oral use of mephedrone. Users report increased sexual arousal but there is insufficient information to detect whether this is associated with highrisk sexual behaviour.
Some detailed information on the patterns of acute mephedrone toxicity is available from clinical case series from poisons information services and specialist hospitals in the United Kingdom and Sweden, including one series of analytically confirmed acute mephedrone toxicity from the United Kingdom. In this data, patients typically present with sympathomimetic features (dilated pupils, agitation, tachycardia, hypertension); severe clinical features such as chest pain, significant hypertension, arrhythmias and seizures have been reported in a small number of cases to date. Similar to other stimulant drugs, it is likely that the risk of toxicity is related to the dose of mephedrone used; however there is insufficient information available from toxicity
reports to determine a ‘dose threshold’ and/or whether particular routes of use are more likely to be associated with toxicity. It is possible that certain rare, but clinically significant, severe effects are associated with mephedrone use. However, as experience of the toxicological profile of the drug is currently limited to a few hundred cases it is difficult to be sure.

Data from individuals presenting with acute mephedrone toxicity suggest that the majority of individuals have used at least one other substance together with mephedrone. However there are analytically confirmed cases of lone mephedrone toxicity. This is similar to individuals presenting with acute toxicity related to other stimulant drugs. There are two reported fatalities in which mephedrone appears to be the sole cause of death (one in Sweden and one in the United Kingdom). In addition to these cases, there are at least another 37 deaths in the United Kingdom and Ireland in which mephedrone has been detected in post-mortem blood and/or urine toxicology screening. In some of these cases it is likely that other drugs and/or other medical conditions or trauma may have contributed to or been responsible for death. The inquests into the deaths are pending for the majority of these cases
therefore it is not possible at this time to determine the contribution of mephedrone.

Strong craving for the substance is reported by some users’ self-reports, sometimes rated higher than that experienced with other stimulant drugs. This is cited as a main reason for using more mephedrone than intended, and for using for longer periods than planned. Withdrawal symptoms do not appear to be significant for most users with the primary symptoms of nasal congestion and fatigue most probably related to route of use and lack of sleep secondary to staying up late. However the other reported findings, in heavier users, would be consistent with a stimulant withdrawal syndrome. There is some evidence that the drug has a high abuse liability with over 30 % of the UK telephone survey sample reporting three or more DSM criteria
of dependence and being classified as dependent. Tolerance, loss of control, a strong urge to use and using despite problems predominate. In addition, there are reports from the United Kingdom of mephedrone dependence being reported to drug treatment services that suggest psychological rather than physical dependency similar to other stimulant drugs.
No studies have been published investigating the potential for chronic mephedrone toxicity associated with mephedrone use, including reproductive toxicity, genotoxicity and carcinogenic potential. Reports suggest mephedrone may be used as an alternative to illicit stimulants. The reasons given for using mephedrone include: value for money, product purity and consistency as well as the poor availability or low quality of other stimulants (cocaine, ecstasy/MDMA). Some users
noted a preference for mephedrone over other stimulant drugs with data from the UK clubbers rating mephedrone above ecstasy and cocaine for strength and pleasurable high. Mephedrone users in the UK telephone survey reported on the considerable impact mephedrone had on their consumption of cocaine and ecstasy, with approximately two thirds of the sample reporting that they now took less MDMA, and a third reporting that they now consumed less cocaine. Just under half of the group reported they would choose mephedrone over cocaine and only a quarter said that they would take mephedrone over ecstasy
.
The physical effects reported by mephedrone users are typical of other stimulants and may be particularly similar to MDMA. However, mephedrone’s relatively short duration of action, leading to repeat dosing, is more analogous to cocaine.
In summary, from the data sources available, it appears that the effect profile and clinical presentations of mephedrone intoxications share some features seen with MDMA and some features seen with cocaine. Additionally, there are very limited reports of fatalities directly related to mephedrone. Some users have reported negative effects and in some cases these have required medical attention. Similar to other stimulant drugs, the extent to which users experience problems requires further investigation. Data also suggest that mephedrone has a potential to cause dependency. However, more in-depth studies would be required to explore in
detail the dependence potential of this drug.

Source: excerpt from DEA report 2010

New brain training approach to drug addiction

A promising new cognitive therapy, or brain training, approach to drug addiction was published in the recent issue of Biological Psychiatry.
Drug addiction is considered a brain disease, according to the National Institute on Drug Abuse, because the abuse of drugs leads to changes in the structure and function of the brain. Drug prevention, education, and awareness programs seem to be quite effective for some individuals because they realize the long term repercussions of abusing substances. For those that are vulnerable to addictions, these measures often fall short. One theory for this may be the “delayed discounting” sometimes present in those who are vulnerable to addictions.
Addicts tend to exhibit a trait called “delay discounting”, or the tendency to devalue rewards and punishments that occur in the future. Addicts may at the same time have a predisposition towards “reward myopia” which is the tendency towards the immediate gratification that drugs can provide with addictions.
Dr. Warren Bickel, from the Center for Addiction Research in Little Rock, Arkansas, and his colleagues borrowed a rehabilitation approach used successfully with patients suffering from stroke, or traumatic brain injury.
The therapy approach utilized working memory training. Subjects addicted to stimulants were given brain exercises that focused on strengthening the areas of the brain associated with storing and managing information reasoning to guide behavior. Dr. Bickel’s team had stimulant abusers repeatedly perform a working memory task and found that by strengthening the brain circuitry, they also reduced the addicts devaluation of longer term rewards.
Dr. John Krystal, Editor of Biological Psychiatry comments on the article:
“The legal punishments and medical damages associated with the consumption of drugs of abuse may be meaningless to the addict in the moment when they have to choose whether or not to take their drug. Their mind is filled with the imagination of the pleasure to follow. We now see evidence that this myopic view of immediate pleasures and delayed punishments is not a fixed feature of addiction. Perhaps cognitive training is one tool that clinicians may employ to end the hijacking of imagination by drugs of abuse.”
“Dr. Bickel says, “Although this research will need to be replicated and extended, we hope that it will provide a new target for treatment and a new method to intervene on the problem of addiction.”
Source Published in Biological Psychiatry reported in e-max health.com 27th Jan 2011

Cannabis use and educational achievement: Findings from three Australasian cohort studies

Background

The associations between age of onset of cannabis use and educational achievement were examined using data from three Australasian cohort studies involving over 6000 participants. The research aims were to compare findings across studies and obtain pooled estimates of association using meta-analytic methods.

Methods

Data on age of onset of cannabis use (<15, 15–17, never before age 18) and three educational outcomes (high school completion, university enrolment, degree attainment) were common to all studies. Each study also assessed a broad range of confounding factors.

Results

There were significant (p < .001) associations between age of onset of cannabis use and all outcomes such that rates of attainment were highest for those who had not used cannabis by age 18 and lowest for those who first used cannabis before age 15. These findings were evident for each study and for the pooled data, and persisted after control for confounding. There was no consistent trend for cannabis use to have greater effect on the academic achievement of males but there was a significant gender by age of onset interaction for university enrolment. This interaction suggested that cannabis use by males had a greater detrimental effect on university participation than for females. Pooled estimates suggested that early use of cannabis may contribute up to 17% of the rate of failure to obtain the educational milestones of high school completion, university enrolment and degree attainment.

Conclusions

Findings suggest the presence of a robust association between age of onset of cannabis use and subsequent educational achievement.

Source: www.sciencedirect.com April 2010

Link between teenage binge drinking and damage to prospective memory.

Academics at Northumbria University have demonstrated a link between teenage binge drinking and damage to prospective memory.

Prospective memory is an important aspect of day-to-day memory function and is defined as the cognitive ability to remember to carry out an activity at some future point in time. Examples include remembering to attend an appointment at the dentist or to carry out a task such as remembering to pay a bill on time.

In the first study to examine the effects of binge drinking on prospective memory in teenagers, researchers tested the ability of fifty students from universities in North East England to remember a series of tasks. The students were shown a 10-minute video clip of a shopping district in Scarborough and were asked to remember to carry out a series of instructions when they saw specified locations.
Twenty-one of the students were categorized as binge drinkers. For women, this meant that they drank the equivalent of six standard glasses of wine or, for men, six pints of beer, two or more times a week. The remaining 29 participants were categorised as non-binge drinkers.

The study found that the binge drinkers recalled significantly fewer location-action/items combinations than their non-binging peers. These findings were observed after screening out teenagers who used other substances (such as ecstasy, cannabis and tobacco), those who had used alcohol within the last 48 hours, and after observing no between-group differences on age, anxiety and depression.

Dr Tom Heffernan led the study. He comments: “The mechanisms that may underlie such everyday cognitive impairments associated with binge drinking are not yet fully understood. It is possible that excessive drinking may interfere with the neuro-cognitive development of the teenage brain.

“It is important to realise that there no ‘safe’ levels of drinking set for teenagers and that the amount of bingeing revealed in the present study represents a high volume of alcohol intake across the two to three bingeing sessions which were the norm in the group. The high levels of drinking amongst teenagers is particularly worrying given the mounting evidence that the teenage brain is still maturing and undergoing significant development in terms of its structure and function.
“Given that teenagers are inexperienced drinkers who have both a low tolerance for alcohol and immature neuro-physiological systems, they should therefore be drinking much less than the ‘safe’ levels recommended for adults.”

Intriguingly, one other finding of the study is that binge drinkers do not perceive themselves to have a poor memory, suggesting teenagers do not appreciate the damage that is being done.

Source: T. Heffernan, R. Clark, J. Bartholomew, J. Ling, S. Stephens. Does binge drinking in teenagers affect their everyday prospective memory? Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 2010; 109 (1-3): 73 DOI: 10.1016/j.drugalcdep.2009.12.013 Northumbria University (2010, July 29).

New Study Shows Efficacy of Mandatory Random Student Drug Testing

A new study released by the U.S. Department of Education Institute of Education Sciences conducted an experimental evaluation of mandatory random student drug testing (MRSDT) programs in 36 high schools within 7 school districts.i About half of the schools in each district were randomly assigned to the treatment group and half to the control group. Treatment schools began implementing MRSDT programs while control schools did not. MRSDT programs in public schools are limited to students who participate in athletics and extracurricular activities. In this study, some of the testing pools in schools with MRSDT were comprised of only athletes while others included athletes and extracurricular activity participants, leaving many students untested in those schools.

The frequency of drug testing and drug test panels in schools with MRSDT programs varied. All seven school districts tested for marijuana, amphetamines, and methamphetamines. Cocaine and opiates were included in six of the seven district panels. Districts also tested for an assortment of other substances. Students in all schools were surveyed and tracked over one year. Researchers compared students who participated in activities which made them subject to drug testing in schools with MRSDT to students who participated in the same activities in schools without MRSDT. Results are encouraging and provide extensive supportive of MRSDT programs.

Students subject to MRSDT reported a statistically significant lower rate of past 30-day use of substances included in their schools’ drug testing panels (16%) than comparable students in schools without MRSDT (22%). This included alcohol for three districts and nicotine for two districts. Similar differences were also found between the two groups on other substance use measures, though were not
statistically significant.

Contrary to what USA Today reports in “High school drug testing shows no long-term effect on use” (July 15, 2010),ii this study has demonstrated the value of MRSDT. Specifically USA Today highlights that MRSDT did not impact students’ plans to use drugs in the future. It is true that there was no difference between the percentage of students subject to MRSDT (34%) and the percentage not subject to MRSDT (33%) that reported they planned to use substances within the next 12 months. However,
MRSDT programs subject eligible students to random drug testing during the school year only; the summer months are a time when student substance use is no longer monitored. MRSDT programs are designed to deter substance use when students are in school. This study demonstrates that MRSDT is effective at achieving this goal.

Commentary August 12, 2010

It is sometimes claimed that drug testing programs deter student participation in extracurricular activities. In this study, MRSDT had no effect on the participation rates by students in activities that subjected them to drug testing. Nearly the same percentage of students in schools with MRSDT participated in activities covered by their schools’ testing programs (53%) as the percentage of students in schools without MRSDT who participated in such activities (54%). This indicates that students in
schools with MRSDT programs knew their participation in such activities subjected them to testing and it did not deter them from participation.
USA Today is critical of this study because there was no spillover effect on students who were not subject to MRSDT in schools with testing programs. This is not a surprise considering the MRSDT programs were studied for one year of implementation. As drug testing programs expand and include options for students to voluntarily enter the testing pool (as opposed to mandatory participation only
through extracurricular activities), a spillover effect in time is possible. Random student drug testing programs reinforce schools’ comprehensive substance use prevention programs as a deterrent against youth substance use. These programs offer students a good reason not to use drugs, including alcohol and tobacco which can be included in testing panels along with other illegal drugs.

Voluntary random drug testing programs also are used in public schools either as a single option or in combination with a mandatory program. This allows students, with a parent’s permission, to make an active choice to participate in random drug testing. The U.S. Department of Education is to be commended for supporting this ambitious study and shedding light on the many benefits of school-based random student drug testing programs. For more information on IBH and random student drug testing visit www.ibhinc.org and www.PreventionNotPunishmment.org.
Robert L. DuPont, M.D.

Source: Institute for Behavior and Health. USA 12th August 2010

Filed under: Education,Prevention :

States with “Medical Marijuana” (MMJ) Have Higher Prevalence of Driver Fatalities Involving Drugs: 71%


1. 12/17 states (including DC) with “medical” marijuana” have 20% + traffic fatalities involving drugs
70.6% of states with MMJ laws have driver fatalities testing positive for drugs of 20% or greater

2. 13/17 states with “medical” marijuana” has 19% + traffic fatalities involving drugs (Arizona)
76% of states with MMJ have driver fatalities testing positive for drugs of 19% or higher

3. 3/17 states with “medical” marijuana” laws that have low rates of driver fatalities also have low rates of testing for drugs (Oregon, Rhode Island, Maine: not tested 79%, 41%, 100% ).

4. 1/17 states with “medical” marijuana”, New Mexico, tests all, but has anomalous 1% positive tests (an outlier, along with Mississippi, North Carolina).
Drug testing of drivers in fatal accidents should be 100%!

STATES WITHOUT “MEDICAL MARIJUANA” LAWS HAVE LOWER PREVALENCE OF DRIVER FATALITIES INVOLVING DRUGS: 27%

1. 24/33 states with no “medical” marijuana” laws have fewer than 20% of driver fatalities involving drugs
73% of states with no “medical marijuana” laws have fewer than 20% driver fatalities testing positive for drug.

2. 9/33 states with no “medical” marijuana” approval have 20% or more driver fatalities involving drugs.
27% of states with no “medical marijuana” laws have 20% or more of driver fatalities involving drugs

3. Ct, state with highest number of fatalities also has highest rate of testing, 99%
Prevalence of driver fatalities involving drugs is three times higher, on average, in states with approved “medical marijuana” laws.

Source: Bertha Madras PhD Harvard Medical School Dec. 2010

Impulse Control Area In Brain Affected In Teens With Genetic Vulnerability For Alcoholism

A new study suggests that genetic factors influence size variations in a certain region of the brain, which could in turn be partly responsible for increased susceptibility to alcohol dependence.

It appears that the size of the right orbitofrontal cortex (OFC), an area of the brain that is involved in regulating emotional processing and impulsive behavior, is smaller in teenagers and young adults who have several relatives that are alcohol dependent, according to a study led by Dr. Shirley Hill, Ph.D., professor of psychiatry, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine.
In the research, which was published this week in the early online version of Biological Psychiatry, Dr. Hill and her team imaged the brains of 107 teens and young adults using magnetic resonance imaging. They also examined variation in certain genes of the participants and administered a well-validated questionnaire to measure the youngsters’ tendency to be impulsive.
The participants included 63 individuals who were selected for the study because they had multiple alcohol-dependent family members, suggesting a genetic predisposition, and 44 who had no close relatives dependent on drugs or alcohol. Those with several alcohol-dependent relatives were more likely to have reduced volume of the OFC.
When the investigators looked at two genes, 5-HTT and BDNF, they found certain variants that led to a reduction in white matter volume in the OFC, and that in turn was associated with greater impulsivity.
“We are beginning to understand how genetic factors can lead to structural brain changes that may make people more vulnerable to alcoholism,” Dr. Hill said. “These results also support our earlier findings of reduced volume of other brain regions in high-risk kids.”
These differences can be observed even before the high-risk offspring start drinking excessively, she added, “leading us to conclude that they are predisposing factors in the cause of this disease, rather than a consequence of it.”

Source: University of Pittsburgh Schools of the Health Sciences (2008, November 7). Impulse Control Area In Brain Affected In Teens with Genetic Vulnerability for Alcoholism

Even Occasional Exposure to Tobacco Smoke Causes Immediate Damage, New Report Finds

Admiral Regina M. Benjamin, released a new report that shows that tobacco smoke, even occasional smoking or secondhand smoke, damages the human body and leads to disease and death.

The 700-page report, “A Report of the Surgeon General: How Tobacco Smoke Causes Disease-The Biology and Behavioral Basis for Smoking,” finds that cellular damage and tissue inflammation from tobacco smoke are immediate, and that repeated exposure weakens the body’s ability to heal the damage.

Even brief exposure to secondhand smoke can cause cardiovascular disease and could trigger acute cardiac events, such as heart attack. The report describes how chemicals from tobacco smoke quickly damage blood vessels and make blood more likely to clot. The evidence in this report shows how smoking causes cardiovascular disease and increases risks for heart attack, stroke, and aortic aneurysm.

The report also explains why it is so difficult to quit smoking. According to the research, cigarettes are designed for addiction. The design and contents of current tobacco products make them more attractive and addictive than ever before. Today’s cigarettes deliver nicotine more quickly and efficiently than cigarettes of many years ago.

You can read the full report at www.surgeongeneral.gov. Last week, CADCA hosted a webinar on tobacco cessation and smoking prevention. A recording of this session, as well as the PowerPoint presentations used during the session, can be accessed online.

Source: www.cadca.org Dec. 2010

Drunk/Impaired driving

R. Gil Kerlikowske, Director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy, this week called attention to the high percentage of fatalities on USA roadways involving drivers who had drugs in their system and called on communities to continue to prevent drug use before it starts. Kerlikowske’s announcement was shared in light of a new traffic fatality analysis released by the National Highway Transportation Safety Administration.

According to the inaugural analysis of drug involvement from NHTSA’s Fatal Accident Reporting System census, one in three motor vehicle fatalities (33 percent) with known drug test results tested positive for drugs in 2009. Additionally, according to the new analysis, the involvement of drugs in fatal crashes has increased by five percent over the past five years, even as the overall number of drivers killed in motor vehicle crashes in the United States has declined.

Kerlikowske said campaigns against drunk driving have been effective and should continue, but more emphasis should be placed on ‘drugged driving.’

In a news release, Kerlikowske said, “It is critical that communities across the nation address the threat of drugged driving as we redouble our efforts to make America’s roadways safer by increasing public awareness, employing more targeted enforcement, and developing better tools to detect the presence of drugs among drivers.”

According to a 2007 NHTSA Roadside Survey of Alcohol and Drug Use by Drivers, 1 in 8 nighttime weekend drivers tested positive for an illicit drug. The most recent Monitoring the Future survey revealed that one in 10 high school seniors reported that in the two weeks prior to the survey they had driven after smoking marijuana.

Source: www.CADCA.org Dec.2010

Filed under: Drugs and Accidents,More :

Amsterdam bans smoking of marijuana in some public places

Amsterdam bans smoking of marijuana in some public places

AMSTERDAM – A majority of the city council in Amsterdam voted in favour of introducing a city-wide ban on smoking marijuana in public in areas where young people smoking joints have been causing public nuisance.
The decision comes after a successful trial ban in the De Baarsjes district of Amsterdam.
The experimental ban led to less public nuisance, city district De Baarsjes concluded after the year-long trial.
Source: Expatica.com Jan 2007

One in four at risk of cannabis psychosis

BY MARK HENDERSON, SCIENCE CORRESPONDENT

ONE in four people carries genes that increases vulnerability to psychotic illnesses if he or she smokes cannabis as a teenager, scientists have found.
A common genetic profile that makes cannabis five times more likely to trigger schizophrenia and similar disorders has been identified, increasing pressure on the Government to reverse the drug’s reclassification from Class B to Class C.

The increased risk applies to people who inherit variants of a gene named COMT who also smoked cannabis as teenagers. About a quarter of the population have this genetic make-up, and up to 15 per cent of the group are likely to develop psychotic conditions if exposed to the drug early in life.
Neither the drug nor the gene raises the risk of psychosis by itself.
The study, led by Avshalom Caspi and Terrie Moffitt, of the Institute of Psychiatry at King’s College London, offers the best explanation yet for the way that cannabis has a devastating psychiatric impact on some users but leaves most unharmed. Scientists had suspected that genetic factors were responsible for this divide, but a gene had not been pinpointed.
The findings, to be published in Biological Psychiatry, also reinforce a growing consensus that nature and nurture are not mutually exclusive forces but combine to affect behaviour and health. The King’s team has previously identified genes that raise the risk of depression or aggression, but only in conjunction with environmental influences.
Mental health campaigners said that the results vindicated their concerns about the decision last year to downgrade cannabis to a Class C drug, which means that possession is no longer an arrestable offence.
Marjorie Wallace, chief executive of the mental health charity Sane, said that it was becoming clear that cannabis placed millions of users at risk of lasting mental illness. About fifteen million Britons have tried cannabis, and between two million and five million are regular users, according to the Home Office British Crime Survey. The research suggests that a quarter could be at risk.
The evidence will be considered by a review of the drug’s classification announced last month by the Home Secretary. It may be possible to develop a test for genetic susceptibility to cannabis. “If we were able genetically to identify the vulnerable individuals in advance, we would be able to save thousands of minds, if not lives,” Ms Wallace said.
Dr Caspi, however, rejected the idea of screening based on the COMT gene. “Such a test would be wrong more often than it is right. Cannabis has many other adverse effects, especially on developing teenagers, on respiratory health and possibly on cognitive function. Effects may be pronounced among a genetically vulnerable group but that doesn’t mean we should encourage others not genetically vulnerable to use cannabis.”
The King’s team tracked 803 men and women born in Dunedin, New Zealand, in 1972 and 1973, who were enrolled at birth in a research project. Each was interviewed at 13, 15 and 18 about cannabis use, tested to determine which type of COMT genes they had inherited, and followed up at 26 for signs of mental illness.
COMT was chosen as it is known to play a part in the production of dopamine, a brain-signalling chemical that is abnormal in schizophrenia. It comes in two variants, known as valine or methionine, and every person has two copies, one from each parent.
Among people with two methionine variants, the rate of psychotic illness was 3 per cent, the background rate for the general population, regardless of whether they had used cannabis as teenagers.
Among those with two valine variants the rate was 3 per cent for non-users but 15 per cent for those who had smoked cannabis in their teens.
Dr Caspi said research had shown that the valine gene variant and cannabis affect the brain’s dopamine system in similar fashion, suggesting that they deliver a “double dose” that can be damaging. The work needs to be replicated by others to confirm the findings, Dr Caspi said. It also is possible that the gene involved is not COMT but a neighbour.
THE DRUG OF CHOICE FOR MILLIONS
• Cannabis was reclassified from a Class B to a Class C drug in January 2004. Possession remains illegal, but is not an arrestable offence. The Home Secretary has asked for a review by November
• The Home Office estimates that fifteen million people have tried cannabis, two million to five million are regular users and reclassification has saved 199,000 hours’ police work
• Liberalisation campaigners argue that millions smoke the drug with fewer ill-effects than others suffer from alcohol or tobacco
• A recent study at Maastricht University found that cannabis doubles the risk of schizophrenia, hallucinations and paranoia among a genetically susceptible group

Source: www.timesonline.co.uk 14 April 2005

Roadside Drug-testing in Victoria, Australia.

The State Government figures show that out of 4619 drivers pulled over, one in 73 tested positive to either cannabis or methamphetamines. This compared to an average of one in 250 drivers testing positive for alcohol. The results surprised police.

The results come just two days after research by the National Drug and Alcohol Research Centre showed 57 per cent of clubbers admitted driving under the influence of alcohol and 52 per cent under the influence of cannabis. The VicRoads-commissioned study reported that just under half of those surveyed admitted driving soon after taking other drugs.

43% said they had taken ecstasy and 42 % speed.

Source: Minister for Police & Emergency Services. Victoria. Australia. April 15 2005

Half of U.S. Kids Face Parent Substance Abuse -Study

Half of all U.S. children live in a house where a parent or other adult uses tobacco, drinks heavily or uses illegal drugs, according to a report released on Tuesday.
These adults are three times more likely to abuse their children and four times more likely to neglect them than parents who do not abuse alcohol or drugs or use tobacco, said the report from Columbia University’s National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse.
“Children of alcohol and drug abusers are at increased risk of accidents, injuries and academic failure. Such children are more likely to suffer conduct disorders, depression or anxiety, conditions that increase the risk children will smoke, drink and use drugs,” the center said in a statement.
The report is an analysis of the center’s own research as well as dozens of reports from groups ranging from Alcoholics Anonymous, U.S. government surveys on families and health behavior and the Children’s Defense Fund, a nonprofit social welfare organization. It found that 35.6 million U.S. children, about half of all children in the country, live in a home where a parent or other adult uses tobacco, drinks heavily or uses illicit drugs.
More than 37 percent of U.S. children live with an adult who uses tobacco, nearly 24 percent live with a binge or heavy drinker and 12.7 percent live in a household where a parent or other adult uses illicit drugs, the report found.
Several studies show that children exposed to household cigarette smoke have a higher risk of sudden infant death syndrome, asthma and ear infections. They are more likely to have their tonsils or adenoids surgically removed and recent studies show they have a bigger risk of cancer and heart disease.
“If substance abusing parents are not concerned about what drugs, alcohol and tobacco are doing to themselves, they should be concerned about the ill effects they have on their children,” center Chairman Joseph Califano said.
“Children of substance abusing parents are much likelier to become substance abusers themselves,” he added.
“A child who gets through age 21 without smoking, using illegal drugs or abusing alcohol is virtually certain never to do so.”

Source: WASHINGTON (Reuters) Mar 29, 2005

Medicinal Marijuana?

[Correspondence]
Tashkin, Donald P.; Roth, Michael D.; Dubinett, Steven M.
UCLA School of Medicine; Los Angeles, CA 90095-1690

———————————————-

To the Editor: You point to largely experiential evidence of the medicinal
benefits of marijuana and the apparent absence of serious short-term toxicity.
However, a note of caution is warranted. Although it is true that smoking
marijuana carries no immediate risk of death, there may be serious adverse
effects in the very patients for whom medicinal marijuana is most commonly
considered (i.e., those whose immune defenses are already compromised by AIDS or
cancer plus chemotherapy). For example, in patients with AIDS, marijuana use has
been associated with the development of both fungal and bacterial pneumonias.
[1,2] Moreover, among HIV-positive persons, marijuana use has been shown to be a
risk factor for rapid progression from HIV infection to AIDS and the acquisition
of opportunistic infections or Kaposi’s sarcoma, or both. [3]

Cellular studies and studies in animals lend support to these potential health
consequences of marijuana. For example, delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol has been
shown to have immunosuppressive effects on macrophages, natural killer cells,
and T cells, as well as on the response of mice to opportunistic infection. [4]
In our own studies, [5] (and unpublished data) we recovered alveolar macrophages
from the lungs of habitual marijuana smokers and found a significant reduction
in their ability to kill fungi, bacteria, and tumor cells, as well as a
deficiency in their ability to produce protective inflammatory cytokines, such
as tumor necrosis factor (alpha).

Donald P. Tashkin, M.D.

Michael D. Roth, M.D.

Steven M. Dubinett, M.D.

UCLA School of Medicine; Los Angeles, CA 90095-1690

REFERENCES

1. Denning DW, Follansbee SE, Scolaro M, Norris S, Edelstein H, Stevens DA.
Pulmonary aspergillosis in the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. N Engl J Med
1991;324:654-62. Bibliographic Links

2. Caiaffa WT, Vlahov D, Graham NM, et al. Drug smoking, Pneumocystis carinii
pneumonia, and immunosuppression increase risk of bacterial pneumonia in human
immunodeficiency virus-seropositive injection drug users. Am J Respir Crit Care
Med 1994;150:1493-8. Bibliographic Links

3. Tindall B, Cooper DA, Donovan B, et al. The Sydney AIDS Project: development
of acquired immunodeficiency syndrome in a group of HIV seropositive homosexual
men. Aust N Z J Med 1988;18:8-15. Bibliographic Links

4. Newton CA, Klein TW, Friedman H. Secondary immunity to Legionella pneumophilia
and Th1 activity are suppressed by delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol. Inject Infect
Immun 1994;62:4015-20.

5. Sherman MP, Campbell LA, Gong H Jr, Roth MD, Tashkin DP. Antimicrobial and
respiratory burst characteristics of pulmonary alveolar macrophages recovered
from smokers of marijuana alone, smokers of tobacco alone, smokers of marijuana
and tobacco, and nonsmokers. Am Rev Respir Dis 1991;144:1351-6. Bibliographic
Links Accession Number: 00006024-199704170-00025

Usage of cannabis in UK

Results of a new survey into cannabis use showed that 1 in 3, 15 year olds has now smoked cannabis. 18% of pupils aged 11 to 18 had taken drugs in the previous 12 months. 13% had tried cannabis in the previous year, by the age of 15, that had risen to 31%. 28% of pupils sold they had been offered cannabis. Harder drugs like cocaine ecstasy and amphetamines had been touted to 1 in 5 schoolchildren. A Dept of Health spokesman said that the no. of pupils taking drugs had decreased slightly from 20% in 2001 to 1870 in 2002. This is all in a survey of 10000 pupils by the National Centre for Social Research and The National Centre for Educational Research.

Source: Survey of 10,000 pupils by National centre for Social Research & National centre for Educational Research. Reported in daily Mail 29 March 2003

Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

Why teenagers should steer clear of cannabis

Adolescents’ use of marijuana may increase the risk of heroin addiction later in life, a new study suggests. Researchers say the work adds to “overwhelming” evidence that people under 21 should not use marijuana because of the risk of damaging the developing brain.
The idea that smoking cannabis increases the user’s chance of going on to take harder drugs such as heroin is highly contentious. Some dub cannabis a “gateway” drug, arguing that peer pressure and exposure to drug dealers will tempt users to escalate their drug use. Others insist that smoking cannabis is unrelated to further drug use.
Now research in rats suggests that using marijuana reduces future sensitivity to opioids, which makes people more vulnerable to heroin addiction later in life. It does so by altering the brain chemistry of marijuana users, say the researchers.
“Adolescents in particular should never take cannabis – it’s far too risky because the brain areas essential for behaviour and cognitive functioning are still developing and are very sensitive to drug exposure,” says Jasmin Hurd, who led the study at the Karolinska Institute in Sweden.
But Hurd acknowledges that most people who use cannabis begin in their teens. A recent survey reported that as many as 20% of 16-year-olds in the US and Europe had illegally used cannabis in the previous month.

“Teenage” rats

In order to explore how the adolescent use of cannabis affects later drug use, Hurd and colleagues set up an experiment in rats aimed to mirror human use as closely as possible.
In the first part of the trial, six “teenage” rats were given a small dose of THC – the active chemical in cannabis – every three days between the ages of 28 and 49 days, which is the equivalent of human ages 12 to 18. The amount of THC given was roughly equivalent to a human smoking one joint every three days, Hurd explains. A control group of six rats did not receive THC.
One week after the first part was completed, catheters were inserted in all 12 of the adult rats and they were able to self-administer heroin by pushing a lever.
“At first, all the rats behaved the same and began to self-administer heroin frequently,” says Hurd. “But after a while, they stabilised their daily intake at a certain level. We saw that the ones that had been on THC as teenagers stabilised their intake at a much higher level than the others – they appeared to be less sensitive to the effects of heroin. And this continued throughout their lives.”
Hurd says reduced sensitivity to the heroin means the rats take larger doses, which has been shown to increase the risk of addiction.

Drug memory

The researchers then examined specific brain cells in the rats, including the opioid and cannabinoid receptors. They found that the rats that had been given THC during adolescence had a significantly altered opioid system in the area associated with reward and positive emotions. This is also the area linked to addiction.
“These are very specific changes and they are long-lasting, so the brain may ‘remember’ past cannabis experimentation and be vulnerable to harder drugs later in life,” Hurd says.
Neurologist Jim van Os, a cannabis expert at the University of Maastricht in the Netherlands told New Scientist the research was a welcome addition to our understanding of how cannabis affects the adolescent brain.
“The issue of cross-sensitisation of cannabis/opioid receptors has been a controversial one, but these findings show the drug’s damaging effects on the reward structures of the brain,” van Oshe says. “There is now overwhelming evidence that nobody in the brain’s developmental stage – under the age of 21 – should use cannabis.”

Source: On line edition of Neuropsychopharmacology. Reported in NewScientist.com July 2006

Vision Impaired by Moderate Drinking

Even mild alcohol intoxication can seriously impair drinkers’ visual acuity, according to a study from the University of Washington.
Researchers found that test subjects who consumed just enough alcohol to reach half the legal alcohol intoxication level in the U.S. performed poorly on tests of their ability to notice an unexpected visual object when they were performing another simple task. Researchers said this was the first study to demonstrate that alcohol can cause such “inattentional blindness.”
“We rely on our ability to perceive a multitude of information when we drive (speed limit, road signs, other cars, etc.),” said study lead author Seema Clifasefi. “If even a mild dose of alcohol compromises our ability to take in some of this information, in other words, limits our attention span, then it seems likely that our driving ability may also be compromised.”
The study was published in the July 2006 issue of the journal Applied Cognitive Psychology.
Reference:
Clifasefi, S. L., Takarangi, M. K. T., Bergman, J. S. (2006) Blind drunk: the effects of alcohol on inattentional blindness. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 20(5): 697-704.

Source:Reported in Medical News Today July 7, 2006

A Generational Link to Alcohol Abuse

Children from families with a history of alcohol abuse show characteristics in their brains that may make them more susceptible to becoming problem drinkers themselves, a new study reports.
Using magnetic resonance imaging, researchers from the University of Pittsburgh found potentially significant structural differences in the brains of teenagers from families with multigenerational drinking problems. The report was published in a recent issue of Biological Psychiatry.
The lead author, Dr. Shirley Y. Hill, said the study had found that the right portion of a brain area called the amygdala appeared smaller than normal in the teenagers studied. The amygdala helps control emotions, the researchers said, and appears to play an important role in addictive behavior like gambling and drug use.
The researchers looked at 34 boys and young men whose family histories were believed to put them at high risk; their average age was 17. The study found that some of the deviations in the brain occurred even if the subjects were not using alcohol. They said that fact suggested a genetic component.
The researchers said they suspected that the teenagers’ brains would eventually develop normally if they avoided alcohol. But studies have shown that children from families with long histories of drinking start using alcohol earlier.
Source: New York Times July 12 2006

Will smoking dope make me thick?

Yes, despite what potheads claim. Doctors in Greece compared the mental abilities of 20 people who had smoked dope four times a week for 15 years with 20 who had used it for less than seven years, and 24 never-smokers. They were given 15 words to learn, and asked to repeat them later. The average score for the long-term smokers was 7; for the shorter-term smokers, 9; for the never-users, 12. It is the latest in many studies showing repeated ‘soft’ drug abuse damages the brain. This isn’t surprising because marijuana’s active ingredient, tetrahydro cannabinol (THC), is highly fat-soluble. As our brain is the organ with the highest concentration of fat, THC makes a beeline for it and stays there for

Source: The Guardian Saturday September 30, 2006

Cocaine addicts have an altered perception of reward

27 October 2006

People addicted to cocaine have an impaired ability to perceive rewards and exercise control due to disruptions in the brain’s reward and control circuits, according to a series of brain-mapping studies and neuropsychological tests conducted at the U.S. Department of Energy’s Brookhaven National Laboratory.
“Our findings provide the first evidence that the brain’s threshold for responding to monetary rewards is modified in drug-addicted people, and is directly linked to changes in the responsiveness of the prefrontal cortex, a part of the brain essential for monitoring and controlling behavior,” said Rita Goldstein, a psychologist at Brookhaven Lab. “These results also attest to the benefit of using sophisticated brain-imaging tools combined with sensitive behavioral, cognitive, and emotional probes to optimize the study of drug addiction, a psychopathology that these tools have helped to identify as a disorder of the brain.”
Goldstein will present details of these studies at a press conference on neuroscience and addiction at the Society for Neuroscience (SfN) annual meeting in Atlanta, Georgia, on Sunday, October 15, 2006, 2 to 3 p.m., and at a SfN symposium on Wednesday, October 18, 8:30 a.m.
Goldstein’s experiments were designed to test a theoretical model, called the Impaired Response Inhibition and Salience Attribution (I-RISA) model, which postulates that drug-addicted individuals disproportionately attribute salience, or value, to their drug of choice at the expense of other potentially but no-longer-rewarding stimuli – with a concomitant decrease in the ability to inhibit maladaptive drug use. In the experiments, the scientists subjected cocaine-addicted and non-drug-addicted individuals to a range of tests of behavior, cognition/thought, and emotion, while simultaneously monitoring their brain activity using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) and/or recordings of event-related potentials (ERP).
In one study, subjects were given a monetary reward for their performance on an attention task. Subjects were given one of three amounts (no money, one cent, or 45 cents) for each correct response, up to a total reward of $50 for their performance. The researchers also asked the subjects how much they valued different amounts of monetary reward, ranging from $10 to $1000.
More than half of the cocaine abusers rated $10 as equally valuable as $1000, “demonstrating a reduced subjective sensitivity to relative monetary reward,” Goldstein said.
“Such a ‘flattened’ sensitivity to gradients in reward may play a role in the inability of drug-addicted individuals to use internal cues and feedback from the environment to inhibit inappropriate behavior, and may also predispose these individuals to disadvantageous decisions – for example, trading a car for a couple of cocaine hits. Without a relative context, drug use and its intense effects – craving, anticipation, and high – could become all the more overpowering,” she said.
The behavioral data collected during fMRI further suggested that, in the cocaine abusers, there was a “disconnect” between subjective measures of motivation (how much they said they were engaged in the task) and the objective measures of motivation (how fast and accurately they performed on the task).
“These behavioral data implicate a disruption in the ability to perceive inner motivational drives in cocaine addiction,” Goldstein said.
The fMRI results also revealed that non-addicted subjects responded to the different monetary amounts in a graded fashion: the higher the potential reward, the greater the response in the prefrontal cortex. In cocaine-addicted subjects, however, this region did not demonstrate a graded pattern of response to the monetary reward offered. Furthermore, within the cocaine-addicted group, the higher the sensitivity to money in the prefrontal cortex, the higher was the motivation and the self-reported ability to control behavior.
The ERP results showed a similarly graded brain response to monetary reward in healthy control subjects, but not in cocaine-addicted individuals.
“The dysfunctional interplay between reward processing and control of behavior observed in these studies could help to explain the chronically relapsing nature of drug addiction,” Goldstein said. “Our results also suggest the need for new clinical interventions aimed at helping drug abusers manage these symptoms as part of an effective treatment strategy.”

Source: Medical Research News 18th Oct.2006

Neurophysiological link between cannabis use and schizophrenia found

27 October 2006

Researchers have found altered neural synchronization in people who smoke cannabis, providing evidence to support the link between the use of this drug and schizophrenia.

Altered neural synchronization has previously been demonstrated in patients with schizophrenia. This led Patrick Skosnik (Indiana University, Bloomington, USA) and team to suggest that such alterations may represent a neurophysiological link between schizophrenia symptoms and the neurobehavioral effects of cannabis.

The researchers assessed neural synchronization using electroencephalograms (EEG) to measure auditory steady-state potentials, eg, auditory click trains at specific frequencies – 20, 30, and 40 Hz – in 17 cannabis users and 16 drug naïve individuals.

The cannabis users showed decreased EEG power and signal-to-noise ratio at the stimulation frequency of 20 Hz compared with non-drug users.

Skosnik and colleagues note that there was no significant difference between the two groups with regard to noise power, indicating that the altered neural synchronization in cannabis users was due to decreased signal strength of oscillating circuits and not the increased noise stemming from neural background activity.

The cannabis users also demonstrated increased schizotypal personality characteristics, as assessed on the Schizotypal Personality Questionnaire, compared with controls. However, there was no significant difference between the two groups in scores on the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale. This demonstrates that any alterations in neural synchrony were not associated with generalized cognitive or sensory deficits, the researchers note.

Further analysis revealed that scores on the Schizotypal Personality Questionnaire positively correlated with total years of cannabis use. In addition, schizotypy scores negatively correlated with 20 Hz power, indicating that cannabis-using individuals scoring higher in schizotypy had larger deficits in neural synchronization.

“These data provide evidence for neural synchronization and early-stage sensory processing deficits in cannabis use,” the team writes in the American Journal of Psychiatry.

“Given that there is tight coupling of the endocannabinoid and dopamine systems, it appears possible that genetic anomalies leading to altered dopamine activity may interact with early cannabis exposure to produce overt psychosis.”

Source: Am J Psychiatry 2006; 163: 1798–1805
©2006 Current Medicine Group Ltd

Methadone treatment 97% ineffective.

EDINBURGH: The Scottish Executive’s anti-drug abuse policy was criticized sharply yesterday following a report that the government recommended heroin-substitute methadone is 97% ineffective.

Methadone, a drug used for recovery from heroin addiction, has a success rate of no more than 3.4%, according to Professor Neil McKeganey, chief researcher for Glasgow University’s Centre for Drug Misuse Research. McKeganey has just concluded a study on the effectiveness of the £12m a year Methadone programme.

The study observed a group of 695 heroin addicts who started taking treatment in 2001 at 33 different addiction centers across Scotland. A large percentage of this group was given methadone-based care while the rest were put on rehabilitation. Their progress was recorded over interviews 33 months after they started the treatment to see if they had become drug-free over a 90-day period.

The group given only-methadone had a very poor 3.4 percent recovery rate from drug addiction; whereas the group placed in residential rehabilitation (with no methadone throughout the treatment) showed a 29% success rate.

A key difference in methadone’s success rates between Scotland and England was also pointed out. While England emphasizes on getting people off drugs entirely, Scotland’s drug policy lacks any such direction; as a result, addicts simply substitute methadone with heroin.

McKeganey’s previous research had revealed a greater inclination to commit crimes among methadone patients when compared with addicts placed on abstinence programmes. People in the latter group also showed twice the level of interest in finding a job.

While the report makes no recommendation, sharp reactions have come in from various quarters demanding the Executive at least review its drug policy if not entirely scrap methadone. Tory leader Anabel Goldie said she recommended more investment in residential rehabilitation centres.

Meanwhile an official at the Greater Glasgow NHS facility said methadone may not be suitable for everyone but many addicts do benefit from it. He also said the government was looking to offer “a wider package of support” that would include rehabilitation, education and training, to addicts.

Source: Earthtimes.org. 30.10.06

Marijuana Ingredient May Stall Decline From Alzheimer’s

New research shows that a synthetic analogue of the active component [THC] of marijuana may reduce the inflammation and prevent the mental decline associated with Alzheimer’s disease.

“This research is not only a major step in our understanding [of] how the brain reacts to Alzheimer’s disease, but may also help open a route to novel anti-Alzheimer’s drugs,” says Raphael Mechoulam, professor emeritus of medicinal chemistry at Hebrew University in Jerusalem and discoverer of marijuana’s active component.

To show the preventive effects of cannabinoids on Alzheimer’s disease, researchers at the Cajal Institute and Complutense University in Madrid, led by Maria de Ceballos, conducted studies using human brain tissue, as well as experiments with rats.

Source:The Journal of Neuroscience February 23, 2005

Marijuana may block Alzheimer’s

The active ingredient in marijuana may stall decline from Alzheimer’s disease, research suggests. Scientists showed a synthetic version of the compound may reduce inflammation associated with Alzheimer’s and thus help to prevent mental decline. They hope the cannabinoid may be used to developed new drug therapies. The research, by Madrid’s Complutense University and the Cajal Institute, is published in the Journal of Neuroscience.

Source:http://www.biopsychology.com/index. Feb 2005

Cannabis lifts Alzheimer appetite

A cannabis-based drug could help people with Alzheimer’s disease by giving them the “munchies”, researchers say.

Patients with the condition often experience weight loss because they stop recognising when they are hungry. The study does not suggest they should be given cannabis to smoke – instead, they tested a synthetic version of a cannabis extract. It was found the cannabinoid led to weight and reduced agitation, another symptom of the disease. The researchers from the Meridian Institute for Aging in New Jersey looked at a drug called dronabinol which is an artificial version of delta-9 THC, the active ingredient in cannabis.

Dronabinol may reduce agitation and improve appetite in patients with Alzheimer’s disease

Dr Joshua Shua-Haim, Meridian Institute for Aging

Source: BBC report 21 Aug.2003

The Relationship Between Alcohol, Drug Use and Violence Among Students

The Inextricable Link

Research substantiates the link between violence and alcohol/drug use among adolescents. This link exists not only
for the perpetrators of violence, but also for those who are victims of violence. Eliminating the State Grants portion of the Safe and Drug Free Schools and Communities (SDFSC) program will undoubtedly lead to increases in violence,alcohol and drug use among school-aged youth.

Student Alcohol Use and Violence

• Alcohol use is an independent risk factor for delinquent and violent behaviors among young people.
• Adolescents who abuse alcohol are three times more likely to commit violent offenses than those who do not drink to excess.
• Youth aged 12-17 who reported violent behaviors in the past year also reported higher rates of past year alcohol use compared with youths who did not report violent behavior.

65.9% of those youth reporting heavy alcohol use, 56.8% of those reporting binge drinking, and 43.7% of those reporting past 30-day use of alcohol had also engaged in one or more of the following delinquent behaviors: participating in a serious fight at school or at work; participating in a group-against-group fight; attacking someone with the intent to seriously hurt them; stealing or attempting to steal something worth $50 or more; selling illegal drugs; and/or carrying a hand gun within the last year.

• Alcohol use among adolescents co–occurs with a range of other risky behaviors including violence, tobacco use, sexual activity, drinking and driving and suicide.

Student Alcohol Use and Victimization

• Those who drink, including adolescents, may experience an increased risk of violence because of reduced physical coordination, poor decision-making in threatening situations and isolation while out late at night.
• Alcohol increases vulnerability to victimization above levels of vulnerability brought about other factors.

Student Drug Use and Violence

• Youths who had engaged in fighting or other delinquent behaviors were more likely than other youths to have
used illicit drugs.
• Of those students who reported carrying a gun to school during the 2005-2006 school year, 63.9% report also
using marijuana, 39.9% report using cocaine, and 36.8% report using crystal meth in the past year.
• Of those students who reported hurting others with a weapon at school, 68.4% had used marijuana, 48.3%
had used cocaine, and 44.1% had used crystal meth in the past year.
• Of those students who reported being hurt by a weapon at school, 60.3% reported using marijuana, 41.1% reported
using cocaine and 38.3% reported using crystal meth in the past year.
• Past month illicit drug use was reported by 17.3% of youths who had gotten into serious fights at school or
work in the past year compared with 7.6% of those who had not.
• The incidences of youth physically attacking others, stealing, and destroying property increased in proportion
to the number of days marijuana was smoked in the past year.
• Marijuana users were twice as likely as non-users to report they disobeyed school rules.
• Of those students who reported threatening someone with a gun, knife or club or threatening to hit, slap or kick
someone during the 2005-2006 school year, 27% also reported using marijuana, 7.8% reported using cocaine and 6.2% reported using crystal meth in the past year.
• During the 2005-2006 school year, of those students who reported any trouble with the police, 39.6% also reported
using marijuana, 12.2% reported using cocaine, and 9% reported using crystal meth in the past year.

Community Anti-Drug Coalitions of America > 625 Slaters Lane, Suite 300 > Alexandria, VA 22314 > T 800.542.2322 > cadca.org
CSSourmunity Anti-Drug Coalitions of America > 625 Slaters Lane, Suite 300 > Alexandria, VA 22314 > T 800.542.2322 > cadca.org

Footnotes

1 Komro, K.A., Williams, C.L., Foster, J.L., et al. (1999).
The relationship between adolescent alcohol use and delinquent
and violent behaviors. Journal of Child Adolescent
Substance Abuse, 9(2):13-28.
2 Fergusson, D.M., Lynskey, M.T., Horwood, L.J. (1996).
Alcohol misuse and juvenile offending in adolescence. Addiction,
91(4): 495-510.
3 Office of Applied Studies, Substance Abuse and Mental
Health Services Administration. (2005). The NSDUH report:
Alcohol use and delinquent behaviors among youths. Available:

http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/2k5/alcDelinquent/

alcDelinquent.pdf
4 Ibid.
5 Windle, M. Alcohol Use Among Adolescents. Thousand
Oaks, CA: Sage, 1999.
6 Shepherd, J.P.(1998). Emergency room research on links
between alcohol and violent injury. Addiction, 93(8): 1261–
1262.
7 Shepherd, J.P.; Sutherland, I.; Newcombe, R.G. (2006)
Relations between alcohol, violence and victimization in
adolescence. Journal of Adolescence, 29(4): 539-553.
8 Office of Applied Studies, Substance Abuse and Mental
Health Services Administration. National Survey on Drug
Use and Health: National Findings. (2005). Youth Prevention-
Related Measures: Fighting and Delinquent Behavior.
64. Available: http://oas.samhsa.gov/
nsduh/2k5nsduh/2k5results.pdf.
9 Pride Surveys. (2006). Questionnaire report for grades 6-
12: 2006 national summary. 184. Available: http://
www.pridesurveys.com/customercenter/us05ns.pdf.
10 Pride Surveys. (2006). Questionnaire report for grades 6-
12: 2006 national summary. 197. Available: http://
www.pridesurveys.com/customercenter/us05ns.pdf.
11 Pride Surveys. (2006). Questionnaire report for grades 6-
12: 2006 national summary. 199. Available: http://
www.pridesurveys.com/customercenter/us05ns.pdf.
12 Office of Applied Studies, Substance Abuse and Mental
Health Services Administration. National Survey on Drug
Use and Health: National Findings. (2005). Youth Prevention-
Related Measures: Fighting and Delinquent Behavior.
64. Available: http://oas.samhsa.gov/
nsduh/2k5nsduh/2k5results.pdf.
13 Office of National Drug Control Policy. (2006). Marijuana
Myths and Facts: The Truth Behind 10 Popular Misperceptions.
10. Available: http://www.whitehousedrugpolicy.gov/
publications/marijuana_myths_facts/
marijuana_myths_facts.pdf
14 Ibid.
15 Pride Surveys. (2006). Questionnaire report for grades 6-
12: 2006 national summary. 194. Available: http://
www.pridesurveys.com/customercenter/us05ns.pdf.
16 Pride Surveys. (2006). Questionnaire report for grades 6-
12: 2006 national summary. 195. Available: http://www.pridesurveys.com/customercenter/us05ns.pdf.ourceThe Inextricable S
Source: Cadca online Nov. 2006

CESAR Study Finds 9 Warning Signs of Early Marijuana Use Among Maryland’s Public School Students


June 28, 2004
Vol. 13, Issue 26

Nine behaviours and attitudes differentiate students who used marijuana before age 15 from those who had not, according to an analysis of data from the 2002 Maryland Adolescent Survey (MAS). Overall, one-fifth of Maryland 12th grade students reported using marijuana before age 15. A scale of 9 warning signs of early marijuana use among 12thgraders was developed from an analysis of the MAS data (see below). The scale also detected early use among 8th and 10th graders. The more warning signs a student had, the more likely he or she was to have used marijuana early . For example, approximately three-fourths of 12th graders with 6 or more warning signs were early marijuana users, compared to 3% of 12th graders with no warning signs. Students with more warning signs also reported using a greater number of other illegal drugs*and experiencing a greater number of serious problems **resulting from drug and alcohol use report, “Warning Signs for Early Marijuana Users Among Maryland’s Public School Students,” discusses the implications of these findings for intervening with youth and implementing prevention programs. Complimentary copies of the report can be ordered by contacting CESAR at cesar@cesar.umd.eduor 301-405-9770.

Behaviors•
Cigarette use before age 15
•Alcohol use before age 15
•20 or more unexcused absences
•Drug arrest
•Alcohol arrest
Attitudes/Opinions
•Smoking marijuana is safe
•Smoking cigarettes is safe
•My parents think it’s okay to smoke marijuana
•My parents think it’s okay to smoke

SOURCE: Maryland Drug Early Warning System (DEWS), CESAR, “Warning Signs for Early Marijuana Users Among Maryland’s Public School Students,” DEWS Investigates, June 2004. For more information, contact Dr. Eric Wish at ewish@cesar.umd.edu.

Study: Steroid Use May Fuel Crime

Steroid users appear more likely to commit crimes involving weapons and fraud, scientists in Sweden report.
Steroids are linked to manic episodes, depression, suicide, psychotic episodes and increased aggression and hostility, occasionally triggering violent behavior, including murder.
Researchers at Uppsala University in Sweden studied the relationship between crime and steroid use in 1,440 Swedish residents tested for the drugs between 1995 and 2001 from clinics, including substance abuse facilities, as well as police and customs stations.
Of those involved in the study, 241 tested positive, with an average age of about 20.
The research team found those who tested positive for steroid use were roughly twice as likely to have been convicted of a weapons offense and one-and-a-half times as likely to have been convicted of fraud.
When the researchers excluded people from substance abuse facilities from their analysis the connection with armed crime remained, but the link between steroid use and fraud disappeared.
While steroids are linked with outbursts of uncontrolled violence known as “‘roid rage,” they did not appear to be connected with sexual offenses, violent crimes such as murder, assault and robbery, or crimes against property such as theft.
This investigation instead reveals that steroid use may be linked with premeditated crimes—those involving preparation and advance planning.
One explanation the researchers suggest for the findings is that criminals involved in serious crimes such as armed robbery or the collection of crime-related debts might benefit from the muscularity, heavy build and increase in aggression that comes with steroid use.
The scientists report their findings in the November issue of the Archives of General Psychiatry.

Source: Fox News Live Science Monday , November 06, 2006

Baby labels on alcohol

WARNING labels telling pregnant mothers they risk doing irreversible harm to their unborn children by drinking could be put on alcoholic products after the number of damaged babies has soared.
Cases of infants born with foetal alcohol syndrome (FAS) – which can cause mental retardation and birth defects if a mother drinks throughout pregnancy – have doubled in NSW from 15 in 2001 to 32 in 2004.
But experts believe the real figure is likely to be up to 10 times higher.
Research suggests even one bout of binge drinking during pregnancy could cause foetal alcohol spectrum disorders, leaving a child with behavioral and learning disabilities.
NSW Health Minister John Hatzistergos said yesterday the Government is researching new alcohol pregnancy guidelines and is considering rolling out health advisory labels.
Mr Hatzistergos said: “We need to know two things. What impact drinking during pregnancy has and what is the nature of any warning that should be provided on alcohol products.”
There is currently no national standard advice for drinking during pregnancy, but research suggests even moderate drinking late in pregnancy can cause FAS.
University of Sydney’s Professor of Paediatrics Health Dr Elizabeth Elliot said: “For every child with FAS there are 10 more with neuro-developmental problems caused by alcohol.
“We are certainly seeing new cases diagnosed every year and that is just the severe end of the spectrum.
“We also know many women are unaware a single binge early in pregnancy could damage their foetus.”
At the ministerial council on drug strategy last week, state and federal ministers discussed new, nationwide approaches to reduce the rate of FAS.
Mr Hatzistergos said a working party will examine research and discuss what alcohol warning labels would say.
He did not dismiss the possibility labels would use photographs similar to new cigarette warning labels.
He said: “Down the track that may be something. I think the best approach is to abstain, but I don’t want to create anxiety among women – there needs to be a greater level of awareness about this issue.”
New research shows 78 per cent of FAS children studied between 2000 and 2004 were exposed to drugs in addition to alcohol and the average age of diagnosis was 3.3 years old.
Alarmingly, of the 133 FAS children examined, 27 per cent had a sibling also affected by alcohol.
A new documentary, In The Womb, using unique 4D technology is now available and tracks the development of the foetus in-utero from fertilisation to birth as well as showing the impact of smoking and excess alcohol on unborn children.
One of the most expensive films of its kind, the DVD was made

Source: Daily Telegraph. Australia Dec. 18th 2006

1 In 3 Drivers Under ‘The Limit’ For Alcohol Still Test Positive For Drugs

Emma Dickinson

One in three drivers suspected of driving while ‘over the limit’ but subsequently found to be below maximum permissible levels of alcohol, nevertheless tested positive for a range of drugs, reveals research in Injury Prevention.

The findings prompt the authors to call for routine drugs testing in all drivers who are suspected of being over the limit for alcohol.

The researchers base their findings on 2000 blood and urine specimens taken from drivers who had been stopped by police on suspicion of driving while ‘under the influence’ over a period of two years in Ireland.

Half of the specimens were below the maximum legal alcohol limit of 80 mg/100 ml for blood and 107 mg/100 ml for urine. The other half were all above.

But when analysed further, one in three samples below the legal limit, tested positive for a range of drugs. These drivers were also more likely to be taking a cocktail of drugs.

This rate was almost twice as high as that of drivers over the legal limit, one in seven of whom tested positive for drugs.

The drugs found included amphetamines, metamphetamines, benzodiazepines, cannabis, cocaine, opiates and the heroin substitute methadone. The most commonly found drug was cannabis.

Rates of testing positive for drugs were marginally higher among men than they were among women.

Based on the samples in the study, the authors calculate that almost 16% (one in six) of all drivers stopped and tested under suspicion of driving under the influence of an ‘intoxicant’ would test positive for drugs.

As blood alcohol levels rose, the likelihood of testing positive for drugs fell. But more than one in 10 drivers at least 2.5 times over the legal limit for blood alcohol (greater than 200 mg/100ml) also tested positive for drugs.

And among those with minimal blood alcohol levels, over two thirds tested positive for at least one type of drug, the findings showed.

Being under the legal limit for alcohol, being stopped in a city, stopped between 6 am and 4 pm or between 4 pm and 9 pm, and being under 35 years were all independently associated with drug taking.

Too little attention has been paid to the adverse effects of drugs on driving, but drugged driving can be as dangerous as drunken driving, say the authors.

###

Source:http://www.medicalnewstoday.com British Medical Journal, Specialty Journals 26 Dec 2006

Alcoholics facing long-term brain damage

Long-term alcoholics are running the risk of permanent brain damage, according a study published today.
Research has shown that while the brain can regenerate following damage caused by drink, it struggles more after longer periods.
Scanning technology and computer software was used to analyse how the form, function and size of brains in 15 patients changed over a period of six to seven weeks after they gave up alcohol. The researchers, from the UK, Switzerland and Italy, found that brain size increased by an average of almost 2 per cent 38 days after the start of the study.
Levels of chemicals that indicate how intact the brain’s nerve cells and sheaths are also rose significantly, by around 10 per cent to 20 per cent.
Only one patient appeared to continue to lose brain volume and he was the one who had been drinking the longest, for 25 years, the study found.
Dr Andreas Bartsch, from the University of Wuerzburg in Germany, who led the research, said: “The core message from this study is that, for alcoholics, abstention pays off and enables the brain to regain some substance and to perform better.
“However, our research also provides evidence that the longer you drink excessively, the more you risk losing the capacity for regeneration.” The results of such brain scans could be used to help keep alcoholics motivated on staying sober, Dr Bartsch added.
Furthermore, the findings, published in the online edition of the journal Brain, did not simply reflect rehydration.
“Instead, the adult human brain, and particularly its white matter [where nerve fibres are], seems to possess genuine capabilities for regrowth,” Dr Bartsch said.

Scotsman Source: www.aa-uk.org.uk Dec/ 18 2006

20 children a day treated for alcoholism

How serious is the child and teenage alcohol problem in your area?
More than 20 children and teenagers are being treated in hospital every day for alcohol-related illnesses, including mental disorders, poisoning and liver disease, according to newly released official data.
The figures, labelled “staggering” by one of Britain’s most senior doctors, show that in the year 2005-6, during which Labour introduced 24-hour drinking, the number of under-18s seeking treatment for alcohol-related health problems leapt by 13% to 8,894, an average of 24 a day.
The research, released in parliament by Caroline Flint, the health minister, shows that the number treated has gone up by 33% since Labour came to power in 1997.
Professor Ian Gilmore, president of the Royal College of Physicians, said: “This is a staggering rise and it is only the tip of the iceberg.
“Drinks sold by supermarkets and off-licences are cheaper than ever, and those shops have been at the front of the queue for 24-hour licences, so it has never been more available.
“The younger they drink, the more likely they are to have alcohol-related problems later in life. It is now commonplace to see men and women in their twenties with end-stage alcoholic liver damage.”
The disease figures released by Flint do not include those people treated for injuries sustained in incidents such as drunken fights or drink-driving.
Separately, the government has released figures for patients treated for alcohol-related conditions in accident and emergency wards, showing that alcohol-related medical emergencies and hospital treatments have doubled since 1997.
In some parts of the country the rise is even steeper. The worst areas include the region formerly covered by Cheshire and Merseyside Strategic Health Authority, where 742 young people were treated last year, a rise of more than 25% in just a year. In Northumberland, Tyne and Wear, the number went up by a quarter.
By contrast, some southern health authorities experienced an improvement. In Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire, for example, there were only 119 cases, a fall of 30%.
In addition to the figures for children and teenagers, the Department of Health data also show that the number of people aged 18 and over treated for alcohol-related illness has gone up from 124,925 to 253,603 since 1997, a rise of more than 100%.
The data, released in a written answer, appear to contradict the government’s claims that the liberalisation of pub opening and supermarket off-sales time would lead to more responsible drinking. They bear out research published earlier this year by the British Association for Emergency Medicine, which found an increase in alcohol-related injuries treated in hospital among all age groups since the change to the drinking laws.
Ahead of its launch of 24-hour opening in November 2005, the government assured voters that there would be tougher controls on underage drinking.
It announced on-the-spot fines for children buying alcohol and tougher penalties for staff serving them.
Tessa Jowell, the culture secretary, said at the time: “The result will be more freedom for responsible adults and tougher treatment for the yobbish minority.”
Labour’s approach to teenage drinking has not always lived up to the responsible image that it likes to project.
In the run-up to the 2001 general election, the party sent text messages to first-time voters telling them, “Don’t give a XXXX for last orders? Vote Labour”. This was an allusion to advertisements for Castlemaine XXXX, the Australian beer.
Dr Gray Smith-Laing, a consultant at the Medway Maritime hospital in Gillingham, Kent, who treats patients with liver disease, said last week: “What we’re seeing is the numbers going up, the age coming down.
“The idea that (24-hour opening) just smooths out the drinking and people drink the same amount over a longer period of time is complete rubbish.”
The Department of Health says that levels of binge drinking have peaked and new facilities such as walk-in centres could explain the growth in treatment for drink-related injuries.
The department said yesterday: “The increased attendances at A&E departments, as seen in recently published figures, began some years ago. Evidence suggests that increased rate of growth of attendances predates the change in licensing laws by several years. In fact, this year growth has actually slowed.”

SOURCE: POSTED BY ALCOHOLICS ANONYMOUS UK AT 7:50 AM MON 25.12.06

Combining in-school and community-based media efforts: reducing marijuana and alcohol uptake among younger adolescents

Abstract

This study tests the impact of an in-school mediated communication campaign based on social marketing principles, in combination with a participatory, community-based media effort, on marijuana, alcohol and tobacco uptake among middle-school students. Eight media treatment and eight control communities throughout the US were randomly assigned to condition. Within both media treatment and media control communities, one school received a research-based prevention curriculum and one school did not, resulting in a crossed, split-plot design.
Four waves of longitudinal data were collected over 2 years in each school and were analyzed using generalized linear mixed models to account for clustering effects. Youth in intervention communities (N = 4216) showed fewer users at final post-test for marijuana [odds ratio (OR) = 0.50, P = 0.019], alcohol (OR = 0.40, P = 0.009) and cigarettes (OR = 0.49, P = 0.039), one-tailed. Growth trajectory results were significant for marijuana (P = 0.040), marginal for alcohol (P = 0.051) and non-significant for cigarettes (P = 0.114).
Results suggest that an appropriately designed in-school and community-based media effort can reduce youth substance uptake. Effectiveness does not depend on the presence of an in-school prevention curriculum.

Source: Health Education Research Vol. 21, Issue 1 2005

Filed under: Education,Prevention,Youth :

Alcohol treatment aids wives and children too

Whether families benefit from alcohol treatment as well as the patients has rarely been studied. A new US analysis has demonstrated that they do, positioning alcohol treatment as also contributing to child and family welfare policy agendas.

The patients were 301 men living with female partners (all but a few were married) and seeking treatment at two US outpatient alcoholism clinics. Therapy was 12-step oriented with no particular emphasis on marital or family systems. How patients and their families fared was compared against men and women drawn from a national sample
closely matched to each patient and partner, but with no known serious drinking problems.

At treatment entry two-thirds of patients and their partners reported serious relationship problems, virtually all reported verbal aggression, and over half violence. Among the 125 couples with 4–16-year-olds at home, the mother’s reports indicated that 26% exhibited clinically significant behavioural or psychological problems. The proportions of
couples reporting violence or high levels of verbal aggression, and the frequency and severity of violence, fell significantly and substantially from the year before treatment to the year after it had ended
Severe violence (hitting or threatening with a weapon), experienced before treatment by a fifth of the women and a quarter of the men, became a relative rarity, affecting 5–6% of respondents

A similar analysis of the sub-sample with children found that the proportion of children exhibiting clinically significant problems was halved from before treatment to the year after it had ended and the frequency/extent ofthose problems also fell. On both measures and regardless of whether the father had relapsed, the patients’ children were now no worse off than children in the comparison families.
Post-treatment aggression and child welfare outcomes improved more when the patient had sustained their remission, but also improved among patients who relapsed.

In context Earlier studies found similar improvements, but the featured study is the first to do so with an adequate sample size, before and after treatment measures, and a non-alcoholic comparison sample. One earlier study found improvements in child functioning and marital harmony following cognitive-behavioural therapy focused on the male substance user, but these were greater and more lasting if the programme had included couples therapy sessions.

In general it seems that intervening with one family member (whether the problem substance user or not) affects the rest of the family, but impacts are greater when interventions address both the user and their family. Without an untreated comparison group of alcoholics, the featured study could not prove that treatment contributed to the improvements, but this seems highly likely.

Practice implications Though the focus has been more on users of illegal drugs, the welfare of the children of substance users has been highlighted in Britain by recent official reports which recognize that effective treatment of the parent can have major benefits.
Couples and family-based treatments, or patient-focused treatments which at least involve the family, have the greatest impacts on children and on marital harmony. Such services need to be sustained, but where they are unavailable or unacceptable to the families, providers and commissioners can nevertheless expect normal patient focused alcohol treatments to contribute to the reduction of domestic violence and to help intercept the creation of a new generation of
troubled youngsters.

Source: Drug & Alcohol Findings 2006

Why Cocaine Is So Addictive: Activation of Specific Neurons Linked to Alterations in Cocaine Reward

Mount Sinai researchers have discovered how cocaine corrupts the brain and becomes addictive. These findings — the first to connect activation of specific neurons to alterations in cocaine reward — were published in Science on October 15. The results may help researchers in developing new ways of treating those addicted to the drug.

Led by Mary Kay Lobo, PhD, Postdoctoral Fellow in the Department of Neuroscience at Mount Sinai School of Medicine and first author of the study, researchers found that the two main neurons (D1 and D2) in the nucleus accumbens region of the brain, an important part of the brain’s reward center, exert opposite effects on cocaine reward. Activation of D1 neurons increases cocaine reward whereas activation of D2 neurons decreases cocaine reward.
“The data suggest a model whereby chronic exposure to cocaine results in an imbalance in activity in the two nucleus accumbens neurons: increased activity in D1 neurons combined with decreased activity in D2 neurons,” said Dr. Lobo. “This further suggests that BDNF-TrkB signaling in D2 neurons mediates this decreased activity in D2 neurons.”
The study was conducted using optogenetics, a technology to optically control neuronal activity in freely moving rodents.

Opposite cocaine reward similar to those found when activating each neuron is achieved by disrupting brain-derived neurotrophic factor, which is a protein in the brain known for its involvement in neuronal survival, learning, and memory and drug abuse signaling through its receptor TrkB in D1 or D2 neurons.

“This new information provides fundamentally novel insight into how cocaine corrupts the brains reward center, and in particular how cocaine can differentially effect two neuronal subtypes that are heterogeneously intermixed in the nucleus accumbens,” said Eric Nestler, MD, PhD, Chair of Neuroscience, Nash Family Professor, and Director of The Friedman Brain Institute at Mount Sinai and co-author on the study. “We can use this information to potentially develop new therapies for cocaine addiction, possibly aimed at altering neuronal activity selectively in either neuronal subtype.”

Source: ScienceDaily (Oct. 18, 2010)

Does Ketamine Cause Bladder Damage?

Does Ketamine Cause Bladder Damage?

Special K and Cystitis.

In early 2008, researchers sat up and took notice of a report published in BJU International, a urology journal. “The destruction of the lower urinary tract by ketamine abuse: a new syndrome?”
The report details the discovery by physicians in Hong Kong of 59 ketamine abusers who had been admitted to urology units in local hospitals from 2000 to 2007. Interstitial cystitis, also known as painful bladder syndrome, can vary from mild to severe, and its cause is often not known. Symptoms include painful, frequent, or urgent urination. The researchers found that 71 % of the patients “showed various degrees of epithelial inflammation similar to that seen in chronic interstitial cystitis. All of 12 available bladder biopsies had histological features resembling those of interstitial cystitis.”

The authors conclude that “secondary renal damage can occur in severe cases, which might be irreversible, rendering patients dependent on dialysis.”
What is believed to be the first official report of the problem appeared in 2007 in Urology, documenting the case of nine Canadian ketamine users with bladder complications. The authors, affiliated with the University of Toronto, conclude: “As illicit ketamine becomes more easily available, ulcerative cystitis and potential long-term bladder sequelae related to its use may be a more prevalent problem confronting urologists.”

This year, similar reports from Bristol in the UK were published in Clinical Radiology. Researchers with the National Health Service and the Bristol Royal Infirmary discovered “a series of 23 patients, all with a history of ketamine abuse, who presented with severe lower urinary tract symptoms.” Various imaging techniques revealed smaller bladder volume, bladder wall thickening, inflammation, urethral strictures, and other bladder pathologies. The patients all reported symptoms similar to those reported by the earlier Hong Kong ketamine users.

The report concludes that “many users are well aware, but are often not forthcoming with this information.” They also maintain that “the key to the effective management of ketamine-induced bladder pathology is early diagnosis.”

Frequent recreational use of ketamine appears ill advised until more research can confirm the true scope of the problem.

Source: http://addiction-dirkh.blogspot.com Oct. 2010

The Real Facts on Marijuana and Driving

J. Michael Walsh, Ph.D.
October 12, 2010
The consumption of illegal psychoactive drugs (e.g. amphetamines, cocaine, marijuana, opiates, etc.) is a problem of growing concern in many countries around the world, as these substances are increasingly detected in impaired and injured drivers. Drugged driving is a serious public health concern because it puts not only the user at risk, but all others who share the road. Despite the mounting evidence that drugged driving is common, the American public seems unaware of this fact. Perhaps this is because drugged drivers are less frequently detected, prosecuted, or referred to treatment, compared to drunk drivers.
Other than alcohol, Marijuana is the most prevalent drug detected in impaired and injured drivers. Marijuana affects areas of the brain that control the body’s movements, balance, coordination, memory, and judgment abilities, and its effects last for hours after the drug is used. Evidence from both on-the-road and simulated driving studies indicate marijuana can negatively influence a driver’s attentiveness, perception of time and speed, and the ability to draw on information obtained through past experiences.
Driving is a complex task that requires continuous information processing and coordinated responses to ever-changing traffic, while operating a multi-ton vehicle. Clearly, illegal drugs like marijuana that alter a driver’s normal brain functioning can create an extremely dangerous situation.

Source: www.ofSubstance.gov/blogs Tuesday, October 12, 2010

Would Legalizing Marijuana in California Help?

The excerpts below are from two Rand studies, Would Legalizing Marijuana in California Help?
Beau Kilmer, Jonathan P. Caulkins, Brittany M. Bond, Peter H. Reuter 2010

And What We Do and Don’t Know About the Likely Effects of Decriminalization and Legalization by Robert J. MacCoun and Peter Reuter. 1999

Since it is often difficult to read the whole of a large study I have pulled out parts which I think may be useful to those of us fighting the legalisation of drugs – with particular reference to Prop. 19 in California

Taken together, the available evidence suggests that the nonprice impact on consumption might be on the order of a 35-percent increase in past-month use. Given the ambiguity and noisiness of the data, estimates in the range of 5 to 50 percent seem plausible.

Throughout California in 2008, there were 181 admissions to hospitals in which marijuana abuse or dependence was listed as the primary reason for the hospitalization. Even though the average charge per episode exceeded $22,000, the total cost of these episodes is just over $2 million, so relatively small vis-à-vis the other costs and savings.

Perhaps more important from a cost perspective are the additional 25,000 admissions for which marijuana is listed as a supplemental diagnosis (second, third, or fourth diagnosis). Of these cases, nearly 4,000 were for schizophrenia (with an average charge of $20,300 per episode) and another 2,300 were for psychoses (with an average cost of $12,700). As the scientific
literature is still unclear as to whether marijuana use causes these conditions or just complicates treating them, we do not consider the cost here of these nonprimary diagnoses. More research is needed before an accurate assessment can be conducted, but the implications of these research findings could be important in terms of the burden imposed. For more details
on this, see Pacula (2010a).

Dependence and Abuse
How would the number of marijuana users meeting clinical criteria for abuse or dependence change with a change in the policy? Over this decade, the number of users meeting these criteria in the previous year as a fraction of people reporting use of marijuana in the past year in nationally representative samples has been fairly stable (~16 percent). One way to project what
could happen to dependent users post-legalization is to assume that this relationship between the number dependent and past-year users remains the same.

We start by making an assumption about legalization’s effect on consumption. For this example, we consider a 58-percent increase in annual consumption and refer interested readers to Pacula (2010a) for more information about this starting value. With 525,000 users estimated to meet Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th ed. (DSM-IV)
criteria for marijuana abuse or dependence in California in 2009 (Pacula, 2010a), a 58-percent increase would suggest a rise of 305,000, bringing the total number of users meeting clinical criteria for abuse or dependence to 830,000. Of course, there is tremendous uncertainty surrounding this number because of uncertainty about the baseline assumptions that generated
the predicted change in annual prevalence. If we adopt alternative plausible assumptions, we generate a range of 144,000 to 380,000, implying that the total number of users meeting clinical criteria for abuse or dependence would be in the range of 669,000 to 905,000.

There are currently no estimates in the literature of the social cost of a user meeting clinical criteria for abuse or dependence; thus, it is not possible to quantify this increase’s budgetary impact on California taxpayers. But, to the extent that dependence and abuse impose costs in the form of reduced productivity, higher health-care costs, or lost time with the family, a rise
in dependence represents a real loss to the citizens of California.

Drugged Driving
While driving under the influence of marijuana or any other intoxicating substance can be risky, a question remains about whether marijuana use impairs individuals sufficiently to cause crashes and fatalities. While there is significant experimental literature suggesting a diminished effect on response rates and performance under very strictly controlled conditions, evidence
from epidemiological studies has been less conclusive (Ramaekers et al., 2004; Blows et al., 2005). The notable exception in the literature are cases in which alcohol is used in conjunction with marijuana, in which case the evidence is clear that the combined effect of these two drugs impairs driving significantly more than alcohol alone (Bramness, Khiabani, and two drugs impairs driving significantly more than alcohol alone (Bramness, Khiabani, andMørland, 2010; Jones et al., 2003; Dussault et al., 2002).

Given the current uncertainty of the science in determining the role of marijuana use alone in accidents, it is impossible to determine how much an increase in marijuana use would translate into more accidents or, worse
yet, fatal crashes. However, a simple calculation suggests that, if someone believes that marijuana is causally responsible for many crashes that involve marijuana using drivers, legalization’s effect on crashes could be a first-order concern for them. Based on Fatality Analysis Reporting System (FARS) data, Crancer and Crancer (2010) report that blood tests established that one or both drivers had used marijuana near the time of the accident in 5.5 percent of passenger-vehicle fatal crashes (2008 in California). Causality is complicated in multicar crashes, but, even just considering single-vehicle fatal crashes, Crancer and Crancer found that 126 fatalities in crashes with marijuana involved drivers, 75 percent of whom had alcohol levels below 0.08.
There is no empirical evidence concerning an elasticity of fatal accident rates with respect to marijuana price, prevalence, or quantity consumed, and, as we have underscored repeatedly, there is enormous uncertainty concerning how legalization might affect those outcomes.

However, 50- or 100-percent increases in use cannot be ruled out; nor can the possibility that marijuana-involved traffic crashes would increase proportionally with use. So it would be hard to dismiss out of hand worries that marijuana legalization could increase traffic fatalities by at least 60 per year (126 × 50% = 63)—especially since this represents increases in fatalities
associated only with single-vehicle crashes and ignores the role marijuana might play in multivehicle fatalities. See Pacula (2010a) for a more detailed analysis. There is no satisfactory way to compare the importance of some number of traffic deaths to dollar-denominated outcomes, such as tax
revenues, but, when economists are forced to come up with such a number, they often use figures on the order of $4 million to $9 million per death (Viscusi and Aldy, 2003). Whereas we are reasonably confident that additional costs of marijuana treatment and of ED mentions and hospitalizations related directly to use per se are not first-order concerns, we cannot rule out that possibility with respect to legalization’s effects on drugged driving.

Use of Other Substances
Legalization will reduce marijuana prices and increase marijuana use. Either effect could affect the use of other substances. We take them up in reverse order. Increased marijuana use could lead to greater use of other substances in various ways. For example, it is possible that becoming dependent on marijuana affects neural pathways in a way that increases vulnerability to abusing other substances. However, almost all the literature and
controversy concerns a possible causal effect of use short of dependence.

The use of marijuana typically precedes the use of such substances as cocaine and heroin, and people who use marijuana earlier and more heavily are more likely to go on to more and heavier use of these substances (Kandel, 2002). These facts have given rise to the so-called gateway
hypothesis—the hypothesis being that the pattern is not merely coincidence but instead reflects causal linkages, so that anything that increases or reduces use of marijuana might thereby cause an increase or reduction in use of these other substances.

Few topics in the drug-policy literature have stirred greater passions than the gateway hypothesis. While everyone agrees about the descriptive facts (e.g., cocaine use is usually preceded by marijuana use), there are sharp differences about whether the patterns reflect a causal relationship and, if so, what the causal mechanism is. Skeptics are fond of pointing out that
cocaine use is also usually preceded by drinking milk (i.e., most cocaine users tried milk before they first experimented with cocaine, but no one believes that drinking milk puts one at risk for greater cocaine use).
The gateway effect, if it exists, has at least two potential and quite different sources (MacCoun, 1998). One interpretation is that it is an effect of the drug use itself (e.g., trying marijuana increases the taste for other drugs or leads users to believe that other substances are more pleasurable or less risky than previously supposed). A second interpretation stresses peer groups
and social interactions. Acquiring and using marijuana regularly may lead to differentially associating with peers who have attitudes and behaviors that are prodrug generally, not only with respect to marijuana. One version of this is the possibility that those peers will include people who sell other drugs, reducing the difficulty of locating potential supplies. If the latter
is the explanation, then legalization might reduce the likelihood of moving on to harder drugs compared to the current situation.

Many studies have examined the gateway effect, and Room et al. (2010, p. 35) provide a concise appraisal of the international, multidisciplinary evidence:
Cannabis use is more strongly associated with other illicit drug use than alcohol or tobacco use, and the earliest and most frequent cannabis users are the most likely to use other illicit drugs. Animal studies provide some biological plausibility for a causal relationship between cannabis and other types of illicit drug use. Well-controlled longitudinal studies suggest that selective recruitment to cannabis use does not wholly explain the association between cannabis use and the use of other illicit drugs. This is supported by discordant twin studies [that] suggest that shared genes and environment do not wholly explain the association. Nonetheless, it has been difficult to exclude the hypothesis that the pattern of use reflects the common characteristics of those who use cannabis and other drugs. We say nothing more about gateway effects because there simply is no consensus about it.

Farrelly et al. (2001) use a proxy for marijuana use, and their results suggest that, when marijuana use goes up, so does tobacco use.

Cocaine. A number of studies suggest that marijuana and cocaine are economic complements, but many of these studies use the problematic decriminalization variable as a proxy for marijuana price (Thies and Register, 1993; Grossman and Chaloupka, 1998; Saffer and Chaloupka,
1999). Williams and colleagues (2006) use actual marijuana prices in their analysis of cocaine use among college students in the United States. For college students in the 1990s, they estimate the cross-price participation elasticity for cocaine to be between -0.44 and -0.49.
This means that a 10-percent decrease in the price of marijuana would increase the prevalence of cocaine use by 4.4 to 4.9 percent.

Excerpts below from the Rand Testimony to the Subcommittee on Criminal Justice, Drug Policy and Human Resources of the House Committee on Government Reform – July 13th l999 (Peter Reuter and Robert J. MacCoun

Several lines of evidence on the deterrent effects of marijuana laws and on decriminalization experiences in the United States. the Netherlands and Australia –suggest that eliminating (or significantly reducing) criminal penalties for first-time possession of small quantities of marijuana has either no effect or a very small effect on the prevalence of marijuana use.
….. Decriminalisation was not associated with any detectable changes in adolescent attitudes toward marijuana. [now, in 2010 we can already see that
So-called medical marijuana and Prop.19 in CA have changed adolescent attitudes

….The initial decriminalization (in the Netherlands) phase had no detectable impact on levels of cannabis use, consistent with evidence from the US and Australia. Survey data showed literally no increase in youth or adult use from 1976 to about l984, and Dutch rates were well below those in the US. …..But between l980 and l988 (the commercialization regime mid l980s to l995) the number of coffee shops selling cannabis in Amsterdam increased tenfold,…. .….and began to promote the drug more openly.

As commercial access and promotion increased, the Netherlands saw rapid growth in the number of cannabis users, an increase not mirrored in other nations. Whereas 15% of l8-20 year olds reported having used marijuana in l984, the figure more than doubled to 33% in 1992. Since l992 the Dutch figure has continued to rise but that growth is paralleled in the US and most other rich Western nations…..

…..Legalization would eliminate the harms caused by prohibition, but it would not eliminate the harms caused by drug use……..we believe that legalization would significantly increase the number of drug users and the quantity of drugs consumed. ……

……If legalization produced a significantly large increase in total use, total drug harm would go up, even if each incident of use became somewhat safer. Because Total Drug Harm = Average Harm Per Use x Total Use, total harm can rise even if average harm goes down………….Thus legalization is a very risky strategy for reducing drug-related harm.

Filed under: Cannabis,Prevention :

Cannabis use in young people soars by a third as more than 4,000-a-year need treatment

The number of young people needing treatment for mental or other serious problems caused by smoking cannabis has rocketed by a third, experts revealed last night.
The NHS National Treatment Agency for Substance Misuse revealed cannabis use had taken a heavy toll on 4,400 youngsters last year – or more than ten every day.
They were referred for treatment by psychiatric services or families worried the person’s life was falling apart. In many cases, the user was aged just 18 or 19., the NTA said.
The figures come amid significant falls in the number of 18-24 year old’s needing treatment for abusing other illegal drugs – including cocaine and heroin. Experts say it reflects drug users increasingly opting for cannabis rather than other banned substances.
Four years ago, the number of youngsters with serious cannabis problems was only 3,300. Last year, it was around 3,700. Cannabis users accounted for 29 per cent of all new treatment cases aged under 25 in 2009-10, up from 18 per cent four years previously.
Young people are also turning to so-called legal highs as they seek alternatives to poor-quality cocaine on the streets. NTA chief executive Paul Hayes said: ‘As young adults turn their backs on heroin, crack and cocaine, more of the 18 to 24 age group are seeking treatment for problems with cannabis.
‘There are also indications that some who shun cocaine are taking risks with designer drugs like methedrone, dubbed a legal high until it was banned.
‘Treatment services need to be on the alert, able to respond to changing patterns of drug use and drug dependency. ‘In relation to legal highs, we don’t know what the treatment demand will be. They haven’t been around long enough, we don’t know what their potential to cause addiction is. We know they can cause health harms.’
It follows concern about the increasing availability of the super-strength skunk variety of cannabis – which now accounts for between 70 and 80 per cent of police seizures.
Doctors warn that people who smoke skunk are 18 times more likely to develop psychosis than those who use milder forms of the drug. The researchers, from the Institute of Psychiatry in London, compared data on the health and habits of almost 200 cannabis users.
More than half were being treated for psychosis, in which hallucinations and delusions leave people unable to distinguish between reality and their imagination.
Analysis showed skunk was the drug of choice of those being treated for psychosis, while hash was more likely to be smoked by those without mental health problems.
Cannabis has been linked to a string of vicious killings by young people, including the murder and mutilation of teenager Jodi Jones by her boyfriend Luke Mitchell and the stabbing of fashion designer Lucy Braham by Oxford University student William Jaggs.
In 2004, the then Home Secretary David Blunkett approved the reclassification of cannabis from Class B to Class C. The decision was reversed four years later, on the orders of Prime Minister Gordon Brown, on the grounds it was sending out the wrong message to children that cannabis was harmless.
The government has also stated a determination to crack down on the so-called legal highs. Mephedrone – also known as Meow, Bubbles and M-Cat – was banned and made a class B drug in April.
The Home Office has also announced plans for year-long bans that could be put in place quickly to take new drugs off the market while a comprehensive review of their potential harm is carried out. Roger Howard, chief executive of the UK Drug Policy Commission, said: ‘With the changing nature of drug use, we do need to pay more focus on these new emerging drugs. ‘I think that’s something that people in the field are very aware of. ‘How quickly can the system adjust?’

Source: www.dailymail.co.uk 8th October 2010

School-Based Prevention Cuts Drug Use, Violence, NIDA Says

Research Summary

Fifth-grade students who took part in comprehensive, interactive school-based prevention programs starting as early as first grade were half as likely as their peers to use alcohol or other drugs, act out violently, or engage in sexual activity, according to a new study from the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA).
“This study provides compelling evidence that intervening with young children is a promising approach to preventing drug use and other problem behaviors,” said NIDA Director Nora Volkow. “The fact that an intervention beginning in the first grade produced a significant effect on children’s behavior in the fifth grade strengthens the case for initiating prevention programs in elementary school, before most children have begun to engage in problem behaviors.”
Researchers led by Brian Flay of Oregon State University studied students at 20 public elementary schools in Hawaii who had participated daily in Positive Action (PA), a comprehensive K-12 program focusing on social and emotional development. Students who had received the PA lessons the longest had the least amount of problem behaviors, the study found.
The authors will next look at whether the PA program had lasting effects on older students.

Source: American Journal of Public Health June 18, 2009

Filed under: Education,Prevention,USA :

Teenage therapy ‘reduces binge drinking’

Using teacher therapists to identify problem personality traits in teenagers, and help them understand their behaviour, could be the key to stopping them binge drinking and taking drugs.
Adolescent alcohol consumption has more than doubled in the past decade and 15% of pupils reported taking drugs last year.
Addiction experts believe prevention is the key – stopping young people abusing drink and drugs before they start, instead of simply treating the addiction once it has taken hold.
Researchers at the Institute of Psychiatry at King’s College, London, asked more than 1,000 13-year-olds at secondary schools in London to answer a range of questions about their personalities.
They were looking for pupils with four problem personality traits: negative thinking, anxiety, impulsiveness and sensation seeking.
Half of those teenagers were then given two tailored therapy sessions – one 90 minutes long, the second an hour. In small groups teenagers with particular personality traits were encouraged to explore their personalities – including strengths and difficulties.
They were encouraged to think about other ways to deal with the risks associated with that behaviour – techniques they hope the teenagers will then use when they come face to face with drink or drugs.
“It’s about coping with the trait rather than changing the personality – in no way do we ever suggest they stop being who they are or change who they are,” says Dr Patricia Conrod, Consultant Clinical Psychologist at King’s College.
“It’s changing how it is they’re coping with who they are and perhaps capitalising on some of the more positive sides of the trait and learning to manage some of its more difficult sides.”
The results, they say, speak for themselves – one study of 13 to 16-year-olds led to a 40% reduction in binge drinking and cut the chance of teenagers taking cocaine by 80%. It is the first school based programme outside the US to successfully prevent alcohol uptake and misuse in teenagers.
Students asked to give feedback about the sessions told the researchers they helped with controlling anger and dealing with negative thinking.
A second trial then looked at whether ordinary teachers, with no psychiatric training, could be taught to deliver the sessions.
Focusing on more than 20 secondary schools and another thousand pupils, it found that with little training: a three day workshop followed by three hours of supervised practice; teachers could do as good a job as the professionals.
Latest figures show that alcohol misuse currently costs the NHS around £2.7bn a year. Charities say as successful as treating an addiction can be, most do begin in adolescence, hence the need to attack the problem before it even exists.
“Prevention is important because we need to stop people progressing to much severer problems later in life,” says Nick Barton, the Chief Executive of Action on Addiction, who helped fund the study.
“We find for instance in our treatment centres that when we assess drinking or drug use history, that very often the onset was way back in adolescence, sometimes as young as 11 but certainly the period between 11 and 16 was when the first attraction to substance use took hold.”
The researchers believe this programme could be delivered with just two well trained counsellors per borough who would teach school staff how to lead the sessions.
It will cost money, they say, but in the long run a little bit of investment now to stop another generation of binge drinkers could save the NHS millions in the future.

Source: http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/health 25th August 2010

News media turns young people off illicit drugs

Media reports on illicit drugs “reduce acceptability and increase perception of risk” among young people, study finds.
Mainstream media reporting is far more likely to deter young people from using illicit drugs than encourage their use, a new Australian study has found.
But the study also found that types of reports most likely to have the strongest impact on young people – those on social and health consequences of drug taking – were underrepresented in the media.
The study by the Drug Policy Modelling Program at the National Drug and Alcohol Research Centre at the University of NSW, and funded by the Commonwealth Department of Health and Ageing, measured the impact of media reports on illicit drugs on the attitudes of over 2,000 young people aged 16 – 24.
The study also analysed 4,000 newspaper reports referring to illicit drugs and found that just over half focussed on criminal justice and legal issues, while only 24 per cent highlighted the health or social problems associated with drug taking.
Participants were shown eight different types of reports and their responses were measured.
Chief Investigator of the study Dr Caitlin Hughes, a Research Fellow at NDARC’s Drug Policy Modelling Program (DPMP), said that while drugs are one of the most common motifs in popular culture and one of the most frequently reported on there is very little research anywhere in the world on how media reporting on illicit drug issues influences attitudes or behaviour on illicit drug use..
“We know from related fields that media messages can influence people’s knowledge, attitudes and behaviour.
“It is commonly assumed that news media can incite drug use,” said Dr Hughes.
“Our research has found that the opposite is the case. Most media portrayals appear to reduce interest in illicit drugs, at least in the short term.
“They increase perceptions of risk, reduce perceptions of acceptability and reduce the reported likelihood of future drug use,” said Dr Hughes.
”But the irony is that the messages that are most effective at deterring youth interest in drugs are currently under-represented in Australian news media,” said Dr Hughes.
News items which focussed on the health and social issues – for example evidence about cannabis and psychosis or cannabis and poor educational outcomes – were more likely to have a deterrent effect than reports on drug busts and arrests.

“Our results show clearly there is an opportunity to better harness the media to shape young peoples’ attitudes to illicit drugs.
We are not saying news media is the silver bullet in drug prevention, but given news media is so pervasive we do think it ought to be recognised, both within Australian and internationally, as a potentially powerful tool for preventing illicit drug use.”

Key points:
• A total of 2,296 youth aged 16-24 years completed the survey
• All youth were shown 8 different media messages about drugs (on the two most commonly used drugs in Australia – cannabis and ecstasy)
• 66.4% and 86.5% of participants had weekly or more frequent contact with television news, online news, radio news and/or print newspapers
• Most news media messages elicited moderate to large impacts on youth attitudes. Negative health or social messages elicited large impacts on youth attitudes.
• Messages on ecstasy had greater impact on youth than messages on cannabis
• Females more likely to be deterred from use than males
• People who have never used drugs more likely to be deterred than current users
• Reports on criminal arrests significantly less persuasive than reports about negative health or social consequences
• Across all drugs, criminal justice/law enforcement topics accounted for 55% of all topics
• 60% of articles emphasised that illicit drugs lead to legal problems. 14% health problems, 10% social problems, 10% cost to society and 6% other (4% neutral and 2% benefits)
• Tabloids were more likely to emphasise legal problems: 71% compared to 61% for broadsheet
• 11 newspapers, one national, seven major metropolitan, in Sydney, Canberra, Melbourne, Brisbane and Perth and three local in Geelong, Newcastle and Sydney were reviewed

What they said: (comments from the focus groups).
Re power of media to dissuade youth drug use:
“Media is probably one of the few ways that prevention message(s) can keep being pushed.” (20 year old female)
“When I was younger… the way that that was portrayed in the media totally shaped the way that I saw drugs.” (22 year old female)
Re fatal overdose of a young person:
“I think that would convince me not to take drugs. Just „cause……I feel sorry for her.” (17 year old male)

Source: Media reporting on illicit drugs in Australia: trends and impacts on youth attitudes to illicit drug use. Drug Policy Modelling Program, September 2010. It can be accessed through: http://www.dpmp.unsw.edu.au

Filed under: Australia,Prevention,Youth :

Liverpool University study reveals stress hormone impact on alcohol recovery

Scientists at the University of Liverpool have found that high levels of a stress hormone in recovering alcoholics could increase the risk of relapse.

The study showed that cortisol, a hormone produced by the adrenal gland in response to stress, is found in high levels in chronic alcoholics, as well as those recovering from the condition.

Researchers found that this could result in impaired memory, attention and decision-making functions, which could decrease the patient’s ability to engage with treatment.

Chronic alcoholism is a disabling addictive disorder, characterised by compulsive and uncontrolled consumption of alcohol despite the negative effects it has on health, relationships and social standing. Alcohol damages almost every organ of the body including the brain where it causes memory loss and impairs decision-making and attention span.

Cortisol plays an important role in the regulation of emotion, learning, attention, energy utilization, and the immune system.

The research showed that high levels of this hormone are present in alcoholic patients and continue to be elevated during withdrawal from alcohol and after long periods of abstinence.

Lead author of the review, Dr Abi Rose, from the School of Psychology, Health and Society at the University of Liverpool, said: “Both drinking and withdrawal from alcohol can affect cortisol function in humans.

“Cortisol dysfunction, including the high levels of cortisol observed during alcohol withdrawal, may contribute to the high rates of relapse reported in alcohol dependence, even after many months of abstinence.

“Drugs targeting the effects of cortisol in the brain might reduce the chances of relapse and reduce the cognitive impairments that interfere with treatment.”

The study is published in Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research. The research is in collaboration with Kings College London, University of Bern, and the University of Kentucky.

Source: www.clickliverpool.com 26.09.2010

Glasgow study reveals addiction recovery factors

Addicts require support from other recovering addicts, said the study.
Researchers believe they have identified some of the critical factors that determine whether alcoholics and heroin users can recover.
A study of more than 200 people in Glasgow found that spending time with other recovering addicts made success more likely.
Another predictor of success was whether addicts had something else in their lives to focus on, such as work.
The findings are due to be discussed at a conference in Glasgow.
The research was led by Dr David Best, a reader in criminal justice at the University of the West of Scotland.
“We found that the quality of life maintained by people in methadone maintained recovery wasn’t as good as for people in abstinent recovery” said Dr David Best Researcher He told the BBC’s Good Morning Scotland programme: “Addiction becomes an all-consuming and all-encompassing thing for people “In order for them to meaningfully sustain a recovery, it means it’s not sufficient to have just clinical interventions.
“There have to be a range of replacement activities and the more socially and community-based they are – including things like volunteering, parenting, education and training and obviously working – the more that void is filled and the more successfully individuals manage to build up an architecture of life that replaces that time spent in active addiction.”
The study also considered the role that methadone played in recovery.
Dr Best said: “Certainly as far as our research was concerned, we found that the quality of life maintained by people in methadone maintained recovery wasn’t as good as for people in abstinent recovery.
“It fits with previous research that we’ve done which has shown that there are some long-term effects of methadone, particularly around cognitive functioning, which may act as a mechanism for blunting the aspiration and hope and quality of life.
“It doesn’t mean recovery’s not possible in methadone but there may be some limitations to the extent of it.”
The study, which marks the first Recovery Academy conference in the city, drew parallels between alcoholism and heroin addiction.
Researchers said few differences were noted in the paths to recovery.Community Safety Minister Fergus Ewing, one of the speakers at the conference, said: “The Scottish government’s national drugs strategy, the Road to Recovery, recently reconfirmed by the Scottish Parliament, provides the framework for a fundamental change in our approach to tackling problem drug use through a focus on recovery.
“The Recovery Academy conference, the first of its kind in Scotland, provides the perfect platform for assessing the progress that is being made through this enhanced focus.
“Recovery from serious drug addiction is possible and the research being presented today clearly enhances our knowledge of the challenges faced.”
The event, taking place at the city’s Woodside Halls, is part of the wider Recovery Weekend, which invites people dealing with the effects of addiction, their families and friends to gather in Glasgow to meet and share ideas.

Source: http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/uk-scotland 24th Sept.2010

Illegal drug usage in older people reduces quality of life

Health and social services are facing a new challenge, as many illicit drug users get older and face chronic health problems and a reduced quality of life. That is one of the key findings of research published in the September issue of the Journal of Advanced Nursing.
UK researchers interviewed eleven people aged 49 to 61 in contact with voluntary sector drug treatment services.
“This exploratory study, together with our wider research, suggest that older people who continue to use problematic or illegal drugs are emerging as an important, but relatively under-researched, international population” says lead author Brenda Roe, Professor of Health Research at Edge Hill University, UK.
“They are a vulnerable group, as their continued drug use, addiction and life experiences result in impaired health, chronic conditions, particular health needs and poorer quality of life. Despite this, services for older drug addicts are not widely available or accessed in the UK.”
Figures from the USA suggest that the number of people over 50 seeking help for drug or alcohol problems will have risen from 1.7 million in 2000 to 4.4 million by 2020. And the European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction estimates that the number of people aged 65 and over requiring treatment in Europe will double over the same period.
The nine men and two women who took part in the study had an average age of 57. All were currently single and their homes ranged from a caravan, hostel or care home to social housing. Key findings from the study – by the Evidence-based Practice Research Centre at Edge Hill University and the Centre for Public Health at Liverpool John Moores University – included:
• Most started taking drugs as adolescents or young adults, often citing recreational use, experimenting or being part of the hippy era. Child abuse and the death of a parent were also mentioned.
Some started taking drugs late in life due to stressful life events like divorce or death. Meeting a drug using partner was another trigger. One man started taking drugs later in life to shock his drug taking partner into stopping and ended up developing a drug habit himself.
• First drug use varied from magic mushrooms, LSD, amphetamines and cannabis to heroin and methadone. Alcohol and smoking often featured alongside drug use.
• Some increased their drug use over time, while others had periods when they tried to reduce or even abstain from drugs. All but two of the participants were taking methadone, either as maintenance or as part of a reduction strategy in order to give up drugs.
• A number of the participants said they were trying to use drugs responsibly and it was felt that their age and the influence of drug treatment services were factors in this. They also appeared more aware of the need to maintain their personal safety, based on previous experiences.
• Most recognised that their drug use was having detrimental and cumulative effects on their health, as they had developed a range of chronic and life-threatening conditions that required hospitalisation and ongoing treatment.
• Physical health conditions included: circulatory problems such as deep vein thrombosis, injection site ulcers, stroke, respiratory problems, pneumonia, diabetes, hepatitis and liver cirrhosis. Malnutrition, weight loss and obesity also featured, as did accidental injuries due to falls and drug overdoses.
• Common mental health problems included memory loss, paranoia and changed mood states, with anxiety or anger also featuring.
• All wished they hadn’t started taking drugs and would advise young people not to. A few were keen to give up, but others felt it was too hard. One man described his drug use as “disgusting and squalid” while another said that the older he got the worse his drug use got and that it was a “crazy” situation.
• All were single or divorced and drug use was a common factor in relationship breakdowns. Most lived alone, with three relying on carers who were also drug users. Pets were often important for some, providing companionship as well as a sense of responsibility and structure to their day.
• Drug use was often associated with chaotic lifestyles and relationships and some reported periods of imprisonment.
• Participants were positive about the support they received from voluntary drug services, but had mixed experiences of primary and hospital care. Some felt stigmatised by healthcare professionals, while others received compassion and acknowledgement of their drug use.
“Our population is ageing and the people who started using drugs in the sixties are now reaching retirement age” says Professor Roe.
“It is clear that further research is needed to enable health and social care professionals to develop appropriate services for this increasingly vulnerable group. We also feel that older drug users could play a key role in educating younger people about the dangers of drug use.”

Source: ww.news-medical.net/news 9th Sept 2010

Drug misuse and sharing of needles in Scottish prisons

More than a half of the people in Scotland with known HIV infection are drug injectors. Two studies have suggested that injecting with a consequent risk of HIV transmission is prevalent among drug misusers in prison. There is also concern over the lack of treatment for drug misuse in prison. Drug misusers attending needle exchange centres seem able to maintain a low level of risk behaviour, although their attendance may be interrupted by imprisonment.’ Little is known about their drug taking, injecting, and sharing of needles in prison. Subjects, methods, and results
A questionnaire was administered to 81 drug injectors at two Glasgow needle exchanges in January 1990. Semistructured indepth interviews were conducted
with another 19 injectors at the same exchanges in June 1990.

Of the 81 injecting drug misusers (61 men and 20 women), 56 (69%) had served at least one term in custody (median 5 terms, range 1-40), of whom 39 (31 men and 8 women, mean age 23 7 years) had served their most recent sentence during 1989. Of the 56 former prisoners, 55 were aware that other inmates had misused drugs and 36 said that they themselves had misused drugs in prison. Only four (11%) of those misusing drugs in prison had taken cannabis alone. Other drugs taken were buprenorphine, temazepam, heroin, cocaine, and valium. Forty nine had seen other inmates injecting drugs, and 14 men said that they themselves had injected drugs in prison. Forty five had seen others sharing needles in prison, and six said that they themselves had shared needles in
prison. This means that 43% (six of the 14) of those admitting to injecting also shared needles. Fifty one subjects said that they had not been offered treatment for drug problems while in custody, although 46 stated that the prison authorities knew that they were drug misusers. Four of the eight women had been
offered some form of treatment for withdrawal symptoms, but 47 of the 48 men said that they had not been offered any treatment.

All 81 subjects were asked whether they might inject and share needles in prison in the future. Sixty seven thought that they would misuse drugs and 55 that thev
would inject them; 20 thought that they would share injecting equipment. These figures are higher than those reported for actual misuse, injecting, and sharing
needles.

Comment
This study shows that most drug injectors attending Glasgow needle exchanges have been in prison. Six subjects (11%) admitted to sharing needles in prison.
The true extent of sharing may be greater as the other eight who reported injecting drugs in prison were unlikely to have had exclusive access to their own
equipment. Respondents in the semistructured interviews emphasised this fact-”When you hide your needle, someone else might find it and it gets used in
their circle, so you can’t say how many get to use it.” Estimates of the number of people sharing one needle varied between five and 100. It therefore seems highly
probable that when a drug misuser shares needles inside prison, this may occur more frequently and among a wider group of people than it would outside
prison. Little treatment seems to be offered for drug problems in Scottish prisons. Fifty one (910%) respondents said they had received no treatment at all. This contrasts with a recent study that found that only 40% of a group of 50 drug misusers in London had not received treatment while in custody. This apparent
lack of treatment offered in Scottish prisons, together with the prevalence of reported injecting drug misuse and sharing of needles are matters of serious concern.
This study was funded by the Nuffield Foundation,

Source: www.bmj.com Vol.302. Number 6791

Recognising the signs of foetal alcohol syndrome

Exposure to alcohol in the womb can have devastating physical and mental effects – and children in care often suffer disproportionately
Six out of 10 children in care are there because they were abused or neglected, and parental drinking is often a significant factor. But professionals are becoming increasingly aware that some of these children may be victims of alcohol misuse twice over. An estimated 7,000 children are born with foetal alcohol syndrome (FAS) in the UK each year and experts believe that a disproportionate number of them end up in care.
FAS is caused by drinking during pregnancy and falls under the umbrella of foetal alcohol spectrum disorders (FASD), which are characterised by lifelong brain damage and physical defects. The consequences include learning disabilities, hyperactivity, autistic traits and problems with social skills, language and memory.
Life chances
Gareth Crossman, executive director of external affairs at The Adolescent and Children’s Trust (Tact), a charity provider of adoption and fostering services, says: “Young people in care have some of the worst life-chances of children, generally. They are more likely to be homeless, have mental health problems and come into contact with the criminal justice system. These issues are compounded [by FASD] because they cannot interact with the world in the same way as the rest of us.”
FASD have so far failed to register on the government’s radar, suggesting a pressing need for more integrated working between health and social care. Dr Mary Mather, medical adviser to Tact’s foetally affected children’s service, says: “Here we are doing nothing, and we suspect we have a bigger problem than other countries because we have one of the highest rates of teenage pregnancy and binge drinking in Europe.”
Research suggests that lack of diagnosis and support leads to chronic “secondary disabilities” including clinical depression with a high risk of suicide. In theory FAS is easier to diagnose than other disorders on the spectrum because of its characteristic facial features – such as small eyes, a smooth philtrum above the lip and a thin upper lip – but it depends on digital facial photography and computer analysis which is not widely available.
“You need a documented history of involvement with alcohol before birth and obstetric and neonatal records and that’s difficult with children in care,” says Mather. “When a baby is being placed for adoption it is virtually impossible to be sure of the diagnosis.”
Frequent placement breakdowns are likely to be the result. Most referrals to the FASD clinic run by Surrey and Borders Partnership NHS Foundation Trust – the only NHS diagnostic clinic – have been for adopted or fostered children, says consultant psychiatrist Dr Raja Mukherjee. “[The carers] have parented normally before but found they were struggling with this child and have sought help. The thing that causes the biggest problem lifelong is not how you look, but how you behave.”
Addressing behaviour involves using consistent routines, simple language, repetition of instructions and rules, a structured environment and constant supervision – talking therapies do not work. And what needs to be remembered, says Mather, is that “these are not children who won’t, but children who can’t”.
The Adolescent and Children’s Trust: tinyurl.com/32hhm9w
Surrey and Borders NHS partnership NHS Trust: tinyurl.com/3x5gn5z

Source: www.guardian.co.uk September 2010

Chronic Drinking Increases Levels of Stress Hormones, Leading to Neurotoxicity

Both drinking and withdrawal from chronic drinking can raise circulating glucocorticoid levels, known as cortisol in humans and corticosterone in rodents. Prolonged and high concentrations of glucocorticoids can have damaging effects on neuronal function and cognition. Evidence shows that glucocorticoids are associated with neurotoxicity during abstinence after withdrawal from alcohol dependence (AD), and that glucocorticoid receptor antagonism may represent a pharmacological option for recovery.

A review of this evidence will be published in the December 2010 issue of Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research and are currently available at Early View.
“Prolonged and elevated levels of glucocorticoid hormones can damage or destroy neurons, and lead to an increased vulnerability to other situations that can damage neurons, such as raised excitatory amino acid activity,” explained A.K. Rose, a lecturer in psychology at the University of Liverpool and corresponding author for the review. “This can underlie loss of memory functions.”
“High levels of brain cortisol associated with stress have long been linked to deficits in neuronal function, which can be seen in aging,” added John Littleton, a professor in the department of pharmaceutical sciences at the University of Kentucky.
Among the review’s key points:
Brain glucocorticoid concentrations increase and glucocorticoid receptor occupancy decreases during prolonged abstinence after withdrawal from alcohol.
“Our evidence shows that brain concentrations of corticosterone remain raised for long periods after alcohol withdrawal, even after the blood concentrations return to normal levels,” said H.J. Little, a professor in addiction science at King’s College London and who conducted this research. “Furthermore, the corticosterone concentrations remained increased in rodent brains for up to two months, approximately five human years, following cessation of prolonged alcohol drinking.”
“One of the most important questions for research and treatment is why alcoholics can relapse after many months of abstinence,” observed Littleton. “Partly this can be attributed to the effects of conditioning in which ‘cues’ provoke craving for alcohol, as well as a ‘protracted withdrawal syndrome’ which includes anxiety, sleep disturbances, and general feelings of being unwell. Prolonged high levels of brain cortisol after withdrawal from alcohol may explain the strength of these cues, and many of the symptoms of protracted withdrawal.”
Increased glucocorticoid levels in the brain after alcohol treatment are associated with cognitive deficits seen during abstinence, affecting both treatment efficacy and quality of life.
“Cessation of drinking is clearly linked to cognitive deficits,” said Little. “For example, visuospatial learning can be worse in abstinent alcoholics than in those still intoxicated, and memory and learning deficits have been found in rats after alcohol withdrawal, but not during alcohol intake. Furthermore, greater neuronal degeneration has been reported after cessation of chronic alcohol intake than during its consumption, and multiple withdrawal episodes cause greater neuronal damage than a single withdrawal episode.”
“This point is important because cognitive deficits in alcoholics during attempted abstinence can interfere with treatment options such as ‘cognitive behavior therapy’ and also drug treatment,” said Littleton. “Drugs targeting the effects of cortisol in the brain might therefore both reduce the chances of relapse and reduce the cognitive deficits that interfere with treatment.”
Glucocorticoids are involved in the neuropathological consequences of AD.
“Animal and cell-culture research show very convincingly that cortisol/corticosterone can increase neurotoxicity associated with periods of alcohol withdrawal,” said Littleton. “Since the highest cortisol levels were found in the prefrontal cortex and hippocampus, this may explain why these areas are damaged in alcoholics. This makes the brain cortisol glucocortcoid receptors a potential target for prevention of alcohol-induced brain damage.”
“If cognitive impairments could be reduced, patients would be more likely to engage in, and thus benefit from, psychosocial treatments,” added Rose. “Better cognitive function coupled with better treatment engagement is likely to produce better treatment outcomes and quality of life. A person with greater cognitive function is likely to be more able to find work and re-build relationships.
“In summary,” said Littleton,” stress, the hypothalamo-pituitary adrenal axis, and cortisol are very important determinants of the natural history of alcoholism — affecting an individual’s drinking behavior, the effects on cognition and memory, and the likelihood of relapsing into alcoholism during abstinence. We can also see that hypotheses applicable to animals can now be applied to inform new human research.”
Add’l Contact: H.J. Little, Ph.D. hilary.little@sgul.ac.uk 44.207.848.0436 (England) King’s College London

Source: Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research, 7 SEP 2010 DOI: 10.1111/j.1530-0277.2010.01298.x

Cocaine: Perceived As A Reward By The Brain?

Cocaine is one of the oldest drugs known to humans, and its abuse has become widespread since the end of the 19th century. At the same time, we know rather little about its effects on the human brain or the mechanisms that lead to cocaine addiction. The latest article by Dr. Marco Leyton, of the Montreal Neurological Institute (MNI), McGill University and the McGill University Health Centre, which was published in the journal Biological Psychiatry on May 15, 2009, not only demonstrates a link between cocaine and the reward circuits in the brain but also associates the susceptibility to addiction with these mechanisms.

The results of this study show that sniffing cocaine triggers high levels of dopamine secretion in a central region of the brain called the striatum. Dopamine is known to play a critical role in the brain’s response to reward as well as in its response to addictive drugs.
This study was carried out in ten non-addicted users of cocaine, all of whom sniffed cocaine on one test day and placebo powder on another. Participants underwent blood tests before and after taking the drug, and dopamine release in the brain was measured using PET scans.
“The ability of cocaine to activate dopamine release varies markedly from person to person. Our study suggests that this is related to how much of the drug the person consumed in the past,” explained Dr. Leyton. The more cocaine someone has used in his or her lifetime, the more the brain will secrete dopamine during subsequent cocaine use. “It’s possible therefore that the intensity of the reward-circuit response is related to increased susceptibility to addiction,” stated Dr. Leyton.
Although the relationship between the intensity of dopamine secretion and the frequency of drug use has been demonstrated, researchers still do not fully understand its mechanism of action. Is it the repeated stimulation of the reward circuit that leads to addiction, or is it an inherent sensitivity to addiction that leads to the increased secretion of dopamine? This question is not easy to answer, especially since other factors come into play, such as other aspects of the subject’s personal history.
Whatever the answer, the relationship between dopamine and cocaine means that this hormone could be a potential target for treatment against addiction. More research is required before treatments are available, but this study opens a new door in this direction.
This study was funded with a grant from the Canadian Institutes for Health Research. Salary support was given by the Fond de recherche en santé du Québec
This study is a collaboration between several laboratories of the McGill University Health Centre and McGill University, involving : Dr Sylvia M.L. Cox, Dr Chawki Benkelfat, Dr Alain Dagher, Dr J. Scott Delaney, France Durand, Samuel A. McKenzie, Dr Theodore Kolivakis, Kevin F. Casey, Dr Marco Leyton.

Source: McGill University Health Centre (2009, May 20).

Drug Addiction: Environmental Conditions Play Major Role In Effective Treatment And Preventing Relapses, Animal Study Shows

Environmental conditions play a major role in treating drug addiction and in preventing relapses, according to new research. For the first time, researchers from the Institut de physiologie et biologie cellulaire (CNRS/Université de Poitiers) have shown that positive and stimulating environmental conditions make it easier to treat cocaine addiction.

Even though numerous data exist on the mechanisms of cocaine addiction, there are as yet no effective therapies, making it very urgent that new strategies for treating the disease be developed. According to a study by Marcello Solinas and Mohamed Jaber, carried out by a group of researchers at the Institut de physiologie et biologie cellulaire in Poitiers, exposing mice to an “enriched environment (1)” during cocaine withdrawal removes abnormal behavior related to addiction. An enriched environment, for mice, is an environment which stimulates their curiosity, providing social and physical activity as well as exploration.
After addicting animals to cocaine, the researchers then exposed them to an enriched environment made up of large cages with a small house, a running wheel, tunnels and other appealing toys which were changed weekly.
Three models of animal addiction were used:
behavioral sensitization, which measures the progressive increase in the stimulating effects of cocaine after chronic administration;
the location preference, which measures the ability of a context (associated with cocaine consumption) to lead to drug-seeking behavior, and the renewal of this drug-induced location preference;
measurements of cocaine’s ability to lead to a relapse after a period of withdrawal.
The result was that after thirty days of exposure to an enriched environment, addiction behavior typical of these three models had disappeared.
To identify the brain areas involved in the beneficial effect of an enriched environment, the researchers used an approach from functional neuro-anatomy. They showed that the absence of relapse in “enriched” mice was associated with a decrease in the cocaine-induced activation of a set of brain structures involved in dopaminergic transmission and associated with relapse.
These results, which have both a medical and societal impact, suggest that the living conditions of drug addicts should be taken into account in determining their therapy. A real effort should be made to create enriched environmental conditions, providing patients with different types of social, physical and intellectual stimulation. This also suggests that under deprived environmental conditions, treating addiction can be very challenging.
Note:
1) A number of earlier studies had shown that when animals are raised in an enriched environment prior to drug exposure, their vulnerability to addiction was reduced. In such conditions, the enriched environment can be seen as preventive.

Source: Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 2008; 105 (44): 17145 DOI: 10.1073/pnas.0806889105

Brain Mechanism Linked to Relapse After Cocaine Withdrawal

Addictive drugs are known to induce changes in the brain’s reward circuits that may underlie drug craving and relapse after long periods of abstinence. Now, new research in the September 9 issue of the journal Neuron, uncovers a specific neural mechanism that may be linked to persistent drug-seeking behavior and could help to guide strategies for development of new therapies for cocaine addiction.

Previous research has shown that the ventral tegmental area (VTA) is a brain region that is activated when cocaine users experience a craving for cocaine after being exposed to cocaine-associated cues. The medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC), which receives input from the VTA via circuits that use the “reward” neurotransmitter dopamine, has also been implicated in drug craving after cocaine withdrawal. Further, increases in the level of brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) have been observed in the VTA and mPFC in rats after withdrawal from repeated cocaine exposure.
“BDNF plays a key role in modulating the structure and function of synapses, the sites of communication between neurons. Therefore, increased BDNF after cocaine withdrawal may drive synaptic changes that contribute to compulsive drug seeking behavior,” explains senior author, Dr. Mu-ming Poo from the University of California, Berkeley. “It has been shown that increased BDNF in the VTA after cocaine withdrawal in rats promotes the drug-dependent motivational state. However, nothing is known about the potential BDNF effect on synaptic function and plasticity in mPFC neurons after cocaine withdrawal.”
Dr. Poo and colleagues designed a study to examine how BDNF and the mPFC might contribute to relapse after cocaine addiction. The researchers found that the gradual increase in BDNF expression in the rat mPFC after terminating repeated cocaine exposure significantly enhanced the activity-induced potentiation of specific synapses. Dr. Poo’s group went on to uncover the specific cellular mechanism linking increased BDNF with enhanced synaptic plasticity and demonstrated that interference with the key molecule in the BDNF signaling process reduced behavioral sensitivity after cocaine withdrawal in rats.
“In short, our results demonstrate that elevated BDNF expression after cocaine withdrawal sensitizes the excitatory synapses in the mPFC to undergo activity-induced persistent potentiation that may contribute to cue-induced drug cravings and drug-seeking behavior,” concludes Dr. Poo. Although a clear correlation between rat and human behaviors of cocaine craving and relapse remains to be established, the cellular mechanism uncovered in this study does appear to have behavioral relevance and may represent a direct brain sensitization that is involved in triggering relapse.
The researchers include Hui Lu, Pei-lin Cheng, Byung Kook Lim, Nina Khoshnevisrad, and Mu-ming Poo, University of California, Berkeley, Berkeley, CA.

Source: . Neuron, 67(5) pp. 821 – 833 DOI: 0.1016/j.neuron.2010.08.012

Smoking and Teenage Depression

Teens may smoke to “self-medicate” against depression, but researchers in Canada say smoking may increase depressive symptoms in some adolescents.

Lead author Michael Chaiton of the Ontario Tobacco Research Unit of the University of Toronto and co-author Jennifer O’Loughlin of the University of Montreal Hospital Research Centre say the study involved 662 high-school teenagers who completed as many as 20 questionnaires from grades 7-11 about their use of cigarettes to affect mood.

Study participants were divided into groups of: teens who never smoked; smokers who did not use cigarettes to self-medicate, improve mood or physical state; and smokers who used cigarettes to self-medicate. Study participants were asked to rate on a rating scale depressive symptoms such as: felt too tired to do things; had trouble going to sleep or staying asleep; felt unhappy, sad, or depressed; felt hopeless about the future; felt nervous or tense; and worried too much about things.

Smokers who used cigarettes as mood enhancers had higher risks of elevated depressive symptoms than teens who had never smoked, researchers concluded.

Source: Journal of Addictive Behaviors.Sept 2010

Underage drinking

Researchers at King’s College London’s Institute of Psychiatry say a personality-based intervention for substance abuse that was delivered by teachers was successful in reducing drinking rates, particularly binge drinking, among adolescents.

In the article titled “Personality-Targeted Interventions Delay Uptake of Drinking and Decrease Risk of Alcohol-Related Problems When Delivered by Teachers,” principal Investigator Dr. Patricia Conrod and colleagues evaluated 2,506 adolescents, with a mean age of 13.7, using the Substance Use Risk Profile scale; a 23-item questionnaire which assesses personality risk for substance abuse along four dimensions including sensation-seeking, impulsivity, anxiety-sensitivity, and hopelessness.

Of the 1,159 students identified by researchers as being at high risk for substance abuse, 624 received intervention as part of the Adventure Trial and a matched high risk group of 384 received no intervention. School based interventions consisted of two 90 minute group sessions conducted by a trained educational professional. In order to adequately evaluate the students, the teachers attended a 3-day rigorous workshop, followed by 4 hour supervision and feedback session. An 18 point checklist was used to determine whether the teachers demonstrated a good understanding of the aims and components of the programs.

Although the trial is designed to evaluate mental health symptoms, academic achievement, and substance use uptake over a 2 year period, the authors have focused their findings on the six month outcomes of drinking and binge-drinking rates, quantity by frequency of alcohol use, and drinking-related problems. Reporting on the efficacy of the intervention at six months, author and Trial Coordinator Maeve O’Leary-Barrett writes, “Receiving an intervention significantly decreased the likelihood of reporting drinking alcohol at follow-up, with the control group 1.7 times more likely to report alcohol use than the intervention group (odds ratio, 0.6).”

Furthermore, receiving an intervention also predicted significantly lower binge-drinking rates in students who reported alcohol use at baseline (odds ratio, 0.45), indicating a 55 percent decreased risk of binge-drinking in this group compared with controls. In addition, high-risk intervention-school students reported lower quantity by frequency of alcohol use and drinking-related problems compared with the non-treatment group at follow-up.

The Adventure Trial is the first to evaluate the success of the personality-targeted interventions as delivered by teachers. The findings at six months suggest that this approach may provide a sustainable school-base prevention program for youth at risk for substance abuse.

In the JAACAP article, Principal Investigator Dr. Patricia Conrod and colleagues comment on the success of their program by stating, “In-house personality-targeted interventions allow schools to implement early prevention strategies with youth most at risk for developing future alcohol-related problems and provide the potential for follow-up of the neediest individuals.”

Source: Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. Sept. 2010

Adverse effects of cannabis on health: an update of the literature since 1996.

Recent research has clarified a number of important questions concerning adverse effects of cannabis on health. A causal role of acute cannabis intoxication in motor vehicle and other accidents has now been shown by the presence of measurable levels of Delta(9)-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) in the blood of injured drivers in the absence of alcohol or other drugs, by surveys of driving under the influence of cannabis, and by significantly higher accident culpability risk of drivers using cannabis. Chronic inflammatory and precancerous changes in the airways have been demonstrated in cannabis smokers, and the most recent case-control study shows an increased risk of airways cancer that is proportional to the amount of cannabis use. Several different studies indicate that the epidemiological link between cannabis use and schizophrenia probably represents a causal role of cannabis in precipitating the onset or relapse of schizophrenia. A weaker but significant link between cannabis and depression has been found in various cohort studies, but the nature of the link is not yet clear. A large body of evidence now demonstrates that cannabis dependence, both behavioral and physical, does occur in about 7-10% of regular users, and that early onset of use, and especially of weekly or daily use, is a strong predictor of future dependence. Cognitive impairments of various types are readily demonstrable during acute cannabis intoxication, but there is no suitable evidence yet available to permit a decision as to whether long-lasting or permanent functional losses can result from chronic heavy use in adults. However, a small but growing body of evidence indicates subtle but apparently permanent effects on memory, information processing, and executive functions, in the offspring of women who used cannabis during pregnancy. In total, the evidence indicates that regular heavy use of cannabis carries significant risks for the individual user and for the health care system.

Source: Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2004 Aug;28(5):849-63.

Neurobiology of cannabis–recent data enlightening driving disturbances

Abstract

During the last decades a new landscape of cannabis has been designed on account of: the increase in its use the greater youth of its users; the increase in the content of its main active constituent tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and a lot of new epidemiological and neurobiological data. THC displays an exceptional lipophilicity, allowing its cerebral storage, leading to long lasting effects, by far more lasting than its presence in blood, and beyond the period throughout the intoxicated people feel a disablement. This is linked to its slow release from brain areas in which large proportion of spare receptors exists (reserve receptors). THC disturbs cognition and various skills required in driving. It may be responsible for psychiatric troubles: anxiety, depression, suicide attempt, psychotic attack, triggering of schizophrenia. It potentiates the alcohol effects and incites to alcohol drinking. It displays close relationships with dependence to heroin. This new landscape of cannabis urges to make a radical alteration in the public communication about this drug of abuse as it has yet collected so many troubles, accidents or tragedies.

Source: Ann Pharm Fr. 2006 May;64(3):148-59.

Dose related risk of motor vehicle crashes after cannabis use.

Abstract

The role of Delta(9)-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) in driver impairment and motor vehicle crashes has traditionally been established in experimental and epidemiological studies.
Experimental studies have repeatedly shown that THC impairs cognition, psychomotor function and actual driving performance in a dose related manner. The degree of performance impairment observed in experimental studies after doses up to 300 microg/kg THC were equivalent to the impairing effect of an alcohol dose producing a blood alcohol concentration (BAC) >/=0.05 g/dl, the legal limit for driving under the influence in most European countries. Higher doses of THC, i.e. >300 microg/kg THC have not been systematically studied but can be predicted to produce even larger impairment.
Detrimental effects of THC were more prominent in certain driving tasks than others. Highly automated behaviors, such as road tracking control, were more affected by THC as compared to more complex driving tasks requiring conscious control.
Epidemiological findings on the role of THC in vehicle crashes have sometimes contrasted findings from experimental research. Case-control studies generally confirmed experimental data, but culpability surveys showed little evidence that crashed drivers who only used cannabis are more likely to cause accidents than drug free drivers.
However, most culpability surveys have established cannabis use among crashed drivers by determining the presence of an inactive metabolite of THC in blood or urine that can be detected for days after smoking and can only be taken as evidence for past use of cannabis. Surveys that established recent use of cannabis by directly measuring THC in blood showed that THC positives, particularly at higher doses, are about three to seven times more likely to be responsible for their crash as compared to drivers that had not used drugs or alcohol.
Together these epidemiological data suggests that recent use of cannabis may increase crash risk, whereas past use of cannabis does not. Experimental and epidemiological research provided similar findings concerning the combined use of THC and alcohol in traffic. Combined use of THC and alcohol produced severe impairment of cognitive, psychomotor, and actual driving performance in experimental studies and sharply increased the crash risk in epidemiological analyses.

Source¨ Drug Alcohol Depend. 2004 Feb 7;73(2):109-19

Schizophr Bull. 2010 Mar 11. [Epub ahead of print]
The Impact of Substance Use on Brain Structure in People at High Risk of Developing Schizophrenia.
Welch KA, McIntosh AM, Job DE, Whalley HC, Moorhead TW, Hall J, Owens DG, Lawrie SM, Johnstone EC.
1Division of Psychiatry, School of Molecular and Clinical Medicine, University of Edinburgh, Royal Edinburgh Hospital, Edinburgh EH10 5HF, UK.
Abstract
Ventricular enlargement and reduced prefrontal volume are consistent findings in schizophrenia. Both are present in first episode subjects and may be detectable before the onset of clinical disorder. Substance misuse is more common in people with schizophrenia and is associated with similar brain abnormalities. We employ a prospective cohort study with nested case control comparison design to investigate the association between substance misuse, brain abnormality, and subsequent schizophrenia. Substance misuse history, imaging data, and clinical information were collected on 147 subjects at high risk of schizophrenia and 36 controls. Regions exhibiting a significant relationship between level of use of alcohol, cannabis or tobacco, and structure volume were identified. Multivariate regression then elucidated the relationship between level of substance use and structure volumes while accounting for correlations between these variables and correcting for potential confounders. Finally, we established whether substance misuse was associated with later risk of schizophrenia. Increased ventricular volume was associated with alcohol and cannabis use in a dose-dependent manner. Alcohol consumption was associated with reduced frontal lobe volume. Multiple regression analyses found both alcohol and cannabis were significant predictors of these abnormalities when simultaneously entered into the statistical model. Alcohol and cannabis misuse were associated with an increased subsequent risk of schizophrenia. We provide prospective evidence that use of cannabis or alcohol by people at high genetic risk of schizophrenia is associated with brain abnormalities and later risk of psychosis. A family history of schizophrenia may render the brain particularly sensitive to the risk-modifying effects of these substances.

Marijuana and Depression

Vlahov, D. et al. Increased Use of Cigarettes, Alcohol, and Marijuana among Manhattan, New York, Residents after the September 11th Terrorist Attacks. American Journal of Epidemiology. 155(11):988-996, June 1, 2002.
Found that New Yorkers who increased their use of marijuana, tobacco or alcohol in after September 11 had increased chances of developing Post Traumatic Symptoms. Marijuana increased both PTS symptoms and depression more than the other substances.

In a large drug use survey of men born between 1944-1954, found that marijuana users who use the drug to cope with problems are more depressed than those who do not use to cope with problems.
Musty, R. Kaback, L. Relationships between motivation and depression in chronic marijuana users. Life Sciences. Volume 56, Issues 23-24, 5 May 1995, Pages 2151-2158.
Compared heavy and moderate marijuana users on several motivation and depression scales. Found that heavy users’ lack of motivation is correlated with their level of depression.
Bovasso, G. Cannabis Abuse as a Risk Factor for Depressive Symptoms.
Am J Psychiatry 158:2033-2037, December 2001.
People with a diagnosis of cannabis abuse at baseline were four times more likely than those with no cannabis abuse diagnosis to have depressive symptoms at the follow-up assessment, after adjusting for age, gender, antisocial symptoms, and other baseline covariates. In particular, these participants were more likely to have experienced suicidal ideation and anhedonia during the follow-up period.

Source: GREEN B. RITTER C. Marijuana use and depression. Journal of health and social behavior. 2000, vol. 41, no1, pp. 40-49 (1 p.3/4)

Experimental Treatments for Cocaine Addiction May Prevent Relapse

Doctors have used the drug disulfiram to help patients stay sober for several decades. It interferes with the body’s ability to metabolize alcohol, giving a fierce hangover to someone who consumes even a small amount of alcohol.
More recently, disulfiram was shown to be effective in treating cocaine addiction as well, even though alcohol and cocaine affect the nervous system in different ways.
Now, researchers at Emory University School of Medicine have identified how disulfiram may exert its effects, and have shown that a newer drug with fewer side effects works by the same mechanism.
The results are published online this week by the journal Neuropsychopharmacology. Research assistant professor Jason Schroeder, PhD, and graduate student Debra Cooper are co-first authors of the paper, and the research also involved collaborations with P. Michael Iuvone, PhD, director of research at the Emory Eye Center, Gaylen Edwards, DVM, PhD, head of the department of physiology and pharmacology at the University of Georgia’s College of Veterinary Medicine, and Philip Holmes, PhD, professor of psychology at the University of Georgia.
“Disulfiram has several effects on the body: it interferes with alcohol metabolism, but it inhibits several other enzymes by sequestering copper, and can also damage the liver,” says senior author David Weinshenker, PhD, associate professor of human genetics at Emory University School of Medicine. “We wanted to figure out how disulfiram was working so we could come up with safer and potentially more effective treatments.”
In treating cocaine addiction, there are several challenges: not only getting people to stop taking the drug, but also preventing relapse. Cocaine boosts the levels of several neurotransmitters, including dopamine and norepinephrine, at the junctions between nerve cells by blocking the machinery the brain uses to remove them.
Under normal conditions, dopamine is important for the sensation of pleasure produced by natural rewards such as food or sex, Weinshenker says. Cocaine “hijacks” the dopamine system, which plays a large role in addiction. Similarly, norepinephrine has a role in attention and arousal, but its overactivation can trigger stress responses and relapse, he says.
Weinshenker’s team showed that disulfiram prevents rats from seeking cocaine after a break, a model for addicts tempted to relapse. At the same time, it doesn’t stop them from taking cocaine when first exposed to it, or from enjoying their food.
Disulfiram appears to work by inhibiting dopamine beta-hydroxylase, an enzyme required for the production of norepinephrine. A dose of disulfiram that lowers the levels of norepinephrine in the brain by about 40 percent is effective, while doses that do not reduce norepinephrine have no effect on relapse-like behavior in rats.
To confirm that the beneficial effects of disulfiram were because of dopamine beta-hydroxylase inhibition, the researchers turned to a drug called nepicastat, which was originally developed for the treatment of congestive heart failure in the 1990s.
“Nepicastat is a selective dopamine beta-hydroxylase inhibitor that does not sequester copper or impair a host of other enzymes like disulfiram,” Weinshenker says. “We reasoned that if disulfiram is really working through dopamine beta-hydroxylase, then nepicastat might be a better alternative.”
Researchers at the University of Texas Medical Branch at Galveston have recently completed a Phase I safety trial studying nepicastat for the treatment of cocaine addiction in human subjects.
Weinshenker is co-inventor on a patent on the use of dopamine beta-hydroxylase inhibitors for the treatment of cocaine dependence, and could benefit from their commercialization. This has been reviewed by Emory University’s Conflict of Interest Committee, and a management plan is in place.
The research was supported by the National Institute of Drug Abuse and the National Eye Center.

Source: . ScienceDaily. Retrieved August 30, 2010

Back to top of page - Back to Research

Powered by WordPress